Tag Archives: Gospel

1 THESSALONIANS `1

1 THESSALONIANS 1

Setting of the epistle
The apostle Paul and Silas, (or Silvanus, a prophet, and one of the “chief men of the brethren”, Acts 15:22,32), had left Philippi, having been subjected to beating and imprisonment for preaching the gospel, Acts 16. They left Timothy and Luke behind, (as is indicated by Luke changing from “us” to “they” in that chapter), and travelled about one hundred miles to Thessalonica, Acts 17:1. They bypassed Amphipolis and Apollonia, for possibly these towns did not have a Jewish synagogue, (which Luke is careful to tell us Thessalonica did have), and it was Paul’s policy to preach in the synagogue first, for it was most likely to contain seeking souls. No doubt he was confident that those saved through his preaching would spread the word to those towns afterwards, which is what in fact happened, 1 Thessalonians 1:8.

It seems that there was no synagogue in Philippi either, but it was the chief city of the region, Acts 16:12, and Paul’s strategy was to preach in places from which the gospel could afterwards radiate. This visit to Philippi was directed of the Spirit, for there were those in Philippi meeting together for prayer as worshippers of God, verse 13.

Paul preached for three sabbath days in the synagogue, and some of the Jews believed, along with a great multitude of Greeks who, because they were in the synagogue, were clearly seeking God, and even some who were the wives of the chief men of the city were converted, Acts 17:4. It is a testimony to the power of the preaching that there were such results from just three addresses. The secret is in the technique used, for Luke tells us that “Paul, as his manner was, went in unto them, and three sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures, opening and alleging, ‘that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is Christ'”, Acts 17:2,3. There is no reason why this method should not be used today, with a careful, intelligent and thorough exposition of the scriptures, resulting in real converts, able to withstand opposition.

Sadly, however, many of the Jews were opposed to the gospel, and Paul and Silas had to leave by night to go to Berea, where the people were more welcoming. But the Jews pursued them to this place, and Paul went on to Athens, leaving Silas and Timothy in Berea, Acts 17:14.. This tendency to persecute believers marked the city of Thessalonica, as is seen in remarks the apostle made as he wrote to the assembly at a later date.

When he was in Athens, the apostle sent Timothy back to Thessalonica to establish and encourage the assembly. When he came back, Timothy was able to report that they were progressing well, despite the persecutions and tribulations they were enduring still, 1 Thessalonians 2:1-10. The First Epistle to them is in response to Timothy’s report.

Structure of the epistle

Section 1 1:1-10 Conversion of the Thessalonians
Section 2 2:1-12 Conduct of the apostles
Section 3 2:13-20 Contrariness of the unbelievers
Section 4 3:1-13 Constancy of the Thessalonians
Section 5 4:1-12 Continuance in holiness, love and diligence
Section 6 4:13-18 Concern of the Thessalonians
Section 7 5:1-11 Confidence for the future
Section 8 5:12-28 Conduct in the assembly

Section 1 1:1-10
Conversion of the Thessalonians

Structure of the section

(a) Verse 1 Greetings to the church
(b) Verses 2-4 Gratitude to God for their character
(c) Verses 5-10 Genuineness of their conversion

(a) Verse 1
Greetings to the church

1:1
Paul, and Silvanus, and Timotheus, unto the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ.

Paul, and Silvanus, and Timotheus- as already noted, Paul and Silas, (here called Silvanus), had preached in Thessalonica, whereas Timothy had meanwhile been left at Philippi. But he had been sent to Thessalonica by the apostle to gain insight into their spiritual state, and now he has returned to report on their welfare, hence his inclusion in the greeting.

Unto the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ- this is a distinctive way of describing the assembly. Faced with opposition as they were, they needed the fatherly encouragement of their God, and the assurance that they were in Him, in the sense that they were enclosed in His purpose and His embrace. They were also in the Lord Jesus Christ, for it is through Him that all spiritual blessings are mediated. Note the testimony to the Deity of Christ in that He is linked to God the Father in a vital way, as in the next phrase also.

Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ- what were the usual greetings of the day are transformed into being a deliberate calling down of spiritual graces upon them from God, rather than, as was the case in everyday greetings of this sort, the mere wish that good may come to the one greeted. Note that Paul now calls God “our” Father, thus linking himself with the assembly in the enjoyment and consciousness of the Father’s love and care.

(b) Verses 2-4
Gratitude to God for their character

1:2
We give thanks to God always for you all, making mention of you in our prayers;

We give thanks to God always for you all, making mention of you in our prayers- parted from them, the apostle and his companions are able to mention them before the throne of grace, for the One who sits there is not limited by distance. Prayers uttered in Corinth, (which is probably where Paul was when he wrote the epistle), are just as effective as they are in Thessalonica, for those prayers are directed straight to the sanctuary above, where Christ presents them to God. See Hebrews 8:3,6.

1:3
Remembering without ceasing your work of faith, and labour of love, and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ, in the sight of God and our Father;

Remembering without ceasing your work of faith- it was to the Corinthians that the apostle wrote, “And now abideth faith, hope, charity, these three; but the greatest of these is charity”, 1 Corinthians 13:13. Christian graces should be accompanied by exercise of heart in the form of work, labour and patience. The apostle is pleased that in the case of the Thessalonians these features were in evidence, for they are a sign of genuineness.

It is clear that salvation is not by works, but is to be followed by the good works “which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them”, Ephesians 2:9,10. The Lord Jesus taught the people “this is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent”, John 6:29. This initial act of faith is to be followed by many other acts of faith. Abraham was justified by faith when he believed God’s promise about him having a son, Genesis 15:6, but it was many years later, when he offered Isaac on the altar, that his faith was made perfect, or reached its goal, James 2:21-24. Abraham was justified by works that day, because those kinds of works are the logical outcome of faith in God, and the faith he had exercised long before had now reached its fullest expression, justifying his title “Friend of God”. 

And labour of love- here the apostle uses a word for work which means “toil to the point of exhaustion”. We shall learn in verse 8 of their earnest endeavours in the gospel, and we can be sure in other ways too. Their labours were not merely out of a sense of duty, or to keep up appearances, but were the genuine outcome of deep love for Christ.

And patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ- hope for the believer is not a wistful longing, but a confident expectation. The reason why hope is solid and sure is that it is centred in “our Lord Jesus Christ”, the one whose authority as Lord, and sympathy as Jesus, and competency as Christ assures us that He will never dash our hopes. The two disciples on the road to Emmaus said that “we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel”, Luke 24:21. Their hopes had been dashed because they had been hoping for the wrong thing, namely deliverance from Rome, whereas Christ came to fulfil scripture, so that “repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem”, verse 47.

In the sight of God and our Father- if men had seen Abraham offering his son on the altar they would have been outraged. If the men of Jericho knew that Rahab was giving shelter to spies as an act of faith, they would have killed her. But these were things done in the sight of God, and in recognition of His claims, and so also were the acts of the Thessalonians.

1:4
Knowing, brethren beloved, your election of God.

Knowing, brethren beloved, your election of God- the apostle was confident that the faith of the Thessalonians was the faith of God’s elect. In other words, it was genuine, as is seen in the works, labour and patience they were displaying despite opposition. The apostle Peter described believers as “elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father”, 1 Peter 1:2, telling us that God’s knowledge of them beforehand was the determining factor in His election of them. The apostle Paul wrote to the Thessalonians in his second epistle to them, that “God hath…chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth”, 2 Thessalonians 2:13. God sovereignly ordained that those whom He knew beforehand would believe were to be His chosen ones. The reason He could do this was because He chose them in Christ, not in themselves, Ephesians 1:4. What Christ was and would be to Him conditioned His choice, and gave it validity. God could not have dealings with sinners in any other other way than because of Christ.

(c) Verses 5-10
Genuineness of their conversion

1:5
For our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.

For our gospel came not unto you in word only- the reason they found themselves amongst the elect was because the word of God had come to them, conveyed by the words of the preachers. The apostle could have easily overwhelmed the men in the synagogue with flights of eloquence, but he did not attempt such a thing. He simply explained the meaning of the scriptures. That is all the gospel preacher of today is required to do, for in the light of the coming of Christ to judge, the apostle wrote to Timothy “preach the word”, 2 Timothy 4:1,2. Having quoted from Isaiah about the abiding word of the Lord, the apostle Peter declared, “this is the word which by the gospel is preached unto you”, 1 Peter 1:25. So the gospel is the means by which the word of the Lord is preached. It is not that the gospel is preached using the word, but that the word is preached in the gospel; it is the word of God that is paramount. If the word of God is not explained at a meeting, the gospel has not been preached. No amount of appeals to the unsaved to get saved can replace the setting forth of the truth of the scriptures; in fact, as we read the addresses in the Acts of the Apostles we do not find any appeals at all.

But also in power- it is important that the gospel be preached, but it is vital that it be preached in power. That is, nothing must be allowed to diminish the force of the gospel, which is “the power of God unto salvation”. The preacher must ensure that he is in the right condition of heart to preach the gospel of Christ. We should not equate power in preaching with shouting. The Lord Jesus told His own, “Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you”, Acts 1:8.

And in the Holy Ghost- Paul’s preaching was “in the Holy Ghost”, for, as the apostle Peter wrote, the gospel is preached “with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven”, 1 Peter 1:12. We live in the post-Pentecost age, when the Holy Spirit, having come down in a special way at Pentecost, is operating in the world to take out of that world a people for God. The means He uses is the word of God. To ignore that word in the preaching is to ignore the Holy Spirit. Nothing will be accomplished for God in such circumstances.

And in much assurance- the apostle had every confidence in the gospel. He could write to the Roman believers, “I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth”, Romans 1:16. His confidence was justified, for the Thessalonians showed by their lives that they were genuine converts. There is no need for the evangelist to add his contribution to the preaching in the form of emotional stories, or high-pressure salesman tactics. The conversion of a soul is entirely a work of God, and needs no human assistance.

1:6
And ye became followers of us, and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost.

And ye became followers of us, and of the Lord- we might have expected these two things to be the other way round. They saw the example of Paul and Silvanus when they were with them, and Timothy, when he was sent to them, and recognised it to be worthy of imitation. They then discovered that the apostle and his companions were simply imitating Christ, and so the Thessalonians came to the point where they followed Christ for Christ’s sake, not because of the preachers.

Having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost- the circumstances at Thessalonica were difficult, not just for Paul, but also for those who had recently believed. Notwithstanding, their faith in the word of God stood firm, and despite the opposition, they had great Spirit-generated joy in their souls. After the authorities had beaten the apostles on one occasion, we read that “they departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name”, Acts 5:41. 

1:7
So that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia.

So that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia- having progressed from following Paul and Silas’ example, to following Christ, they now, in their turn, are fine examples to others in a very wide area. Macedonia and Achaia together are the size of Wales. If it be asked how this large territory saw their example, the next verse will tell us, beginning, as it does , with “for”.

1:8
For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak any thing.

For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia- we see now why Paul did not stop at Amphipolis and Apollonia on the way to Thessalonica. If, (as is suggested by the statement that at the latter place there was a synagogue), there was no synagogue in the first two places, then Paul was confident that converts from the Gentile population of Thessalonica would evangelise there eventually. And this they did, as this verse shows.

Notice it is “from you” that the word sounded out. Those who evangelised did not act in isolation, but issued forth from a New Testament assembly. They were not freelancers, accountable only to themselves. Their task was to see men converted, and then gathered together in a scriptural assembly. They could then return to their home assembly to report on what the Lord had done, as Paul and Barnabas did at Antioch in Acts 14:26-27.

But also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad- the apostle seems to change the subject mid-sentence here. He begins with the idea of the word of the Lord being sounded forth, but then goes on to speak of the faith of the Thessalonians. But the preaching of the Thessalonians was an evidence of their faith in God, so that when men heard the Thessalonian believers preaching, their first thought about them was that they were believers in God, having turned from their gods. Their personal testimony and the truth of the gospel coincided, which is an admirable thing, and worthy to be imitated.

That faith was known even in Rome, no doubt, for the authorities there would keep a close eye on any sign of unrest in the empire, and there had been a disturbance made by the Jews at Thessalonica, (which was a Roman colony, and therefore under close supervision by Rome), who said of Paul and Silas that “these all do contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus”, Acts 17:7. We may be sure that if a matter was known in Rome, the rest of the empire knew as well.

So that we need not to speak any thing- it is not that Paul did not need to continue preaching. Rather, he did not have to inform others of the faith of the Thessalonians, for it was widely known.

1:9
For they themselves shew of us what manner of entering in we had unto you, and how ye turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;

For they themselves shew of us- “they themselves”, (those in every place, verse 8), “shew of us”, (bear testimony to our character when we were at Thessalonica).

What manner of entering in we had unto you- how the preachers behaved themselves when they entered into Thessalonica to preach. The conduct and attitude of the preacher is of immense importance, for initially the audience will judge the message by the messenger. First impressions count for much. How the preacher is dressed, his dignified approach, his attitude to his audience, (not taking them for granted, for instance), his grasp of his subject, his competence in the imparting of God’s truth; all these things, and others, combine to make an immediate impression on the audience.

And how ye turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God- the second thing that unbelievers testified to was the change wrought in the Thessalonians by the gospel. Note that their conversion, (“turned”), was positively towards God. Paul was able, by the Spirit, to convince these idol-worshippers that they were wrong. By his exposition of the Old Testament, he showed that God was an intervening God, breaking into history and controlling events. The very fact, for instance, that the nation of Israel had been brought into the land of promise, was testimony to this. The converts realised that their gods were totally unable to do such a thing, and were therefore false and dead. They had done the wise and logical thing, namely, turn to the true and the living God Paul preached. See Rahab’s testimony for an example of this, Joshua 2:10,11.

But the major reason why they turned to God would have been the fact that Paul preached Christ from the Old Testament. We learn from Acts 17:3 that he told them of Christ, His sufferings, and His resurrection. Since He is God manifest in flesh, and lived amongst men, then God must indeed be the Living God. But He also must be the True God, for He has raised Christ from the dead in fulfilment of His Old Testament predictions, seen now to be true. Pharoah’s magicians admitted that, even though they could imitate some of Moses’ miracles, when it came to life from the dust they had to say, “This is the finger of God”, Exodus 8:19.

Note they did not turn from idols to God, but the reverse. God was the centre of their attention. It is important that preachers present a God-centred and Christ-centred gospel. Too often a gospel meeting is taken up with sinners, and their need, and how they can be blessed. This is indeed part of the gospel, but not the primary focus. The main thrust of the gospel is the presentation of the gospel of the glory of God and of Christ, and this will enable the sinner to realise that a great gulf exists between such glorious persons and himself. The Spirit produces this realisation, and also encourages faith in God.

The conversion of these Thessalonians was evidenced by their service, for they turned to serve. They formerly served idols, and expressed that service by their worship of them. Now they express their allegiance to their new-found God by worshipping Him.

1:10
And to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus, which delivered us from the wrath to come.

And to wait for his Son from heaven- the apostle must have taught the new believers that the one who suffered and rose again had ascended to heaven to the place of supremacy as Psalm 110 said He would, and had promised to come back again, John 14:3. It seems that the apostle taught them much about future events, as we see from 5:1. Even though they were waiting, they were still serving God in the interim, worshipping God and seeking to obey Him in every way, guided by His word.

Whom he raised from the dead- this fact can simply be stated here, for it had been amply proved by the apostle in his word from the Old Testament given in the synagogue. He seems to be working his way backwards here, for he speaks first of Christ’s coming, then His resurrection, then the fact that He is Jesus, implying His birth and life, and then refers to the wrath to come, which echoes the ministry of John the Baptist, who prepared the people for Messiah’s first coming. He had asked the Pharisees and Sadducees, “Who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come”? It was a question that showed that John knew they were not coming to hear him for the right reason, but only out of curiosity and suspicion. They would have come for the right reason if God had warned them to flee.

Even Jesus, which delivered us from the wrath to come- He is Jesus, (meaning Jehovah the Saviour), in every sense of the word, saving His people from their sins, but also delivering them so that they escape the wrath and judgement that is yet to come upon this world. As is said in 5:9, “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with him”. So certain is this non-appointment to wrath, and deliverance from it, that the apostle can write in the past tense, for the reason Christ’s people are delivered from the wrath about to fall on this world is that Christ has died for them, and brought them into heavenly blessings, so that they are not part of the world now, and hence will not share in its judgement.

There are those who believe that this deliverance from wrath has to do with the Great White Throne judgement. Believers have indeed been delivered from that judgement, for the promise of the Lord Jesus is, “He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life”, John 5:24. Since the one who believes has moved out of spiritual death into spiritual life, he has, for that reason, moved out of the danger of judgement already. He does not have to wait for the Lord to come from heaven to make that a reality. In any case, the coming of the Lord and the Great White Throne are not connected, the latter taking place after the millenial reign of Christ.

JOHN 17

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of this article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

Survey of the chapter
In chapters 13 and 14 of John’s Gospel the Lord had prepared His own for His departure, and gave them instruction to help them when they would be gathered together after His ascension. In chapters 15 and 16 He prepared them for their task of bearing testimony in the world with all its hostility. In chapter 17 He prays for them, and for those who would believe as a result of their faithful testimony. By doing this in their hearing, (if verse 11 is to be understood as meaning they were with Him), He gave them insight into His concern for them, and gave them the underlying purpose of their testimony, namely to enable Him to glorify His Father in the giving of eternal life to those who would believe on Him through them.

There is a marked difference between the synoptic gospels, (Matthew, Mark, and Luke), and John’s gospel in relation to the prayers of the Lord Jesus just before His arrest. We could set them out as follows:

Synoptics John
Location Gethsemane Not known
Position adopted Fallen on His face Lifting up His eyes to heaven
Themes of prayer Suffering and death Glory, eternal life
Subject of prayer Himself Himself the apostles, believers
Times spoken Three times Once
Company Alone, for we cannot share the cross Apostles possibly present, verse 11, for will behold the glory
Form of address Abba, Father Father, Holy Father, Righteous Father
Attitude “Thy will be done” “I will”

We know from Matthew 26:30 that Christ went from the upper room to the Mount of Olives, and then to a place called Gethsemane, verse 26. We know also from John’s account that He had left the Upper Room before His teaching about the True Vine, and the coming of the Spirit to guide into all truth. Before, also, His prayer as recorded in John 17. It was after this prayer that He crossed the brook Cedron, and went into Gethsemane, John 18:1.

We may have difficulty in seeing how the one who prayed the prayer of John 17, with all its confidence that He would be glorified in His Father’s presence, also prayed the earnest prayers in Gethsemane that the cup of suffering might pass from Him. But one emphasises the reality of His Deity, and the other the reality of His manhood. “Great is the mystery of godliness”, so we should not be surprised if we have difficulty. But faith accepts what Scripture says, even though it baffles the mind.

Structure of prayer
The prayer consists of an opening statement, then five requests with the reason for the request, then a final statement, as follows:

(i)

Opening statement:

Verse 1

“Father, the hour is come”.

(ii)

First request:

Verse 1

“Father…glorify Thy Son”.

Reason:

Verse 2

“As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh”.

(iii)

Second request:

Verses 5-11a

“O Father, glorify Thou Me”.

Reason:

Verse 4

“I have glorified Thee on the earth”.

(iv)

Third request:

Verses 11b-19

“Holy Father, keep…those Thou hast given Me”.

Reason:

Verse 12

“I kept them in Thy name”.

(v)

Fourth request:

Verses 20-23

“That they all may be one”.

Reason:

Verses 21,23

“That the world may believe”.

(vi)

Fifth request :

Verse 24

“Father, I will…may be with Me”.

Reason:

Verse 24

“For Thou lovedst Me”.

(vii)

Final statement:

Verses 25,26

O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee…I will declare it (name)”.

The Son addresses His Father six times, as follows:

First, verse 1, addressed to the Father.

Intimacy of a shared relationship.

Second, verse 5 begins with “O Father”.

Intensity of a solemn request.

Third, verse 11, “Holy Father”.

Interest in a sanctified company .

Fourth, verse 21, “Thou, Father”.

Integration in a special oneness.

Fifth, verse 24, “Father”.

Incentive of a shared affection.

Sixth, verse 25, “O righteous Father”.

Indignation over a spurned revelation.

The first three verses are in the third person, as if the Lord is connecting with what He said about His relationship with the Father in John 5:19-29, (which also is in the third person), and basing His prayer on it. He had also spoken in the third person in John 7:18 when He said, “He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but He that seeketh His glory that sent Him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in Him”. We are assured, therefore, that His request for glory in this prayer is only so that He may glorify the Father even more, and in a fresh way. So the structure of the prayer may also be thought of as follows:

Verses 1-3

He speaks of Himself in the third person, “Thy Son”.

Verses 4-8

He speaks of the apostles.

Verses 9-18

He prays for the apostles.

Verses 19-23

He prays for those who would believe through the ministry of the apostles.

(i) Opening statement: “Father, the hour is come”.
(ii) First request, verses 1-4 “Father…glorify Thy Son”.
Reason, verse 2 “As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh”.

The intimacy of a shared relationship

17:1
These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify thy Son, that thy Son also may glorify thee:

These words spake Jesus- this is probably a reference to the previous words in chapter 16. Of course John is writing about an historical event, and therefore uses the historical and personal name Jesus. He and his fellow apostles never addressed the Lord Jesus as simply Jesus; and nor should we. He said to them, “Ye call me master and Lord: and ye do well; for so I am”, John 13:13.

And lifted up his eyes to heaven- He was conscious that there was nothing between His Father and Himself. Aaron had to make a cloud of incense to protect him from the sight of God and His glory, but this is not necessary for the Son of God, even when become flesh. The seraphim veil their faces in the presence of God, Isaiah 6:2, but He, the Son of God, needs not to do so.

The sinner of Luke 18:13 “would not so much as lift his eyes up to heaven”, but this one is sin-free, and has nothing on His conscience. Job had said long before that “God shall save the humble person”, or as the margin renders it, “the man of downcast eyes”, Job 22:29, but this is a different sort of man, who needs not to avert His gaze from God.

The physical act of lifting the eyes is symbolic of the attitude He always had, and also anticipates His ascension, and His subsequent priestly ministry in the heavenly sanctuary.

And said, Father, the hour is come- the hour is mentioned throughout John’s Gospel, and includes His death, resurrection, and ascension. He knew His hour was come through communion with His Father, as we learn for John 13:1, “when Jesus knew that his hour was come”.

And said, Father, the hour is come- these words assure us that He knew the Father’s mind as to when He should die. John has already told us that “He knew that his hour was come that he should depart out of this world unto the Father”, John 13:1. Even at that point He was in spirit projecting Himself forward into the Father’s presence, so eager was He to be back there. It is one of the signs of His equality with the Father that He sees what the Father is doing, John 5:19, and this is no exception. He is freely able to tell the Father this fact, knowing that the Father knows too.

Special note on glory
Glory may be defined as “the display of excellence”. In the case of Divine persons this excellence cannot be increased, for it is an essential part of their Being. (By “essential” in this context is meant “that which of the essence or nature of a person”). The excellence of Divine persons cannot be increased, but just as when we look at an object through a microscope it is magnified in our eyes even though it remains the same size really, so Divine persons may be magnified in our thinking. So when in the next phrase the Son asks to be glorified, He is asking in the context of His request in verse 2 that He may be granted fresh opportunities to bestow eternal life on men, which will result in further glory for the Father. In this way both the Father and the Son will be magnified in the eyes of believers.

Glorify thy Son- note the simple title, “thy Son”, shows He is confident of His relationship as Son, and confident, also, that He will not be confused by the Father with anyone else. This shows us there is a marked difference between angels as sons of God and the Only Begotten Son of God. Only Divine persons have a right to glory. Believers shall be glorified only because of Divine grace.

The reference to Himself is in the third person, just as in John 5:17-26, where He sets out the doctrine of His relationship with the Father. There it is for the benefit of men, so that they may believe on Him, here, so that His apostles may be reminded of that discourse, and the truth it contained. There is a difference in John 5 however, for there it is simply “the Son”, whereas here the consciousness of the relationship comes out more fully, “Thy Son”.

His appeal to the Father is for a particular sort of glory to come to Him, whereas in Gethsemane the prayer will be for a particular sort of suffering to pass from Him. He is not asking for selfish reasons, but so as to be enabled to glorify His Father in a more intense way. He is aware that as a man He is committed to glorifying the Father. We may think of Him being glorified in the following five ways:

The glory of His environment
He will be taken from this earth with all its shame to the glory of heaven with all its perfection. He will be “received up into glory”, 1 Timothy 3:16.

The glory of His enthronement
From hanging on a cross, and laying in a tomb, He will be seated on a throne, and that the throne of God.

The glory of His enlargement
From being despised and rejected of men, He will be magnified by all in heaven, and eventually by all created beings.

The glory of His entitilement
From having His Deity challenged to having it recognised. All men shall at last honour the Son in this way, John 5:23, and His return to heaven will start the process.

The glory of His endowment
He could claim as a man upon the earth He could give eternal life, John 5:26, but this was limited mainly to Israel. Consequent upon His ascension He will give everlasting life to any who come to Him in repentance and faith. It is this last aspect that He will emphasise in the next statements.

That thy Son also may glorify thee- the foregoing glories will all result in fresh opportunities for Christ to glorify His Father. Even though He will have been glorified in heaven, he will still be a subject man, determined to honour God.

Here what is emphasised is the glory of the freedom to give eternal life to men. This gift of eternal life was known by men even in Old Testament times, or else they could not commune with God as they did; but it is now going to be given, not as before, in connection with the earthly reign of the Messiah, but His place in heaven. The only two places in the Old Testament where eternal life is mentioned are Psalm 133:3 and Daniel 12:2, where the idea is of the enjoyment of eternal life in the kingdom of the Messiah on earth.

17:2
As thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given him.

As thou hast given Him power over all flesh- this request is made in view of the truth of John 5:26, where we learn that the Father has given to the Son to have life in Himself. Not in the sense that He personally did not have life before, obviously, for He is “that eternal life which was with the Father” before He was manifest on earth, 1 John 1:2. Rather, He is given the task as Son of God become man, and of being the vessel from which the precious gift of eternal life is dispensed. It is in relation to that task that He asks to be glorified in heaven so that He may do it freely, with the cross of Calvary behind Him.

Eternal life is the life of God, and is imparted to a person the moment they believe the gospel, for the Saviour Himself said, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life”, John 5:24. Clearly, to not hear His word, and not believe God, is to be in a state of spiritual death, and to be under condemnation from God. Those who have eternal life are safe from that condemnation.

So He has authority over all flesh, being the Son of God with life in Himself for others. Part of this authority will involve sending forth His own to preach and convert men. This work will be expedited by His return to heaven and the sending forth of the Holy Spirit. As He said in John 14:12, “greater works than these shall ye do, because I go to the Father”, for His return to heaven will set in train a process which will enable greater works to be done.

That he should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given him- notice the deliberate contrast here between “flesh”, unbelievers, and “eternal life”, the life believers have. This is highlighted in the next verse by the reversal of the word-order. Flesh is the word for man in his frail and mortal state; eternal life is the life of those who are empowered and destined for resurrection glory. The Son has authority over all flesh, the whole of mankind in their weak and vulnerable state. He has the right to remedy their pathetic condition. And He remedies it by granting the great gift of eternal life when they believe. “Should give” does not indicate obligation, but opportunity; they come so He can give them life.

In theory it was possible to inherit eternal life by keeping the law perfectly, in letter and spirit. The Lord Jesus agreed with the lawyer that if he kept the law he would have eternal life as a right, because he had earned it, Luke 10:28. But as the parable of the Good Samaritan which follows indicates so clearly, man is far from keeping the law, for those who taught the law, like the priest and the Levite, had no interest in “loving their neighbour as themselves”, for they passed by on the other side. And certainly the half-dead man was in no condition to keep the law. Only an exhibition of grace could remedy the situation. To inherit eternal life is impossible to man, but to receive it as a gift is a glorious and available possibility, in Christ.

This gift is given only to those who have been given to the Son. We know from John 6:36-45 who these people are. They are those who have listened to the testimony of the Word of God, (“And they shall be all taught of God”), and as a result, having heard from the Father concerning the Son, they come to Him in faith. There were those who had physically seen the Lord Jesus, yet were unbelieving; only those who see Him for who He is in the Scriptures shall come in the proper way, the way of faith. It is everyone who seeth the Son and believeth on Him, who is given by the Father to the Son.

So when the Lord says “whom thou hast given him”, He is looking at things from the perspective of what will be true of many in the future, as they come to Him. He will be able to say, in effect, “The Father has given Me these people, therefore I will give them eternal life”. So the Father gives to the Son; the Son accepts them, for He knows it is His Father’s will that He should do so, John 6:37-39, and then the Son gives them eternal life.

17:3
And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent.

And this is life eternal- there is highlighted now the great difference between believers and unbelievers. The latter simply have natural life to enable them to have dealings with the natural world and other men. Those who have eternal life are able to appreciate God and His things. This appreciation comes through the possession of eternal life, which enables God to be known, for it is the very life of God. The words, “this is life eternal” do not introduce a definition of eternal life, but rather give an indication as to how eternal life expresses itself, namely in the progress in the knowledge of God.

That they might know thee the only true God- it is important to notice the significance of the word “that”. It means “in order that”, giving the idea of a purpose to be realised, a goal to be reached. And indeed there is a goal to be reached, and it is the knowledge of God. The eternal life which those who believe receive the moment they exercise faith in Christ enables them not only to know God initially, but also to progress in the knowledge of God and His Son. The result of this progress is detailed for us in 1 John 2:12-27, where the apostle reviews the progress of those in the family of God, and divides them into infants, young men and fathers. The apostle Paul also spoke of this matter to the Colossians and wrote about “increasing in the knowledge of God”, Colossians 1:10. Peter also exhorted his readers to “grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ”, 2 Peter 3:18. The knowledge of natural earthly things pales into insignificance compared to this knowledge. Yet too often we prefer the earthly to the heavenly, the natural to the spiritual, but this is to our loss. It also dishonours the One who gave the great gift to us.

The description of God here as the only true God is appropriate in the context of the mention of all flesh. It is not just Jews who are able to receive the gift of eternal life; Gentiles also, even though sunk in idolatry, may do so also, once they have learnt from the Father. When they have realised that there is but one God who is true to the concept of God, then they are in a position to know Him. God is the only being that possesses the features that God should have, hence He is true, meaning He is real, ideal and genuine.

And Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent- it is important to notice the title Christ gives to Himself here. It is not “that they may know thee, the Father, and thy Son”, but “God, and Jesus Christ whom he hath sent”. It is God’s Son as sent into the world, with all that implies in terms of His incarnation, teaching, death, and resurrection, that He is to be known.

Some who teach error have highlighted this apparent separation between the only true God and Jesus Christ. They say that this goes to show that He is not God. This is not the case however, for other scriptures testify fully that Jesus Christ is God. We could raise the same objection in 1 Corinthians 8:6, where the apostle writes, “but to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we in him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, and we by him”. We could argue that there is one God, known as the Father, and therefore the Lord Jesus is not God. But we could also argue that because there is but one Lord, Jesus Christ, then the Father is not Lord. But God is certainly Lord in the Old Testament! And the Lord Jesus referred to Him as Lord in Matthew 11:25, as did the believers in Acts 4:24. And if He is Father, who is He Father of? Paul does not write “our Father”, but “the Father”, so He is emphasising a Person, not a relationship with believers. He is the Father of the Son, and they share the same nature.

The reason the apostle writes of God and Lord is because he has referred to the demons behind idol-worship as “gods many and lords many”, verse 5. In that case, the gods and the lords were the same beings, (the false god Baal for instance, with Baal meaning “lord”). The point is that demons present themselves as gods, in opposition to God, and as lords in opposition to Christ. Christianity will have none of that, and recognises but one God and one Lord. As if to clear up any misunderstanding on this point, the apostle John writes of the Lord Jesus in his first epistle, “This is the true God, and eternal life”, 1 John 5:20.

So the reason why Jesus Christ is mentioned separately is because He has been sent, and has come into manhood. He is Jesus, the man, and Christ, the Messiah. As such He makes eternal life available to men, not only through who He is, but also by what He did at Calvary. The fact that He is the Sent One is proof of His Deity. As is also the fact that to know Him is to know God. In the Father is the essence of eternal life, and also in the Son, but in addition, as Jesus Christ the Sent One He gives the exhibition of eternal life, for “the life was manifested”, 1 John 1:2. This does not undermine His Deity, but reinforces it.

17:4
I have glorified thee on the earth: I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do.

I have glorified thee on the earth- the mention of being sent leads on to what He was sent for. He glorified the Father on earth, and now is asking for further opportunity to do so in heaven, on the basis that He has been faithful to His mission. Note that it is “on the earth”, not “in the world”. It is the geographical location that is in view here, in contrast to heaven, where He is in spirit already.

I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do- His whole mission is seen as one work, and is described in verse 6. When, on the cross, He said “Father, into Thy hands I commend My spirit” the Lord was alluding to the Psalm 31:5, which was the evening prayer of a pious Israelite when he laid down to sleep, his work done for the day. This is the basis for His next request. If He was faithful in glorifying His Father on earth, He will be faithful in glorifying Him when He gets back to heaven, and bestows eternal life on those who believe.

(iii ) Second request, verses 5-11(a) “O Father, glorify Thou me”.
Reason, verse 4 “I have glorified thee on the earth”.

The intensity of a solemn request

17:5
And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self with the glory which I had with thee before the world was.

And now- as a consequence of the truth of verse 5.

O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self- a very personal request, based on His relationship with the Father, (the word “thou” is emphatic). Others will glorify Him, but the glory He longs for most is from His Father. “O Father” tells of the strong feelings of love He has for the Father, and the earnestness of His request.

With the glory which I had with thee before the world was- time began when the world began, (“In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth”, Genesis 1:1), so this is eternal glory. Note that He is aware of what His position was before He came into the world. He addresses the Father as His Father in connection with eternity, so He must have been His Son in eternity.

It is not that He lost or left behind the glory of being associated with God as an equal, but He asks for more of the same glory, but this time as a man. When He was in eternity with His Father before the world was created, He had the glory that is suited to the Son of God, who is equal with the Father. The world did not recognise that glory when He came to earth, and instead of showering Him with glory, they would have showered Him with stones because He claimed equality with God. The name “Jesus” will cause all to bow, as they are compelled to acknowledge that He is God, as is written, “Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue shall confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father”, Philippians 2:9-11. It had already been prophesied that every knee would bow to God. The prophet records God’s words, “I have sworn by myself, the word is gone out of my mouth in righteousness, and shall not return, That unto me every knee shall bow, every tongue shall swear”, Isaiah 45:23. So the insistence by God that every knee should bow to His Son is the sure sign of His Deity.

There are nine passages at least that tell us about conditions in eternity:

Divine Glory
“the glory which I had with thee before the world was”, John 17:5.

Divine Love
“Thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world”, John 17:24.

Divine Power
“for the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead”, Romans 1:20.

Divine Choice
“according as he hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the world”, Ephesians 1:4.

Divine Purpose
“according to the eternal purpose which he purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord”, Ephesians 3:11.

Divine Equality
“Who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God”, Philippians 2:6.

Divine Promise
“in hope of eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promised before the world began”, Titus 1:2.

Divine Foreordination
“the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot: Who verily was foreordained before the foundation of the world”, 1 Peter 1:19,20.

Divine Communion
“that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us”, 1 John 1:2.

17:6
I have manifested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world: Thine they were, and thou gavest them me; and they have kept thy word.

I have manifested thy name- we now learn what the finished work mentioned in verse 4 was. The expression “Thy name” means all that comes to mind when the Father is named. When Moses asked to see God’s glory, God told Him His titles and attributes. “And the Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord, The Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the children’s children, unto the third and to the fourth generation. And Moses made haste, and bowed his head toward the earth, and worshipped”, Exodus 34:5-8. These are the features that may be seen in Christ as we read the gospel records, as He manifested His Father’s name. Even the visiting of iniquity was plainly spoken of, even though He had not come to condemn the world but to save.

The apostles were privileged to see the glory of the ideal relationship between Father and Son, “And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth”, John 1:14.

Unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world- the apostles, despite being Israelites, were in the world, for the status of Israel as a nation was diminished. They no doubt thought it to be a privilege to be in Israel. They will soon learn that the best blessing is to be in the church.

Thine they were- the apostles are in view in verses 6-19. They belonged to the Father in that they believed in the God of Israel. Then they came to the Son, and He accepted them as a gift from His Father.

And thou gavest them me- they were given to Christ as apostles and companions, after His night in prayer.

And they have kept thy word- this is the supreme test. Have they received and retained the truth expressed from heaven at Christ’s baptism, “This is my beloved Son”? Their apostleship began when He chose them, but they had all been with Him since the time He was baptised, for the qualification for apostleship was to have seen Him from His baptism until His ascension, Acts 1:21,22.

There is a sense in which all believers have heard from the beginning, but only because they have accepted the testimony of the apostles who were there personally to hear the word from heaven which declared that Jesus of Nazareth was God’s beloved Son. What they heard and saw they have passed on, as indicated in 1 John 1:3; 2:24.

17:7
Now they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me are of thee.

Now they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me are of thee- the apostles came to realise and believe that the things Christ said to them were from the very presence of the Father, as He communed with Him day by day. He is privy to the ongoing Divine Conversation in heaven. The Father did not give Him words that were from some other source. The next verse shows that the “all things” refers to words.

17:8
For I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from thee, and they have believed that thou didst send me.

For I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me- the subject matter of the Divine Conversation was passed on. It is not now the word from the Father at Jordan, but “the words”, meaning the detailed sayings about the relationship between the Father and the Son, as given by John’s gospel. Just as the apostle John lay in the bosom of Christ and learnt His secrets, 13:23, so the Only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, tells out His secrets, 1:18; 8:26; 12:49,50. He not only hears, but tells what He hears. John writes, “Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught. And the Jews marvelled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned? Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me. If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself. He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in him”, John 7:14-18.

And they have received them- not only are the doctrines safely passed on by the Son, but they are received in faith by the apostles.

And have known surely that I came out from thee- in the previous chapter we read that the Lord said, “I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speaketh thou plainly, and speakest no proverb. Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest no that any man should ask thee: by this we believe that thou camest forth from God”, John 16:28-30. They had become convinced of His authenticity as the Son.

And they have believed that thou didst send me- this is His authority as the Son, for He is commissioned by the Father. This is important, for He said to them after His resurrection, “as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you”, John 20:21. They knew what was involved in them being sent by appreciating what was involved in Him being sent. They were apostles, sent ones, but He is “the apostle and high priest of our profession”, Hebrews 3:1. He was sent from heaven as God’s Apostle, and has returned to heaven to act as High Priest.

17:9
I pray for them: I pray not for the world, but for them which thou hast given me; for they are thine.

I pray for them- “I” is emphatic, as if He said “I, the One who is in equal relationship with Thyself”. He knows they will be attacked by those who deny His Deity. He has prepared them for this in the upper room, now He prays for them as well, for they may not always appreciate what He told them, and He is charged with keeping them safe from apostasy.

I pray not for the world- He will pray for the world on the cross with the words, “Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do”, Luke 23:34. Such is the marked difference between His own and the world, that He is able to pray for them without praying for the world.

But for them which thou hast given me- they are entrusted to Him, and He faithfully prays for their preservation, especially from departing from the truth. Because the Father loves the Son, He has given all things to Him, including the task of caring for His people, see John 3:35.

For they are thine- they were believers in God before they met Him. He said to them in the upper room, “Ye believe in God, believe also in me”, John 14:1. They did believe in Him at that point, so the exhortation is to believe in Him just as much when He was gone away as when He was with them. They had not seen the Father, yet believed in Him. They would not see the Son physically after His ascension, but that should not prevent them believing in Him still.

17:10
And all mine are thine, and thine are mine; and I am glorified in them.

And all mine are thine- we might have expected Him to say, first of all, “All thine are mine”, but that might make us think that the Father has given them over so completely that they are not His own any more. Rather, the Lord is saying that all those He now has as His own still belong to the Father.

And thine are mine- all that still belong to the Father are His as the Son. Only Divine persons can each possess the same persons wholly, without depriving the other. The Father has given them to the Son, but they are still His. The Son has accepted them as belonging to the Father still, but they are His also.

And I am glorified in them- both the Father and the Son are glorified through those who possess eternal life, in accordance with His request at the outset of His prayer, “glorify thy Son, that thy Son may glorify thee”, that is, by giving eternal life, verse 1. He is glorified through all who receive the gift of eternal life, but the reference is here specifically to the apostles, who will be the means whereby the life-giving word of the gospel will be initially spread abroad. He is confident that they will be faithful in their evangelism, and so bring glory to Him.

17:11
And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to thee. Holy Father, keep through thine own name those whom thou hast given me, that they may be one, as we are.

And now I am no more in the world- in spirit He is back with the Father, and this gives character to the prayer. He is praying as if He is back in heaven, even though He has not yet endured the cross.

But these are in the world- His departure will leave them vulnerable. As the Good Shepherd, He is concerned about leaving them in a world full of thieves, robbers and wolves.

And I come to thee- with all that implies in terms of His acceptance by the Father, (of which He is confident), and His present ministry in heaven for them. He would not only make His presence known to them as they go forth preaching, but He will sit on the right hand of God, still serving their interests there, for He has taken servant-hood for ever, Mark 16:19,20. He looks at going to the cross as the way to come to His Father. For the joy set before Him He endured the cross, Hebrews 12:2. He despised the shame from men, but prized the glory from His Father.

(iv) Third request, verses  11(b)-19
“Holy Father, keep…those thou hast given Me”.
Reason, verse 12 “I kept them in thy name”.

The interest in a sanctified company

Holy Father, keep through thine own name those whom thou hast given me- the Holy name of His Father, (that is, His Holiness of character and actions), will shield them from the unholiness of the world. “Be ye holy, for I am holy”, were O1d Testament words, but quoted by the apostle Peter as being relevant today, Peter 1:16. Holiness is a positive thing, for God was holy before there was unholiness. God is separate from sin and from error, and those who are preserved in the atmosphere of the holiness of God will be separate from sin and error too. God’s Holy Spirit will enable this to happen in practical terms.

That they may be one, as we are- the oneness of the apostles was vital. That is why Judas must go before Pentecost, and be replaced by another, so that Peter can stand up with the eleven, Acts 2:14, presenting a united front. The oneness “as we are” may simply be oneness of aim and intention here, rather than the more intense oneness of verses 21-23. Note that the oneness is based on separation from sin and error. There can be no true fellowship between believers when sin and error is condoned.

17:12
While I was with them in the world, I kept them in thy name: those that thou gavest me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled.

While I was with them in the world, I kept them in thy name- He ever sanctified the Lord in His heart, and therefore did nothing to offend Divine Holiness, and therefore His own were preserved from defiling influences. It might be asked why He cannot continue to do from heaven what He had been doing on earth. Is not the answer that when He was here, the Holy Spirit was with them because He was with Christ, 14:16,17. With Him gone, the Holy Spirit will come to indwell them to show them what is holy.

Those that thou gavest me I have kept, and none of them is lost this even included physical protection, as is seen in the Garden of Gethsemane, when he said, “If therefore ye seek me, let these go their way: that the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, ‘Of them which thou hast given me I have lost none'”, 18:8,9.

But the son of perdition- John is careful to tell us in his account of the arrest of Christ that Judas stood with the soldiers in the Garden of Gethsemane, 18:5. He had changed sides, and removed himself from Christ’s protection. He is called the son of perdition or destruction, for he not only sides with those who seek to destroy Jesus, but also destroyed himself by suicide, and went to “his own place”, Acts 1:25, for he had opted for hell not heaven. After Pentecost the believer is joined eternally to Christ. Whilst he may live a carnal life, he cannot be lost, for “he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit”, 1 Corinthians 6:17. The Spirit of God has formed a link which is on the very highest level, and it cannot be broken.

That the scripture might be fulfilled- the apostle Peter made it clear that Judas “by transgression fell”, so he was not predestined to fall. The Lord made several attempts to bring him back, but he was determined. It was not that Christ let him slip through His fingers so that a scripture could be fulfilled, but rather that he allowed himself to be manipulated by Satan, and finished up as the betrayer. By that process, scripture was fulfilled. The betrayer is not named in the Old Testament. He was spoken of in terms of the actions of Ahithophel, David’s trusted companion who turned against him. See Psalm 41:9; 69:22,23; 109:6-8.

17:13
And now come I to thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have my joy fulfilled in themselves.

And now come I to thee- the construction of the words “and now” often introduces a fresh aspect to things. So the contrast may be between Judas going to perdition and Christ going to heaven; or between the “with them in the world” of verse 12, and “now come I to Thee” of this verse.

He is conscious of His destination, and confident that Calvary would satisfy the Father’s heart, and He would be raised to return to being with the Father, this time in a body. He would set Himself down on the right hand of the Majesty on high, confident He had the right to do so. John’s Gospel may be thought of as the “Burnt Offering Gospel”, and the burnt offering of Leviticus 1 was also called the ascending offering.

And these things I speak in the world- this may well indicate that He spoke out loud with His disciples present. They could not share in His Gethsemane sufferings, so He withdrew from them a distance. They will share His heavenly glories, so He speaks so they can hear, and be encouraged.

That they might have my joy fulfilled in themselves- if they had heard His groanings in Gethsemane they would have despaired utterly. They can hear these words and be filled with joy. But it is not primarily that they would be blessed, but that He would be glorified. This is His joy, the joy of returning to His Father, the joy that strengthened Him to endure the cross, Hebrews 12:2. Being with Him will involve sharing His joy. The joy would be fulfilled in themselves personally, so they would not just be joyful because He would be joyful. They would find that His joy would fulfil its purpose in their hearts, as they changed from being filled with sorrow because He said He was going away, 16:6, to returning to Jerusalem with great joy after the ascension, Luke 24:52,53. As He said to them, “If ye loved me ye would rejoice that I said unto you I go to the Father”, 14:28. Note the things that are especially Christ’s: “His own”, 13:1; “My peace”, 14:27; “My love”, 15:9; “My glory”, 17:24.

17:14
I have given them thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.

I have given them thy word- this has the idea of a body of teaching. Either the sum total of what He had told them during His ministry, or the teaching in the upper room. Whichever is meant, it was the word of the Father, faithfully transmitted to them.

And the world hath hated them- to side with Christ is to oppose the world and be hated by it. The world cannot be indifferent to those who love Christ, for He came into the world to cause division, and He has been successful. The condemnation of this world is that light is come into it and men loved darkness rather than light, and went further, and hated the light, John 3:19,20. To believe in the light is to be hated by the world. The hostility against the disciples increased after the raising of Lazarus, 12:10. Before, He had shielded them by taking the force of the opposition upon Himself, but He is now preparing them to take the force themselves.

Because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world- this world-system is centred around opposition to God. To distance one-self from it is to be like Christ, and therefore to be hated.

They are not of the world because they are born of God; He is not of the world because He is the Son of God from heaven. Relationship to God is in view in each case, although not of the same kind exactly.

17:15
I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil.

I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world- because they have the life of God in their souls, and believe in Him, they are able to overcome the world, “For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith. Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that believeth that Jesus is the Son of God?” 1 John 5:4,5. Because believers have eternal life, and that life is superior to the life of the world, they can safely be left in it, especially as they are indwelt by the Holy Spirit.

Believers are needed in the world to testify about Christ, and bring glory to Him in this hostile scene, thus demonstrating the superiority of faith.

But that thou shouldest keep them from the evil- perhaps He refers in particular to the evil doctrines which deny the Father and the Son, which represent the greatest evil in the world.

17:16
They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.

They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world- these words are similar to verse 14, but there it was the reason for the hatred of the world. Here it is advanced as the reason why the Father should sanctify them, verse 17. The Son asks the Father to have dealings with them because they are not of the world, implying that they are of the Father. All that is in the world is not of the Father, 1 John 2:16, so the fact that they are not of the world implies that they are of the Father.

17:17
Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth.

Sanctify them through thy truth- as those who are not of the world they are separated to God. This is the Son’s desire for His own, that the Father who begot them may keep them separate from everything that does not harmonise with the life they have been given. Eternal life is in contrast to the life of men in the flesh, verse 3, so they are separate from Adam’s world, but they still have the capability of walking after the flesh, even though not in the flesh, Romans 8:9,4. “Thy truth” is everything that tells us about the Father.

Thy word is truth- the source of that truth about the Father is found in the word the Son gave to them from the Father, verse 14. That is the standard in a world full of error about the Father and the Son. The word separated us from the world in the first place, for we are begotten by the word of truth, James 1:18, and what separates initially, separates constantly. The true believer knows the truth about Divine Persons, and is able to distinguish it from error, 1 John 2:21. Antichrists deny the Father and the Son, 1 John 2:22. The statement “Thy word is truth” is for the benefit of the disciples. He is still speaking mainly about the apostles, and He knew they would be under extreme pressure after Pentecost, for they would be teaching things that the ruling religious classes would resist. It is vital that they do not give way, but hold fast to that which He taught them.

17:18
As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world.

As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world- He desires the Father’s protection for them, since they have been sent into a world full of error to preach the truth. He sent them forth to bear fruit, 15:16, and bear witness, 15:27. What a dignified position the apostles were in, sent forth in the same way as the Son had been. This lends dignity to the word they carried with them.

17:19
And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.

And for their sakes I sanctify myself- He separates Himself from being in the world by going to heaven to minister to them from there, the place of power at God’s right hand. The Father sanctified Him and sent Him into the world, 10:36, and now He makes the return journey, confident He has the right to go back to heaven.

Just as He was not made more holy in order to come down, so He is not making Himself more holy to return. He does not need to be purified, as Aaron did before he was made high priest, for He is “holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens”, Hebrews 7:26.

That they also might be sanctified through the truth- what sanctified or separated the apostles from the rabbis and the other teachers in Israel was the truth given to them exclusively by the Lord Jesus. That truth was about the relationship between the Father and the Son, and all that flows from it. If He did not separate Himself by going back to heaven, the Holy Spirit would not come to empower them as they made known this truth in a world that was hostile to it. In this way they would “also” be sanctified, that is, as well as Him being sanctified.

There is no mention of the Holy Spirit in this prayer, but His coming is implied here. It was after He had returned to heaven that the Lord Jesus prayed the Father that He would give His people the Holy Spirit, John 14:16; 15:26.

(v) Fourth request, verses 20-23 “Thou, Father…that they all may be one”.
Reason, verses 21,23: “That the world may believe…know”.

The integration in a special oneness

17:20
Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word;

Neither pray I for these alone- up to this point He has concentrated on the apostles.

But for them also which shall believe on me through their word- the word is given to them, and they so make it their own, and are so empowered by it, that it becomes their word. Luke tells us that “Then they that gladly received his word, were baptised”, Acts 2:41. Peter had made the word his own.

17:21
That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.

That they all may be one- unity is vital if the world is going to believe. This unity is now defined for us. Because it is modelled on the oneness of the Persons of the Godhead, this unity is not organisational nor ecumenical.

As thou, Father, art in me- the Father is perfectly expressed in the Son, for “he that hath seen Me hath seen the Father”, 14:9. To know the Son is to know the Father, 14:7. This shows the oneness of the Father and the Son. The ways, works and words of the Son were all an expression of the Father, for God was manifested in the flesh in the person of Christ. The fact that He was a man in the body, far from being a hindrance, was an asset, for He, a Divine person, was able to express a Divine Person perfectly, but do it in a way that could be comprehended by those who were seeking the truth.

And I in thee- He is in Him in the sense that there is no point at which they diverge, whether it be in nature, character, will, or action. In 14:10 these two phrases are the other way round, perhaps because the disciples would have more difficulty with the idea that a man in the flesh was one with the Father. He does not communicate the truth regarding the Father as one who is merely a separate agent. He does so as one with the Father. The prophets of old time were agents God used to bring His truth to the people, but in the last days He has spoken by His Son, Hebrews 1:1,2.

That they also may be one in us- this does not mean, of course, that believers are one with Divine persons, but they are one with one another because of their relationship with Divine persons, who are themselves one in essence and aim. Eternal life is the life of God, and the believer has that eternal life in common with all other believers, and that forms a bond of unity. We are to abide in the Father and the Son, 1 John 2:24. Clearly, the oneness here is not organisational, but living, the unity of those who share eternal life with one another. No amount of amalgamation of denominations can produce this unity. The ecumenical movement is a tool of Satan to bring in a world “church” that will facilitate the emergence of the Antichrist.

That the world may believe that thou hast sent me- this is not guaranteed, but the potential is there. It is “may”, not “shall”. But on the other hand, the Lord does not exclude any as being beyond belief. When the people of the world see Divine life worked out in the lives of God’s people, then they will see the same thing in principle as when Christ was here. Just as we read “And many believed on Him”, so, ideally, many should believe through the testimony of Christians. Someone has said, “The world does not believe because it does not believe we believe the things we say we believe”.

17:22
And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one:

And the glory which thou gavest me- He is conscious that His request for glory in verse 5 will be answered, and He prays now on the basis that it is. He had sought the glory of the recognition of His association with God, even as a man, which glory had been withheld from Him by men during His ministry on earth.

I have given them- believers are to be associated with Divine persons, but only mediately through Him. Still it is His glory that they receive. He speaks in the past tense, for He is anticipating His departure to the Father, and the association of believers with Him there. The apostle Paul also spoke in the past tense when he said, “whom he justified, them he also glorified”, Romans 8:30. The glory is defined by the words, “conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many brethren”, verse 29. The eternal state of glory of believers opens out before the apostle’s mind, and so certain is it that he can speak, inspired of the Holy Spirit, as if it is realised already. Believers will have the glory of association with one who, in His own right has association with the Father.

That they may be one, even as we are one- the way this will happen is told us in the next verse. Divine persons have the same will as one another; believers when conformed to the image of God’s Son will never deviate from the will of God.

17:23
I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.

I in them- according to the words He had spoken earlier, in the upper room, it would be at Pentecost that He would come to them, for the Godhead is one, and the coming of the Spirit makes good to us in our hearts the presence of the Father and the Son.

And thou in me- the Spirit indwells us, the Son is in us by that Spirit, and the Father is in the Son, working out His purpose through Him. So all three persons of Godhead are active in believers, and this is the ground of unity.

That they may be made perfect in one- if Divine Persons form the unity, then it must be perfect. It is not a process, as if believers were perfected into one, but made perfect in one the moment the Spirit comes at conversion.

And that the world may know that thou hast sent me- the disciples had said, “we believe that thou camest forth from God”, 16:30. As they went forth and preached that, and its implications, then some would believe. These words, however, look on to beyond that, for it is not the world believing, as in verse 21, but the world knowing, irrespective as to whether any believe or not.

And hast loved them, as thou hast loved me- the Father’s love towards them is of the same sort as His love for His Son. This does not mean that it is to the same degree, for that would devalue the Father’s love for the Son. (The word meaning “precisely as” is not used here). As the world sees the believers living in the good of the love of their Father, they will realise that their faith is real. “By this shall all men know ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another”, John 13:35. Disciples are learners, so as those who are learning of Him, we are to live out what we learn.

(vi) Fifth request, verse 24
Father, I will…may be with Me”.
Reason, verse 24: “For Thou lovedst Me”.

The incentive of a shared affection

17:24
Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; that they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world.

Father, I will- confident that His prayer will be answered, and that His will and that of His Father is the same, He makes known that will. There is no element of independence in His person because He has become man. We may compare His statement here with the one in His Gethsemane prayer, where He said, “Not my will”. There it was to do with God’s will regarding His sufferings; here to do with God’s will regarding those whom He has been given. In other words, He is indicating His will for others.

That they also, whom thou hast given me- as well as the apostles who were given Him, verse 6, He now thinks of those who will believe through their word, verse 20. The apostles were given as those who already believed in God. The rest of believers are given to the Son when they come in faith initially. The word “given” is in the past tense because the Lord is projecting His mind to when the last believer is gathered in, and the moment of glory is come; He is thinking of them as having come to Him in the then-past.

Be with me where I am- is this spoken as if already back in heaven, or is it that we shall be with Him wherever He is? If He is in heaven, we shall be with Him, 14:3; if He is on earth, we shall be with Him there too, Colossians 3:4. We read, “These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth”, Revelation 14:4. That reference is not to church saints, but it illustrates a principle.

That they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me- He wills that the glory of association with the Godhead asked for in verse 5, may be seen by His people. He is confident that His request will be granted, and now He speaks as if it has happened, “thou hast given Me”. The apostles saw His glory as He lived on the earth, for we read “Jesus manifested forth his glory; and his disciples believed on him”, John 2:11, but this is resurrection, ascended glory, the compensation for the sufferings He endured. When the apostle Paul was caught up to the third heaven, he “heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter”, 2 Corinthians 12:2,3. Even the telling of His glory was more than could be taken in, but in eternity believers will have glorified bodies, released from the restrictions of earth, and their minds will be able to take in and appreciate His glory. Remember that glory may be defined as “the display of excellence”.

For thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world- this is the solid ground of the request, an appeal the Father cannot refuse, even if He wished to, which He does not. “The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into his hand”, John 3:35. He is conscious of having enjoyed the eternal love of His Father; He has not lost the sense of that by becoming man. So the solid basis of the believer’s state of blessedness will be the eternal love of the Father for His Son. And since love is what God is, then the position will be grounded on the very being of God.

(vii) Final statement, verses 25,26
O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee…I will declare it (name)”.

The indignation over a spurned revelation

17:25
O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee: but I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me.

O righteous Father- now we have the closing statement of the prayer, beginning with “O righteous Father”, for it has to do with the lack of response to the revelation the Son has given of the Father. The Son is righteously indignant that this is the case, hence the strength of feeling expressed in the “O”, and the title “righteous Father”.

The world hath not known thee- not so much that it does not know after He has been here, but, rather, it did not know God when He came. The verb is in the pluperfect, signifying that something was true further back than if the perfect tense had been used. The world has not got to know God after all the interventions He has made during the centuries. This is not an admission of failure, as if to say that even though He has been here the world is still unchanged. It is a tribute to His success that even though the world in general did not know God before He came, (“the darkness comprehended it not”, John 1:5), there are some who now know the Father.

But I have known thee- the ignorance of the world is contrasted with His perfect knowledge of the Father, which knowledge He has imparted to those who believed on Him.

And these have known that thou hast sent me- this sums up their belief, for if they believe He was sent of the Father, they must believe all that He taught them of the Father, being in full agreement with Him.

17:26
And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them.

And I have declared unto them thy name- not only did He hallow the name of His Father, but He expounded by His life and Person the things that are true of the Father, so that those who believe may have that knowledge too, in their measure. To know Him is to know the Father, 14:7.

And will declare it- this declaration of the Father is ongoing, for the cross will bring out fresh features about God. When Judas went out to finalise plans for the arrest, the Lord said, “Now is the Son of Man glorified, and God is glorified in him”, 13:31. The betrayal by Judas would set in motion a train of events leading to Calvary and beyond. The process of further declaration began with the words to Mary Magdalene, “Touch me not; for I am not yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God, and your God”, John 20:17. In this way the prophecy of Psalm 22:22 began to be fulfilled, for the Messiah promises, “I will declare thy name unto My brethren: in the midst of the congregation will I praise Thee”. Instead of being surrounded by those who hate Him as they gather around the cross, He will be surrounded by those who love Him for all eternity.

That the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them- the hearts of the believers will be drawn to their Father in love as “the Son of the Father in truth and in love”, 2 John 3, teaches them. The love will not only be “in them” for their own enjoyment, but it will be “in them” to show to others. “And every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God”, 1 John 4:7.

And I in them- the more we know of God and His love, the more we shall realise that He is fully expressed in His Son. The more we realise this, the more we shall hold the Son in our hearts in love, and shall express Him to others. This implies the indwelling of the Holy Spirit, as John 14:16-21 explains.

JOHN 8

JOHN 8

We have noticed the ways in which the narrative draws upon the matters relevant to the feast of tabernacles, and we now come to the counterpart of the pillar of cloud, given by God to guide the Israelites across the desert, and also to shelter them from the burning heat of the sun. John shows how the Lord Jesus sheltered a woman from unjust treatment, and also spoke of Himself as the one able to guide those who believe in Him.

(d)   A reminder of the pillar of cloud.

8:1
Jesus went unto the mount of Olives.

Jesus went unto the mount of Olives- the last verse of chapter seven tells us that “every man went to his own house”. The verses previous to that record a conversation between the chief priests and Pharisees in which it was clear that they did not recognise Him as being a prophet of God. It is no surprise then that they did not invite the Lord to their house for the night. As it was the end of the feast of tabernacles, perhaps the Lord preferred to be alone in His booth on the mount.

As He sat upon the Mount of Olives, situated as it is on the east side of the city, He was positioned on the mount to which He will return to set up His kingdom, the very time to which the feast of tabernacles looked. In fact the very chapter which says, “And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives”, also speaks of the nations coming to Jerusalem to “keep the feast of tabernacles”, See Zechariah 14:4,9,16.

8:2
And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them.

And early in the morning he came again into the temple- the feast is over, and the ceremonial year has run its course. The lamps are extinguished, and the people prepare to return to their homes. They did this quite literally, because the feast of tabernacles was celebrated, not in one’s house, but in a temporary booth made of tree branches pitched either in a garden, or by the roadside.

Christ comes early to the temple to make Himself available to any who linger in the sacred precincts, perhaps meditating on the current condition of the nation, and wondering whether the land of promise will ever be their land truly. Looking over the temple courts is the Roman Fortress of Antonia, with its watchmen keeping an alert eye on the situation below; a grim reminder that the age of glory had not yet arrived. Who will lead the nation, Joshua-like, into the liberty and glory of the kingdom? And on what basis will that kingdom be governed? Roman law, as represented by the Fortress of Antonia, or Jewish law, as represented by the scribes and Pharisees who figure in the next narrative, or the law of Christ as Messiah? This is one of the matters addressed in this section. The Court of the Women is reached by coming through the east gate of the Temple, the place where the light of the rising sun first strikes. But the Lord will claim in verse 12 that He is the “Light of the World”.

And all the people came unto him- we know from verse 20 that He taught in the Treasury. Now the Pharisees considered it their right to be the only teachers in the Treasury, so this is a confrontation with them, and explains why they were involved in the attack upon the authority of Christ which follows. It was here that members of the Sanhedrin would be on feast days and on the sabbath, to answer questions. How annoyed they must have been that the crowds are gathering around Christ. They respond to this situation by trying, once again, to undermine His authority and popularity as a teacher.

And he sat down, and taught them- this was the usual posture. It was the practice to stand to read the Scriptures, and sit to teach them. We see this happen when the Lord went to the synagogue in Nazareth, Luke 4:16,20. The Lord Himself referred to Moses’ seat, meaning the chair on which those who taught the law of Moses would sit, Matthew 23:2.

8:3
And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst,

And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery- these are the men the people looked to for the interpretation of the law, whether in principle or in practice. The scribes were the learned men who sought to carefully explain the law. The Pharisees were those who professed to be very diligent about the keeping of the law.

This is the only time John mentions the scribes. Interestingly, the passage contains the only reference to the Lord Jesus writing. The scribes were “the writers”, and they are set against another Writer in this passage.

The sin of adultery is very serious, for it is an act of rebellion against God, an act of treachery against one’s spouse, and undermines the basis of society. God as Creator and Moral Governor of the world instituted marriage as a relationship of love, care, and fellowship, in which men and women might show mutual respect and love, and raise children in a stable environment.

The law of Moses was the code of conduct for Israel, and constituted the terms upon which the Lord covenanted to continue with the nation, and be their God. Failure to keep this covenant had already resulted in them being carried away into captivity.

There was the additional factor in the Old Testament, that the Messiah was going to be born of the line of David, and it was vitally important that that line should be preserved and known. Hence there were severe penalties imposed on immorality, lest a child should be born whose exact genealogy was not known. So it was that Joseph, the espoused husband of Mary, could be addressed as “son of David” by the angel that visited him, Matthew 1:20, for his genealogy in that chapter shows him to be of David’s line, and the angel, by addressing him in the way he did, authenticates the genealogy as Matthew gives it. Mary also knew that she was descended from David, for we have her genealogy in Luke 3:23-38.

And when they had set her in the midst- they are using every means whereby they might embarrass the Lord, and put Him into a difficult position, and thus undermine His authority, and His popularity with the crowds. One of the things that impressed the people was that “He taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes”, Matthew 7:29. By putting the woman in the midst they interrupt His teaching, and make their question unavoidable.

8:4
They say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act.

They say unto him, Master- they cannot deny that He was an accomplished teacher, (this is the idea with the word “Master”), even though He had not learnt in their schools. He was recognised as being competent enough to be asked to teach in the synagogue, and when He did this, “they were astonished at his doctrine, for his word was with power”, Luke 4:31,32. There is a touch of sarcasm here, however, in their description of Him as Master, for they are trying to destroy His role as a teacher.

This woman was taken in adultery- the feast of tabernacles brought many pilgrims to Jerusalem, and the celebration involved living and sleeping in temporary shelters, to symbolise the journey of the children of Israel through the wilderness. The fact that the shelters, or booths, were made of branches from trees growing in the land of Israel, highlighted the fact that their wilderness journey was over. In these circumstances there were a great many temptations, and it may be that this woman had fallen in this way. It may be, of course, that she had not sinned at all, but the Lord’s words to her, “go, and sin no more”, verse 11, would suggest otherwise.

In the very act- now this statement is crucial, for if it is true, then they must know who the man is with whom the adultery was committed. They are going to refer to the law of Moses, but that law stated very clearly that both the man and the woman involved in this sin were to be put to death. But they have not arrested the man. Nor have they brought him to the temple. They thereby show disregard for the law they are claiming to uphold. This is the first reason why the Lord Jesus does not condemn the woman. A court of law would wish to establish the facts of the case, and cross-examine the accused, as well as any witnesses. The Jews were very cautious and scrupulous in a “trial for life”, that is, one in which the charge carried a death penalty.

At His own trial, He refused to answer at certain points, for the law was being broken by their actions and accusations, and He would not condone the illegality of the proceedings. And this is the case here. To go along with their suggestions would be to sanction unrighteousness, and to Him, “Jesus Christ the Righteous” as John calls Him, 1 John 2:1, that is unthinkable, even if it gives the wrong impression. Truth is more important than reputation.

8:5
Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou?

Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned- one of the features of the feast of tabernacles was the reading, once every seven years, of the whole of the Books of Moses, Deuteronomy 31:10-11. In fact, one of the names the Jews gave to the feast was “the feast of the joy of the law”.

There had been a discussion the previous day about the Law of Moses, as recorded in 7:14-36, and the Lord had accused them of not keeping the law, verse 19. The scribes and Pharisees had no doubt felt the force of that charge, and were now seeking to show that He was wrong, hence they appeal to Moses in the Law.

The sense of the word “such” is “such women”, so they are concentrating wholly on her, whereas Moses in the law said, “And the man that committeth adultery with another man’s wife, even he that committeth adultery with his neighbour’s wife, the adulterer and the adulteress shall surely be put to death.” Leviticus 20:10. And the book of Deuteronomy is just as clear, “If a man be found lying with a woman married to an husband, then they shall both of them die, both the man that lay with the woman, and the woman: so shalt thou put away evil from Israel.” Deuteronomy 22:22. It is noticeable in both statements that the emphasis is put upon the man, even though both he and the woman were guilty, whereas the Pharisees were emphasising the woman. They also conveniently ignore the fact that it was not lawful for them to put anyone to death, (except a person who went beyond the middle wall of partition in the temple), for the power to stone to death had been taken away from them by the Romans. They acknowledged this to Pilate a few months later, John 18:31.

But what sayest thou? By the word “but” they acknowledge that His teaching had a different character to simply expounding the law. And indeed that was the case, “For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.” John 1:17. In the synagogue at Nazareth “they marvelled at the gracious words that proceeded out of his mouth”, Luke 4:22. It is also said, “For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes”, Matthew 7:29. They are trying to manipulate this difference to suggest He was teaching contrary to the law. This may explain the presence of the scribes in this incident, for the people can see the difference between Christ’s word and theirs, and their authority is being undermined.

8:6
This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though Hhe heard them not.

This they said, tempting him- this is the only place where the word “tempt” occurs in John’s Gospel. John does not record the temptation of the Lord by the Devil in the wilderness, but he does record this temptation during the feast which recalled Israel’s wilderness experience. They had been tempted there more than once in the matter of immorality, as Paul reminds us in 1 Corinthians 10:7,8.

That they might have to accuse him- if He says the woman should not be stoned, then they will take Him before the Jewish court as a false prophet. If He says she should be stoned, then they will take Him before the Gentile court, and say that He is a rebel against Rome, for the Romans had withdrawn the right of Israel to execute the death penalty. To call for stoning was to go against the law of Rome.

But if He refuses to answer, this may look to the crowd as if He has been out-witted, and His authority will be destroyed, for He had been unsparing in His criticisms both of the scribes and the Pharisees, Matthew 5:20; 12:38,39.

But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not- we know from verse 2 that He was sitting down to teach, and He is not said to rise. The fact that He said nothing, and that we are not told what He wrote, leads us to see in His actions truth symbolised rather than spoken.

Consider the following things:

1. The Lord required the people to read the whole law every seven years, during the feast of tabernacles, and therefore it is no surprise to find references to the law in chapter 7. “Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law?” verse 19. “If a man on the circumcision receive circumcision, that the law of Moses should not be broken”, verse 23. “But this people that knoweth not the law are cursed.” verse 49, (the words of the chief priests and Pharisees, not Christ). And in verse 5 of this chapter the scribes and Pharisees speak of “Moses in the law”. And the whole incident has to do with the relationship between law and grace, with the scribes representing law, and Christ representing grace. It is highly significant therefore that, whilst still sitting in the attitude of a teacher, the Lord should be said to write with His finger. But this is what God had done in connection with the law, for we read that the tables of stone had the ten commandments written on them, not by Moses, but by the finger of God, Exodus 31:18. Furthermore, Moses said in his blessing, “From his right hand went a fiery law for them”, Deuteronomy 33:2. They surely cannot fail to note the significance of this silent action.

2. It is said that a person sitting down and stooping forward is able to write about sixteen Hebrew letters on the ground. The Lord wrote twice on the ground. Could it be that He wrote, “and that will by no means clear the guilty”, the first time, and then, “forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin”, the second time? The first expression has ten letters, and the second, fifteen. They are the words of God to Moses, when He showed him His glory, Exodus 34:5-7. Significantly, they are spoken in the interval between the breaking of the first tables of stone, (because the people had broken the law), and the writing of the second. Significantly, also, that in that interval the words “grace” and “gracious” are mentioned seven times. The Lord is indicating to Moses that when the law is broken, God glorifies Himself by acting in grace. So it is in John 8. As far as sin is concerned, He is prepared to act in grace. But that does not mean the guilty will be cleared, but that He will provide a substitute for the guilty. This corresponds to the words of Christ to the woman in verse 11, and will result in Him showing His glory, as God did to Moses.

3. The writing was on the ground, in the dust of the temple courts. As soon as the incident is over and the bustle of the pilgrims in the temple courts resumes, the writing will be trampled underfoot. This was how the people were treating the writing of God in the law, and alas, the writing of God in grace in the gospel. When Moses broke the tables of the law, he ground it to powder, Exodus 32:20, and put it upon water, and made the children of Israel drink it, which is a very similar thing to what happened at the trial of jealousy, as we shall see in point 5. God had declared in the law that He was a jealous God, jealous for the affection of His people, but they were unfaithful.

4. Jeremiah wrote, “O Lord, the Hope of Israel, All that forsake thee shall be ashamed, and they that depart from me shall be written in the earth, because they have forsaken the fountain of living waters.” Jeremiah 17:13. Note the reference to God being the fountain of living waters, for this is what the Lord claimed to be the previous day, when He cried, “If any man thirst, let him come unto me and drink”, 7:37. And then He went on to speak of living water, verse 38. The warning in Jeremiah was that those who forsake the fountain of living waters will be written in the earth, or dust. Could the scribes avoid seeing the connection? And were they not being warned of their downfall if they persisted in their unbelief? When Moses volunteered to die for the nation after they had made the golden calf, he spoke in terms of being blotted “out of thy book that thou hast written”. God replied, “Whosoever hath sinned against me, him will I blot out of my book”, Deuteronomy 32:32,33. David referred to this book also in Psalm 139:16 when he referred to himself before he was born, “And in thy book all my members were written”. So God records all who are conceived amongst men, and who, because of sin, if they do not obtain life from Him, will die, and thus their names will be erased from that book, as not being upon the earth any more.

So it may be that the Lord wrote the names of those who were accusing the woman, beginning with the eldest. When they persisted in asking Him for His verdict, He continued until He had listed them all. The fact that He knew their individual ages would convince them of His God-given authority. They knew that soon those names would be obliterated by the feet of the pilgrims, the sure sign that their names were not written in God’s heavenly book of life, but only in the dust of earth.

8:7
So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her.

So when they continued asking him- instead of drawing conclusions from what He was doing, however, they merely kept questioning Him, pestering for an answer, because they thought they had trapped Him. Or did they continue like this to cover up their embarrassment if they did see the significance of His actions?

He lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her- raising Himself from His stooping position, He looks the accusers in the eye, and challenges them to do what the Law required them to do if due process had been followed, and the woman was indeed guilty. The honour of their God demanded it, since He does not “clear the guilty”. They know very well that they cannot prosecute the woman without prosecuting the man, and since they arrested this woman in the act of adultery, they could, and should, have arrested him as well.

“Without sin” in this context would not mean without sin absolutely, for if that was the requirement, then the penalty of the law could never be exacted, (for all have sinned), and no stoning could ever take place even though God required it is some circumstances. The sense is, “He that is without the sin of not complying with the relevant procedures the law requires in this situation”. This is the reason for the “among you”, for He was confident that He Himself was not guilty of judging unrighteously and without due process.

8:8
And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground.

And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground- if the first writing was to enforce the law and judge the guilty, and was for the benefit of the Pharisees, then the second writing, if it was indeed from Exodus 34:6 emphasised that God was merciful and gracious, and would be for the benefit of the accused woman. It is as if grace has two tables of writing also, for it is the revelation of the God who is light, “sin no more”, (corresponding to “by no means clear the guilty”), and love, “neither do I condemn thee”, (corresponding to “merciful and gracious, longsuffering and abundant in goodness and truth”, Exodus 34:7). Grace does not condone sin, but it superior to law in that it does what the law could not do, namely, give the power to sin no more, see Romans 8:1-4. Notice that the Lord stoops down to write, not to pick up a stone to throw at the woman.

8:9
And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last: and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst.

And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last- so every one of them felt the full force of the law, as their hypocrisy was exposed. Those who were most versed in the law, the eldest, would realise that He had uncovered their faulty application of the law, irrespective of whether the woman was guilty or not. And those who were youngest, and went out last, would be the ones most likely to be committing the sin of which they accused the woman. A witness who threw the first stone would condemn himself if he was guilty of the same sin.

And Jesus was left alone- we have already noted the words of Deuteronomy 19:20, “And those which remain shall hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil among you.” In other words, those which remain after the false witness has been stoned should take note. But there are none that remain in this situation, and by leaving they all condemn themselves as either false witnesses or false prosecutors. The only one left is the Judge of all the earth. What will He say to the woman?

And the woman standing in the midst- it is a true law-court scene now, with the Divine Judge sitting, and the accused standing before Him alone, with nowhere to hide. The scribes and Pharisees had set her in the midst of their unrighteous “court”, and she still stands there, but now in the midst of His “court”. She does not try to escape, even though her accusers have left the scene.

8:10
When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee?

When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman- by this is meant that He only saw the woman in the context of the accusations made against her. Man’s court had disbanded. There were no doubt many crowding around in the temple courts to see the outcome of the incident.

He said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? He speaks of the beginning and the end of the judgement process, the accusation and the condemnation. They had made the accusation, but why were they not condemning her if their charge was right? They had seemed so confident they would win the case, yet now they had abandoned it.

8:11
She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.

She said, No man, Lord- notice her respect for Him. She could have simply called Him “Sir”, but goes further in her acknowledgement of Him.

And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee- this is His verdict on the situation, and has been much misunderstood. Superficially looked at, it seems as if He is condoning her sin, and failing to impose the full weight of the law. He had consistently condemned adultery in His ministry, and we may be sure He has not changed now.

The fact is that He had not come to judge men but to save them, and to do so on a righteous basis. Nor has He the right to set up His own system of justice until He comes to reign, for as He said when a man wanted Him to decide a case against his brother, “Man, who made me a judge and a divider over you?” Luke 12:14.

Nor does He condemn this woman, for those who professed to have witnessed what she had done had abandoned their testimony. The case cannot proceed if there are no witnesses. In this way He upheld the righteousness of the law which demanded that true witnesses should support the accusation made.

In a day to come, when Christ reigns in righteousness, the prophet foretold that “He shall not judge after the sight of his eyes”, Isaiah 11:3, meaning He will not need objects presented as evidence. “Neither reprove after the hearing of his ears”, meaning He will not need to call witnesses to give evidence. “But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity the meek of the earth”, Isaiah 11:4.

Go, and sin no more- how significant this is, for as He, the Righteous Judge, dismisses her from the courtroom, He shows that He all along knew the facts of the case, that she was indeed guilty. For when He rules and exercises judgement, there will be no need of witnesses, for He shall fully know the facts of each case, and He gives a foretaste of that here, but without disturbing the Jewish legal system as He did so.

He shows her grace in accordance with the words, “The Lord…merciful and gracious”, but He also manifests that aspect of the name of God which tells He “will not clear the guilty”, Exodus 34:6,7. Grace and truth are perfectly balanced in Him. But this grace to her does not mean she may continue in the sin of adultery, for righteousness forbids it.

So how can He let her go, even allowing for the failure of her accusers? If He knows she has sinned, how can He let her walk free? It is because of another aspect of the character and glory of God revealed to Moses. He was told that God was able to forgive iniquity and transgression and sin, Exodus 34:7. But the word for “forgive” is the same as “carry away”, as used of the scapegoat when it bore away the sins of Israel. And this woman is in the presence of one who in a few months time will take away the sin of the world, John 1:29. When she comes by faith to know Him in that capacity she will be given power to not commit adultery any more. The women of Luke 7:50 amd 8:48 were told to go in peace because they were already believers when they came to Him.  This woman has been brought as a guilty sinner before Him, which would be why the Lord says “Go”, and not “Go in peace”, for the peace that comes through the forgiveness of sins has not become hers yet. Only when she believes will she know this, and the benefit of His sin-bearing at Calvary will be credited to her.  

(e)   A reminder of the pillar of fire.

8:12
Then spake Jesus again unto them, saying, I am the light of the world: he that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.

Then spake Jesus again unto them- He had spoken in verse 2, and now He teaches them again.  This strongly implies that there is something in between that warrants the “then”, and “again”.  That “something” is the account of the woman taken in adultery, a passage some say should not be here.  This is yet another reason why they are wrong.

Saying, I am the light of the world- during the feast the Jews traditionally erected two immense lampstands in the temple courts, and their light blazed out over the city during the days of the feast. Thus was commemorated the way God had led His people by means of the pillar of fire as they travelled through the unknown desert.

The lights that have lit up the city have been extinguished, however, for the feast is finished, and the people are preparing to go home. They know the way to their own home, but do they know the way to heaven? The sun is newly risen, yet this light cannot provide guidance for the spiritual journey.

He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness- just as Israel journeyed in the light of the pillar of fire, even though it was night all around, so this is a pathway trodden by those who follow Him, and who therefore believe in Him. Many followed the pillar of fire who were not believers, but this source of guidance is different.

Only one who has the same character as the pillar of fire that lit up the camp of Israel in the wilderness can be sufficient to light any in the world. There is no other light apart from Him, for He is “the true light, that lighteth every man that cometh into the world”, John 1:9. Anyone who has ever lived, (that is, that has come into the world), and has a degree of enlightenment, has only had that light from Christ. It was either light indirectly through creation, and the commandments, or through the prophets up until John the Baptist, or directly, when Christ came.

The pillar of fire had indeed led them to the land of promise, but long after they had arrived David had spoken of true rest in the land as being still future, for Joshua had not given it to them, see Hebrews 4:8. This must have given many cause for thought as they sat in their booths at the time of the feast of tabernacles.

The lampstands were large in size, but this claim is larger still. It begins with the words “I am”, telling of His timelessness. We are not told what happened to the pillar of fire after the temple had replaced the tabernacle, so it is clearly not necessary for us to know. This light, however, has a timeless and unchangeable character, and will never be recalled or replaced. Even in eternity, the light of the city of God shall be the Lamb, Revelation 21:23. At the present time, He may be relied upon to light the pathway until our pilgrimage is over.

He is the light of the world, not just of a small nation as it travelled through the desert. This is in line with John’s approach in his gospel, for he is interested in the world as a whole, and he related the person of Christ to all men. He comes into the world to light all men, John 1:9; He is the lamb of God which takes away the sin of the world, 1:29; He is the evidence that God loves the world, 3:16; He came that the world through Him might be saved, 3:17; He is hailed as the Saviour of the world, 4:42; He is the bread that gives life to the world, 6:51; and here He is the light of the world.

But shall have the light of life- if men walk in the light at all, it is because they believe in Him, and therefore have everlasting life. His light shines on the pathway of those who believe on Him, even though men all around are in the darkness of unbelief.

Six out of the seven “I am” statements of Christ in John’s gospel are followed by a statement showing the need for faith. (The exception is found in John 10:11). The light He gives is reserved for believers only, emphasising that the light is spiritual in character, not discernible by the men of the world, for “the darkness comprehended it not”, John 1:5.

Special note on relativism
We live in a pluralistic world, where men have diverse views about spiritual matters. This situation prevails because the world is largely dominated by relativism, with all views about spiritual matters thought of as equally valid, and unchallengeable. This is not what our verse is saying, nor for that matter, what any other verse of scripture is saying. The God of heaven is the source of all absolutes; nothing is relative with Him. Abandon God, and all absolute standards are abandoned also, and there is nothing left to cling to but one’s own ideas, and those of fellow-men. All certainty is gone, and perplexity rules. But not for those who follow Christ, for He floods the scene with the light of His person, and that light is the light of God.

8:13
The Pharisees therefore said unto him, Thou bearest record of thyself; thy record is not true.

The Pharisees therefore said unto him, Thou bearest record of thyself; thy record is not true- in a Jewish court of law, statements that are made must be supported by the testimony of others. The accused person’s own testimony was not allowed, unless supported by others. This is why the Pharisees dispute His right to testify about Himself. The testimony of Christ, if it were unsupported by others, would not be valid in a court of law. It would not be true or in line with the principles of justice. Notice that the Pharisees have reappeared after their experience in connection with the woman taken in adultery.

8:14
Jesus answered and said unto them, Though I bear record of myself, yet my record is true: for I know whence I came, and whither I go; but ye cannot tell whence I come, and whither I go.

Jesus answered and said unto them, Though I bear record of myself, yet my record is true- as He had explained in 5:30, His will was the same as the Father’s, (for He had come to do the Father’s will alone). They would readily admit that the judgement of their God was right, for Abraham had said so, Genesis 18:25, so if He is equal with God, His judgement is right, too.

In 5:31 He had said “If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true. The sense of this is “If I bear witness of Myself without any support from anyone or anything else, My witness is not allowable as evidence in My case”. Jewish law would not allow a man to testify for himself, unless there was at least one other to support him. That the Son has another, is seen in the next verse, for He says, “There is another that beareth witness of me; and I know that the witness which he witnesseth of me is true”.

For I know whence I came, and whither I go- as a man upon earth, He was deeply conscious of the fact that He had come forth from the Father. Similarly, He was also deeply conscious that He would be going back to His Father with honour. Such knowledge gives Him the right to testify of Himself, for it is not knowledge that an ordinary man could have; He must be more than man. If that is the case, He has every right to bear witness to Himself, just as the Godhead bears witness to Itself.

But ye cannot tell whence I come, and whither I go- because they had not this knowledge they were not competent to witness against Him. Moreover, that knowledge was beyond them, (“ye cannot tell”), being mere mortals. The only way they could know He came from heaven and went back there, was to accept His Divine testimony on the matter. This they refused to do, despite the evidence He gave.

8:15
Ye judge after the flesh; I judge no man.

Ye judge after the flesh- the reason for their inability to understand these things is now highlighted. They were not born again, and were mere men in the flesh, despite their zeal for religion. Those who do not have eternal life are classed as “flesh” in 17:2, whether they be Jews or Gentiles.

I judge no man- He, on the other hand, had not come to judge but to save. “For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved.” John 3:17. This truth is illustrated in this very chapter, where the Lord says to the woman, “Neither do I condemn thee”. He did not condemn the woman, for if He had done so, and she had been stoned to death, she could not have exercised faith in Him afterwards. He did condemn her sin, however, with the words “Go, and sin no more”. Clearly, He was expecting her to repent. The Pharisees would have stoned her to death, leaving her no opportunity to believe Him.

8:16
And yet if I judge, my judgment is true: for I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me.

And yet if I judge, my judgment is true- leaving aside the fact that He had not come to judge in order to condemn, nevertheless at any time when He does judge to give an assessment of the situation, we may rest assured that His judgement is true. The difference between these two aspects, namely judging to condemn or judging to assess is found also in John 3:17 and 19, “God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world…this is the condemnation”. Christ did not come to pronounce sentence, but to give opportunity to men to avoid a sentence of condemnation. They can do this by coming to terms with the assessment He makes of their sinful condition, and as a result repenting toward God, and believing in Him. For as He said elsewhere, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life.” John 5:24.

For I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me- His judgement is always true because He is in perfect harmony with the Father who sent Him, and the Father would not judge in an untrue way. He is not alone as if the Father is not bearing witness to Him. We may understand the phrases as “I do not stand alone in the witness box, but My Father, the ‘judge of all the earth who does right’, Genesis 18:25, who sent Me on My mission, is with Me in My witness”. As the next verse indicates, a witness on his own is not acceptable in a court of law, but He is not alone in His witness. A similar expression is found in verse 29, in a slightly different context, and with a slightly different meaning.

8:17
It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true.

It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true- note that He describes the law as their law; in other words, it is the one they claimed to love, and be keeping and enforcing. The law said, “One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established.” Deuteronomy 19:15.

8:18
I am one that bear witness of myself, and the Father that sent me beareth witness of me.

I am one that bear witness of myself, and the Father that sent me beareth witness of me- notice the logic of this argument. If they were prepared to accept the united testimony of two mortal, fallible men, why should they refuse the united testimony of two of the members of the Godhead? The only reason is because of unbelief, which is about to be addressed. John wrote, “If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater: for this is the witness of God which he hath testified of his Son.” 1 John 5:9.

8:19
Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father: if ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also.

Then said they unto him, Where is thy father? Notice they do not ask “Who is Thy Father”, but “Where?”. He has claimed to have the Father as His witness, but they cannot see Him, and He cannot be brought to a court of law to be cross-examined as to His truthfulness. They are thinking on a purely natural level. They are not interested in knowing Him as a person. They are laying a trap, hoping that He will give a further discourse like the one in John 5 about His Deity, so that will have a fresh reason to bring Him before the authorities.

Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father- they have heard the truth throughout His ministry, and have not believed it. If they had believed His teaching they would have got to know the Father. Not knowing Him means not knowing the Father; the one follows from the other. Just as He refused to perform yet another miracle, a sign from heaven, after three years of signs, Matthew 12:39, so here He refuses to satisfy the curiosity of unbelief by giving them yet another discourse.

If ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also- the two witnesses He had spoken of had made their presence felt for three years, but they had refused to believe. The Lord has nothing more to say to such people. He would declare later on to His own, “he that hath seen me hath seen the Father”, John 14:9. To know the Son is to know the Father, for He has declared Him, John 1:8.

8:20
These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as he taught in the temple: and no man laid hands on him; for his hour was not yet come.

These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as He taught in the temple- this place is significant for three reasons. First, it was the very place where the lampstands had been set up. Second, it was next to the room where the Sanhedrin, the council of the Jews, met to decide policy. And third, it was an area of the temple courts that the scribes reserved for themselves in which to teach.

So His assertion that He was the light of the world was said in the very place where the lamps were. He taught in the very place where the scribes taught, so that the contrast between the teaching might be very apparent. And He was insistent that far from being bound by their decisions about Him, His hour was not yet come. They could do nothing without Divine permission.

And no man laid hands on him; for his hour was not yet come- when His hour had come, then they would be allowed to lay hands on Him and crucify Him, but only because it was God’s determinate counsel to allow it to happen, Acts 2:23. There was the consideration also, that Daniel’s prophecy regarding the cutting off of the Messiah was to happen according to God’s timetable, not man’s, Daniel 9:26. The authorities were very sensitive to the fact that the people followed Him, and they realised they needed to pick the moment of His arrest very carefully. In the event, they arrested Him on a feast day, (a thing they were resolved not to do because they feared an uproar amongst the people, Matthew 26:5), showing that they were not in control of the situation, but God.

8:21
Then said Jesus again unto them, I go my way, and ye shall seek me, and shall die in your sins: whither I go, ye cannot come.

Then said Jesus again unto them, I go my way- next door to the place where they thought they were deciding which way He would go, He states He is going His way, which was God’s way. This gives great confidence to those who follow Him, for they know that He only treads a pathway pleasing to His Father. Just as much confidence, in fact, as Israel had when they followed the pillar of fire in the darkness.

And ye shall seek me- they would not seek Him so as to be saved, for all who seek in that way will surely find, it is God’s promise, Jeremiah 29:13,14. These will seek Him out to arrest Him. As He said in Gethsemane, when they came to arrest Him, “Whom seekest thou?” John 18:4.

And shall die in your sins- because they did not seek salvation, and because they would show their wicked unbelief by seeking Him out so as to arrest, try, and crucify Him, then it was certain that, as unbelievers, they would die in their sins. They would die as sinners as a direct result of their own sins; their sins would give character to their state when they died. It is the opposite of dying “in faith”, or “in the Lord”.

They would themselves say, “His blood be on us, and on our children”, asserting that they were prepared to accept full responsibility for His death, and teach their children to think the same. Sadly, they and their children perished at the siege of Jerusalem. They would be like Korah, and know the swift judgement of God, for he went down alive into the pit, Numbers 16:31,32. Yet we see the grace of God in evidence even in the days of the law, for on that occasion the scripture says, “Nevertheless the children of Korah died not”, Numbers 26:11. Those of Christ’s day would associate their children with their sin, whereas God saw to it that Korah’s children were spared, for He wanted them to praise Him in the temple, as is seen in the fact that there are eleven psalms with “For the sons of Korah” in the title.

The Egyptians died in the very act of pursuing Israel, for “the Lord looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud”, Exodus 14:24, and “the Lord overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea”, verse 27.

Whither I go, ye cannot come- those who act thus can never get into heaven whilst they remain rebellious, and hence never enter into the good of what He says to His own, “Where I am, there ye may be also”, John 14:3.

8:22
Then said the Jews, Will he kill himself? because he saith, Whither I go, ye cannot come.

Then said the Jews, Will he kill himself? because he saith, Whither I go, ye cannot come- the Jews believed that those who committed suicide went to the lowest part of hell. Since, as circumcised Jews, they believed they were fit to be in Abraham’s bosom, the place of blessedness, and then be raised to enter the kingdom, they would not be where Jesus was after death if he killed Himself. Notice how confident they are in their belief that their destiny was sure; they cannot go to where the lost go, so they believe. That they were wrong is now told them in no uncertain terms, for they are in grave danger.

8:23
And he said unto them, Ye are from beneath; I am from above: ye are of this world; I am not of this world.

And he said unto them, Ye are from beneath- they thought He was going “beneath”, as a suicide; they now learn that they are from beneath. In other words, that which characterises those who are in a place of torment in hell, even unbelief, characterises them too. They share the infidelity of those who are lost.

I am from above- on the other hand, that which characterises the presence of God, even holiness and righteousness, characterises Him.

Ye are of this world- they were of this world, even though they prided themselves in being of Israel, the favoured nation. They were sure they were different, “The People” amongst “the peoples”, “The Nation” amongst “the nations”, yet separate from them and superior to them. They now have to learn the hard and unpalatable truth, that as Solomon their wisest king had said, “As in water face answereth to face, so the heart of man to man”, Proverbs 27:19. In other words, like a reflection of a face in the water, the heart of one man is the reflection of the heart of another. As the apostle Paul put it, “For there is no difference: for all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God”, Romans 3:22,23. This is why the gospel needs to come to the Jew as much as to the Greek, Romans 1:16.

I am not of this world- He was not the product of this world-system, ruled over, as it is, by Satan himself. He was separate entirely from its thinking, attitudes, ways and words. He had come to bring heaven within reach of men, and to lift them up to heaven. Those who believe in Him do not go beneath, but above, to His Father’s presence in heaven. He holds the keys of hell and death, so has total control, and locks hell so that His people cannot go there under any circumstances.

8:24
I said therefore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins: for if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in your sins.

I said therefore unto you that ye shall die in your sins His statement that they would die in their sins is now seen to be justified, given their origin, character, and destiny.

He has made several very bold claims in the conversation in the temple courts, hence His statement, “I said therefore unto you”.

(a) He claimed to be the light of the world, verse 12, and as such competent to enlighten anyone, whilst He Himself did not need to be enlightened. (The pillar of fire did not burn because it was supplied from elsewhere). This statement on the lips of any other would be preposterous.

(b) He was conscious of having been in heaven before He was born, verse 14.

(c) He was also conscious of His mission, and that He would return from whence He came, verse 14.

(d) He claimed to be fully in harmony with God the Father, even to the extent of being able to judge men, something only God can do, verse 16.

(e) He claimed the full approval of the Father in that He had witnessed to His delight in Him, verse 18.

For if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in your sins- taking all these statements together, and remembering His earlier teaching about Himself, there is no doubt that by using the phrase “I am he”, that He is making a claim to Deity. It is not so much that “I am” is a claim to Deity, as in verse 58 it will be, but that He is claiming that His consistent testimony, throughout His whole ministry was that He is equal with God. The passage is about testimony, and who is able to give it. By refusing to believe His testimony regarding His Deity, they were condemning themselves to die unforgiven, and would take their sins with them to the Great White Throne judgement.

8:25
Then said they unto him, Who art thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning.

Then said they unto him, Who art thou? They perhaps begin to worry as He speaks like this, (perhaps “die in your sins” three times over has done its work in their conscience), and anxiously ask who He is. They also may also be trying to trap Him into a direct claim to be the Son of God, so that their plans to arrest Him can be furthered.

And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning- it is too late in His ministry to offer them fresh revelation as to Himself. They have had three years of abundant proof that He is the Son of God, so what more can He offer? As God said about Israel regarding the vineyard He had so carefully tended, “What could have been done more to my vineyard that I have not done in it?” Isaiah 5:4. And the parable of the fig tree in the vineyard is of similar import, for the vineyard owner said, “Behold these three years I come seeking fruit on this fig tree, and find none”, Luke 13:7.

By pointing them to what He said from the beginning, He is no doubt referring them to the first public discourse He made in John’s gospel, which was on the subject of His Deity, and was given in Jerusalem. He had on that occasion made belief in His word, (that is, the word or theme of His Deity), the test. To believe this is to pass from death to life, to not believe is to be condemned.

There is more to this than simple statements of doctrine, however, for He is what He said, and that from the beginning until the moment He spoke to them. He was the full expression of everything He taught; there was never a discrepancy between word and practice. He is the Word, John 1:1. Luke writes of those things that “Jesus began both to do and teach”, Acts 1:1, so His doing was matched by His teaching. They should have believed when He told them of His Deity at the beginning, but now that He has lived and taught amongst them they are totally without excuse, and should not, at this late stage, be asking who He is. He is altogether and exactly what He has consistently said He is. After all, He is “Jesus Christ the Same”, Hebrews 13:8.

8:26
I have many things to say and to judge of you: but he that sent me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him.

I have many things to say and to judge of you- these are ominous words, telling as they do of His ability to say what their hearts are like, and judge them for their unbelief. He has had all judgement committed unto Him by the Father, and one day He will make known that judgement, 5:22.

But he that sent me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him- just as in the day of judgement He will judge as He hears from the Father, John 5:30, so now He speaks the words that are in line with His Father’s will. And because His Father’s judgement is right, as Abraham acknowledged, Genesis 18:25, so His must be too, for they communicate on the matter.

Note that His jurisdiction extends to the whole world, and that He makes no distinction between the judgement of the Jew and that of the Gentile, and certainly no concession to the former. God judges without respect of persons, as the apostle Paul emphasised in Romans 2:5-11.

8:27
They understood not that he spake to them of the Father.

They understood not that he spake to them of the Father- it is no surprise to learn that they did not know of whom He spake, for to know Him is to know the Father, and to not know Him is to not know the Father, for as He would say later on, “if ye had known me, ye should have known my father also”, 14:7.

8:28
Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am he, and that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught me, I speak these things.

Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am he- there are four aspects to this. First, at Calvary, when Christ died, evidence was given as to the interest of heaven in what was happening on the central cross. The rocks were rent, the veil was rent, the graves were opened, the sun was darkened supernaturally, a great darkness came over the earth. No wonder the centurion at the crucifixion exclaimed, “Truly this was the Son of God”, for things were happening that were beyond the power of man to accomplish, Matthew 27:54.

Second, Christ rose from the dead without the stone over the entrance to His grave being moved, without the seal being broken, and without the guards knowing anything of it. See Matthew 27:51-53; 28:2-4.

Third, after this, abundant testimony was given in Israel, and beyond in the wider world where Jews were living, that Christ was indeed alive, and this was clear proof that His claim to Deity was genuine. If He had been an imposter, God would have left Him in the grave.

Fourth, as if the foregoing were not enough, the fiercest opponent of Christ’s claims, Saul of Tarsus, was converted when He appeared to him from heaven. And immediately Saul went into the synagogue at Damascus and preached that Jesus is the Son of God, Acts 9:20. All those listed by the apostle Paul as witnesses to the resurrection were radically changed by seeing Him alive. See 1 Corinthians 15:5-10.

So the Lord is indicating here that, in grace, a further opportunity will be given to the nation of Israel to believe on Him, and get to know that He is the “I am”. The owner of the fig tree was persuaded to spare it for a little while longer, Luke 13:8,9. So if the three years in the parable represented the ministry of Christ, then the further year was the period post-Pentecost when the gospel was preached “to the Jew first”.

But there is also a warning here, for it is “know”, not necessarily believe. It was the same in John 5:28, “marvel”, but not necessarily believe. As Paul quoted to the men of Antioch, “Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish”, Acts 13:41. The question is whether they will respond in faith to the evidence presented to them. And this is the question all of us must face. To only “wonder”, or “marvel”, and not believe, is to perish.

And that I do nothing of myself- note that Christ is not claiming Deity in competition with the Father. He does nothing of Himself, but acts fully in line with the will of the Father, for Divine Persons cannot act independently of one another, or else God would not be “one Lord”, Mark 12:29.

But as my Father hath taught me, I speak these things- He had many things to say to them if they were prepared to respond to His doctrine. He had many things by which to judge them if they refused His doctrine. He knew how to apply the word because He speaks as His Father has taught Him. It is not “what my Father hath taught me”, but “as my Father hath taught me”. In other words, it is not the content that is taught Him, as if He needed to learn in that sense, but the timing and context of the speaking was done in full communion with the Father. So whether the speaking was for blessing or for condemnation, it was done in harmony with the Father, as He will emphasise in the next verse. This is a warning to them, for if they reject His words, and their implications, they are rejecting the words of the God of Israel, whose law they claim to obey.

He speaks in this verse of His person, “I am He”, His works, “do nothing of myself”, and His words, “As my Father hath taught me, I speak these things”.

8:29
And he that sent me is with me: the Father hath not left me alone; for I do always those things that please him.

And he that sent me is with me- their opposition to Him, and His apparent isolation, was not as a result of the Father deserting Him because He taught error. On the contrary, the Father was with Him in every sense of the words. This could not be said if He was leading the people astray. He will not only be vindicated after the Cross, but was already vindicated, if they only realised it.
The Father hath not left me alone- this makes it very clear that when He said “He that sent me”, He meant His Father. Not only is the Father with Him in the sense that they commune as those who are in perfect harmony, but the Father is always willing to associate with the Son as He passes on to men what has been the subject of His communion with the Father. It therefore has heaven’s approval, and should be believed.

For I do always those things that please him- everything that the Son did as He taught the people was well-pleasing to His Father. It did not please the Pharisees, but they were not competent judges in the matter. God had signalled that He was well pleased with His Son at His baptism, after His obscurity in Nazareth. His testimony at the end of His public ministry was the same- well pleased. See Matthew 3:17, 17:5. The only difference is that on the second occasion He had added, “hear him”, as if when He began His public ministry the Father fully expected them to hear Him, but in large part they had not listened to Him during His ministry, so needed to be exhorted to do so on the second occasion of a word from heaven. It was not too late to hear Him and believe in Him.

Note the character of the testimony of Christ as seen in these verses:

Verse 24
Vital testimony

Disbelief results in persons dying in their sins.

Verse 25
Consistent testimony

It was the same at the end as at the beginning.

Verse 26
Gracious testimony

He had not come to condemn.

Verse 27
Dependant testimony

He would only speak words that were from His Father.

Verse 28
Vindicated testimony

His lifting up on the cross is the first stage of the road back to the Father for Him.

Verse 29
United testimony

He speaks as one who is in complete fellowship and harmony with the Father.

The godly Israelite, as he sat in his booth during the feast of tabernacles, would not only look back, and trace God’s faithful dealings with His nation over the years, but would also look forward. After all, the very booth he sat under had been made of the trees growing in the land of Israel. There was no command from God to use the trees of the desert, like the shittim tree. But there was a problem, for the land they called their own was dominated by a foreign power, and this must have given pause for thought to many of them. Did the fault lay with them? Was there something they were not aware of, which disqualified them from full enjoyment of the land? Thoughts such as these may very well have brought some of them to their senses, and made them more responsive to the words of Jesus of Nazareth, as He spake with authority in the courts of the temple. So it is that our next verse tells of their belief in Him.

8:30
As he spake these words, many believed on him.

As he spake these words, many believed on him- instead of immediately owning these people as true believers, the Lord put them to the test. He did not disown them so radically as He had done in similar circumstances in Jerusalem at the beginning, when He did not trust Himself to those who merely believed because they had seen miracles, John 2:23,24. These are different, for they are not reacting to miracles, but to profound teaching. Are they simply impressed with the words, or do they believe in their hearts? Verse 45 will give us the answer.

(f)  The land was for the seed of Abraham.

8:31
Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disciples indeed;

Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disciples indeed- the test is continuance, as it ever is. A consideration of the following Scriptures will make this clear:

“To present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight: if ye continue in the faith grounded and settled, and be not moved away from the faith of the gospel”, Colossians 1:22, 23.

“But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them”, 2 Timothy 3:14.

“But Christ as a Son over his own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end”, Hebrews 3:6.

“For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end”, Hebrews 3:14.

“Let that therefore abide in you, which ye have heard from the beginning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning shall remain in you, ye also shall continue in the Son, and in the Father.” 1 John 2:24.

The parable of the sower spoke of those who “for a while believe, and in time of temptation fall away”, Luke 8:13. “My word” means what it did in John 5:24, the subject of His Deity. This is the crucial test, what a person thinks of Christ, and in particular, whose Son He is, see Matthew 22:42.

8:32
And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.

And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free- this is a bold claim, that to believe on Him is to know the truth. No mere man could have said these words without being thought a lunatic or a liar. But if He is who He claimed to be, then His word is truth, and that truth has a liberating effect.

The truth as to the person of the Lord Jesus, when known and believed, will not only result in initial freedom, but it will ensure ongoing and progressive freedom as well. These things are spoken of in Romans chapter 6, where the apostle Paul shows how that to be associated with Christ results in freedom from obligation to continue in sin.

8:33
They answered him, We be Abraham’s seed, and were never in bondage to any man: how sayest thou, Ye shall be made free?

They answered him, We be Abraham’s seed, and were never in bondage to any man- they are clearly misunderstanding His words about freedom. They think of it in terms of bondage to men, as spoken of in Leviticus 25:39-42, where Israelites are prohibited from making a fellow Israelite into their slave. They realised that if the Lord says truth makes free, then He is not referring to national bondage to Assyria or Rome, for that would be political bondage.

How sayest thou, Ye shall be made free? He must be speaking of personal freedom. In that case, they would have argued, they were already free, for the law prevented them from  enslaving one another as Israelites.

8:34
Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whosoever committeth sin is the servant of sin.

Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you- the truth about to be imparted is of critical importance, hence the “Verily, verily”, insisting on His authority to set out new truth.

Whosoever committeth sin is the servant of sin- this makes clear that He refers neither to political nor social slavery, but rather the slavery to a sinful nature which all men experience. This bondage to the dictates of sin from within, not outward circumstances, is what makes a man a slave. Natural men all commit sin as a matter of habit and practice, being powerless to break free, and they thereby show themselves to be slaves.

8:35
And the servant abideth not in the house for ever: but the Son abideth ever.

And the servant abideth not in the house for ever- the Jews had claimed in verse 33 to be Abraham’s seed. This gives the Lord Jesus the opportunity to point out to them the spiritual meaning that lay behind a significant event in the experience of Abraham and Isaac. On the day that Isaac was weaned, his father had made a great feast to celebrate the occasion. Ishmael, however, cruelly mocked Isaac, and consequently was cast out of Abraham’s house, Genesis 21:1-14 .

Now Ishmael was the son of Hagar, the slave-girl from Egypt. Nonetheless he could claim to be Abraham’s seed, for Abraham was his father. The Jews, too, were naturally descended from Abraham. As slaves to sin, however, they were no different to Ishmael, the child of the slave. As such, they had no right to be in God’s house.

Hagar had fled from Abraham’s house before, in Genesis 16:6-9, but on that occasion she was instructed to return. The difference being that not until Isaac was born could the critical point be reached. Reaction to the son, whether Isaac or Christ, is the test.

But the Son abideth ever- the One who is worthy of a settled place in the Father’s presence is the Son of God Himself, verse 35. He has no sin within to enslave Him, and He is perfectly free to do the Father’s will.

Four events in the life of Isaac especially highlight the fact of his sonship. These are his remarkable birth; his presentation to the world at his weaning; his death, in a figure, (Hebrews 11:19); and his coming to receive his bride to himself. It is easy to see how these events prefigure the birth of Christ, His presentation to the world at His baptism, His sacrificial death, and His coming again for His own. He is totally absorbed in the will of the Father, and worthy of His place as a Son in His presence.

8:36
If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed.

If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed- the wonder of it all, however, is that others besides the Lord Jesus may share that place of freedom in the Father’s presence. Those made free by the application of the truth to their souls, are made free indeed. This particular word for “indeed”, is only used here in John’s gospel. It is based on the word “to be”, and indicates that those who are made free by the Lord Jesus are free to the very core of their being. They are not superficially free. They are as free, in fact, as the Son is free, and with the same result, namely favour with the Father, and ultimately a place in the Father’s house on high, John 14:2,3.

8:37
I know that ye are Abraham’s seed; but ye seek to kill me, because my word hath no place in you.

I know that ye are Abraham’s seed- there was no doubt they were descended from Abraham as to the flesh, but their attitude towards Him suggested there was something badly wrong. After all, in the illustration just given from the weaning of Isaac we learn that it is possible to be either Isaac-like, with a place in the house, or Ishmael-like, and having no claim on the house, being the son of the slave-woman. The apostle Paul will use this historical event as an allegory to teach a similar truth in Galatians 4:21-31.

But ye seek to kill me, because my word hath no place in you- Ishmael persecuted Isaac, thus showing his slave character. The Jews sought to kill Christ, thus exposing themselves as being like Ishmael, and not Isaac. The reason they did this was on the same principle as Ishmael acted. He rebelled against the idea of Isaac being the true son, and the Jews rebelled against the idea that Christ was the only begotten Son of God.

The word “place” has the idea of making room for something or someone. The words could be translated “My word hath no entrance in you”. Faith makes room in the heart for Christ and His word.

8:38
I speak that which I have seen with my Father: and ye do that which ye have seen with your father.

I speak that which I have seen with my Father- the word used for seeing here is the one which implies a discerning mind, acting upon what is seen. He had said in His initial discourse concerning His Deity that “The Son can do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and sheweth him all things that himself doeth”, John 5:19,20.

Such is the love between the persons of the Godhead that they withhold nothing from each other. The word “sheweth” is the same as in John 14:8, “shew us the Father”. Note the reply, “He that hath seen me, hath seen the Father”. Clearly the Father cannot be physically seen, (so neither the physical appearance of the Father nor of the Lord Jesus is in view), but He can be discerned spiritually as a result of knowing and understanding the person and ministry of the Lord Jesus. So here, the Father shews the Son what He is doing in the sense that He hides nothing of the purpose of His acting from Him. Because He is the Son, and therefore shares the nature of Deity, the Lord Jesus has infinite capacity to understand the Father’s purpose and actions. The work He performed on the impotent man was a very wonderful thing, therefore, for it was the reproduction of what the Father was showing the Son, and therefore the expression of Divine communications, and an evidence of the Father’s love for the Son.

And ye do that which ye have seen with your father- as one who perfectly understands the mind of His Father, the Lord is now exposing the true source of their hostility to Him, and the seriousness of it. There are two fathers, God the Father, and the devil their father. There is a further contrast, in that there is emphasis on what they do as a result of seeing, and what He does as a result of seeing. What Christ sees is the will of His Father, meaning He has perfect insight into it. What He sees He then speaks. What they see is the murderous intent of their father the devil, and what they see they seek to do.

8:39
They answered and said unto him, Abraham is our father. Jesus saith unto them, If ye were Abraham’s children, ye would do the works of Abraham.

They answered and said unto him, Abraham is our father- they clearly do not understand yet that when He speaks of their father, He means the devil. They are still thinking of descent from father Abraham.

Jesus saith unto them, If ye were Abraham’s children, ye would do the works of Abraham- let the test of the works for which Abraham was known be applied to them. He was marked by faithfulness to God, righteousness, and communion with God, being known as the friend of God. As the apostle Paul shows in Romans 4:1,16, Abraham is not only the natural father of the Jews, but he is the father of the faithful. They have him as their example.

8:40
But now ye seek to kill me, a man that hath told you the truth, which I have heard of God: this did not Abraham.

But now ye seek to kill me, a man that hath told you the truth, which I have heard of God: this did not Abraham- as a man who welcomed the truth of God when it came to him, Abraham should have been their rôle model. The last thing Abraham would have done was seek to kill the Messiah, for verse 56 will say that he rejoiced that he might see Messiah’s day.

When the word of God came to Abraham, he obeyed, even to the extent of offering up his only begotten son on an altar. Such was his respect for the word of God. Now God is speaking in His Son, and the Jews showed they were not true sons of Abraham by rejecting that word. The idea behind “heard of God” is that He heard as one who was near. Christ is claiming a closeness of communion which far exceeded that which Abraham knew even though he was the friend of God.

8:41
Ye do the deeds of your father. Then said they to him, We be not born of fornication; we have one Father, even God.

Ye do the deeds of your father- having said who they did not act like, Abraham, the Lord tells who they did act like, but He waits for them to confess that this is the Devil. If they did this they would be on the way to faith in Him, but alas it is not so.

Then said they to him, We be not born of fornication; we have one Father, even God- one of the titles God gave the nation of Israel was “my son”. The word to Pharoah was “Thus saith the Lord, Israel is my son, even my firstborn…let my son go”, Exodus 4:22,23. And in Hosea 11:1 God said “When Israel was a child, then I loved him, and called my son out of Egypt.” From this they inferred that God was their Father. There was no doubt about their parentage, they claim, for none other was involved; it was not a matter of fornication. They claimed that as a nation they were united in having but one Father.

8:42
Jesus said unto them, If God were your Father, ye would love me: for I proceeded forth and came from God; neither came I of myself, but he sent me.

Jesus said unto them, If God were your Father, ye would love me- again, their claim is put to the test. Given Christ’s special relationship with the Father, they would love Him as much as they claimed to love God, for they would be in the family of God and share the life of God.

For I proceeded forth and came from God; neither came I of myself, but he sent me- there are four things said here about the coming of the Son of God from heaven. First, that He proceeded forth. The preposition here is “ek”, speaking of source. God the Father gives character to heaven, and therefore to proceed forth from heaven is to proceed forth from God.

Second, that He came from God. That is, having denoted His intention of coming from God, He made good His intention and arrived. The words literally translated are, “I from God came forth and am come”.

Third, that He had not come on His own initiative. Here the preposition is “apo”, meaning “away from”. His departure from God to come to earth was not an independent action, but was done in full harmony with the will of the Father. The “neither” anticipates any objection from His hearers.

Fourth, that He was sent. This shows the importance that the Father attached to His coming, for He was entrusted with a task from the Father, even to reveal Him. He could do this fully because He was His Son. If they were in relationship with God as their Father, they would be sympathetic to His mission, and would love Him.

Note the great contrast between Christ coming down from the Father to do His will, with the Devil seeking to rise above God to assert his will.

8:43
Why do ye not understand my speech? even because ye cannot hear my word.

Why do ye not understand my speech? It is clear to Him that they do not understand what He means when He speaks of their father.

Even because ye cannot hear my word- He now explains why it is that they do not understand Him. It was because they had closed their ears to His doctrine about His Sonship, which was His theme, or word. They had shut out the truth so that they could not hear and receive it by faith. “His speech” means the actual words He was using, “His word” was the theme of those words.

8:44
Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.

Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do- now comes the plain and unmistakable statement, that they were of their father the Devil. And children imitate their father, and often share his failings. “Will do” is not a prophecy about the future, but means they were willing and desirous of doing the lusts of the Devil.

He was a murderer from the beginning- that He is justified in claiming that they sought to kill Him is seen in the fact that their father, whose lusts they imitated, was a murderer. He had used a deadly murder-weapon at the beginning of human history when he said to Eve, “Ye shall not surely die”, Genesis 3:4. But the opposite was the case, for God’s word to Adam had been, “thou shalt surely die”, Genesis 2:17, and so it came to pass. Ever since, man has been alienated from the life of God through ignorance of the truth of God as found in His word, Ephesians 4:18.

And abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him- this is why the Devil, formerly Lucifer, became a murderer, because he rebelled against the life-giving, life-maintaining truth of God. Given a place of glory and responsibility in heaven, he apostatized, and no longer stood in the truth. To apostatize is “to move away from a previous stand.” It is not a matter of not standing in the truth when unfallen, but of not doing so ever since he has fallen. The stand he takes determines the character he bears.

The reason why he has not stood in the truth since the time of his fall is that there is no truth in him; he has cast off all hold on the truth, being completely given over to falsehood. He may use truth mixed with error to deceive men, but he does not believe the truth. He is the Arch-Infidel.

When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it- this explains the fact that, when he speaks a lie, which he habitually does, he speaks of, or out of, his own; that is, of that which he has made his own, in opposition to the truth of God. He lies as a matter of habit, and is the first to lie, and the father or prime example to others when they lie as his children.

8:45
And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not.

And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not- when Christ told them the truth, they did not believe Him, for they had been so influenced by the Devil that they only responded to falsehood; truth held no attraction for them. The same is true today, for men’s minds are attracted to the lies of the devil, and are conditioned to believe them, gravitating towards lies and away from the truth. Only the work of the Spirit of God can remedy this. The adoption of worldly methods will not overcome this in-built opposition to the truth.

8:46
Which of you convinceth me of sin? And if I say the truth, why do ye not believe me?

Which of you convinceth me of sin? If they were so confident that they were right about Him, and were therefore justified in rejecting His word, let them convince or convict Him of the sin of lying in His testimony to them about Himself.

And if I say the truth, why do ye not believe me? If they could not show where He was lying , (which meant that He spoke the truth, for there is no third position), then why, since they claimed God as their Father, did they not believe in Him as His Son? This is a direct challenge to them, to produce witnesses in a court of law if they can.

8:47
He that is of God heareth God’s words: ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not of God.

He that is of God heareth God’s words- as they gave no answer to His question, He has to answer for them. If they were the children of God, and therefore “of God”, they would respond to what their God said, and He was speaking through His Son.

Ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not of God- the fact that they did not hear the words of God with the hearing of faith, showed they were not of God. They had no life from Him. The only alternative was that they were of the devil. Note the confidence the Lord has that He speaks the words of God; for Him there is no doubt about that.

8:48
Then answered the Jews, and said unto him, Say we not well that thou art a Samaritan, and hast a devil?

Then answered the Jews, and said unto him, Say we not well that thou art a Samaritan, and hast a devil? Instead of taking serious note of these solemn words, the Jews respond only with rudeness and blasphemy. This is the classic sign that they have been defeated. When challenged to show that He was wrong, they could only respond with insults. We know from Acts 8:9,11 that Simon Magus was in Samaria, acting in league with the devil. He was doing the lusts of his father. They slander the Lord by comparing Him to someone like that.

He was pleased to liken Himself to a Samaritan when it was a question of doing good works, Luke 10:33, and to show that He had no prejudice against other nations, as the other Jews had. Perhaps this is why He ignored their comparison of Him to a Samaritan.

8:49
Jesus answered, I have not a devil; but I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me.

Jesus answered, I have not a devil- the fact that He was not possessed of a devil was evident from the whole tenor of His words and deeds, so it only had to be stated. But stated it must be, to set the record straight. Any suggestion that Christ was in any way siding with the devil was immediately rebuked. To suggest it is to sin against the Holy Spirit, for it was by His power that Christ’s miracles were done, Matthew 12:22-32.

But I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me- to be of the devil involves furthering his interests, and thus glorifying him, for that is what he wants, even the worship of men.

What confirmed that He was not of the devil was the fact that He honoured His Father, and this was in direct contrast to the prince of devils, Lucifer, who in pride sought to elevate himself above God, Isaiah 14:13,14. The Jews show which side they are on by not honouring the Son of God by accepting His claims.

8:50
And I seek not mine own glory: there is one that seeketh and judgeth.

And I seek not mine own glory- they are warned here against suggesting that He only spoke of Himself so as to gain glory. If they did honour Him as the one who spoke for His Father, it would not make Him full of pride, for His whole desire was to honour His Father alone, and reserve no glory for Himself. This is in marked contrast to the devil, for pride has marked him at and since his fall; it is his condemnation, 1 Timothy 3:6.

There is one that seeketh- there is only one who may seek glory, and that is the Father. The Son has taken the place of subjection and servant-hood, and only sought glory for His Father when He was here. The Father made it very clear in John 12:28, just before Christ went to the cross, that His name had been glorified by His Son. The only reason why the Son sought glory in His prayer to His Father was so that He might have the opportunity to further glorify His Father in heaven, just as He had glorified Him on earth, John 17:1.

And judgeth- not only does the Father rightly seek glory, but He judges those who refuse to give it to Him by believing His Son. When, on the brink of eternity, all creatures shall bow the knee to Jesus and own Him Lord, it will be “to the glory of God the Father”, Philippians 2:11.

8:51
Verily, verily, I say unto you, If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death.

Verily, verily, I say unto you- a change of subject is signalled by the “Verily, verily”, a phrase which indicates that a new topic is being introduced. There is a connection of thought, however, with what has gone before, and it is this. The devil was “a murderer from the beginning”, verse 44, the reason being that he did not abide in the truth. He brought about both the physical and spiritual death of Adam and his wife, and all others also, by persuading them to not abide in the truth either. He did this by turning them from the known word of God.

If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death- by contrast, the Lord Jesus claims to bring those who do abide in the truth into such a state that they shall never experience death as unbelievers do, as the “King of Terrors”, but rather, as a servant who ushers into the presence of God. As the apostle Paul puts it, writing to the believers at Corinth, “For all things are yours; whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; and ye are Christ’s; and Christ is God’s.” 1 Corinthians 3:21,22. All the things and people he lists are at their disposal to use for God’s glory. They may fear the process of dying, but they do not fear death itself. The apostle could write, “For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” Romans 8:28,29.

It is noticeable that the figures of speech used in the New Testament for the death of believers are all gentle ones. The Lord Jesus, speaking of Lazarus, said, “Our friend Lazarus sleepeth”, John 11:11. Peter spoke of his death as a putting off of his tabernacle, 2 Peter 1:14, meaning that his body was like a tent that needed to be taken down so the next stage of the journey could be undertaken. Paul spoke of his death as being like the pouring out of a drink offering on the sacrifices on the altar, Philippians 2:17; 2 Timothy 4:6. He also in the latter verse thought of his death as a departure, a word used in Greek poetry for the loosing of a ship from its moorings.

But the devil brought man into spiritual death as well as physical death. The Lord Jesus delivers from this too, for He had already taught that the one who believes in Him “is passed from death unto life”, John 5:24.

All this depends on a man keeping His saying; in other words, believing the truth He brought, with the intention of remaining in belief. The devil abode not in the truth and dragged others down with him, but Christ brings into the truth and maintains the believer there. As a result, death recedes in favour of meeting the Lord on the other side.

8:52
Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hast a devil. Abraham is dead, and the prophets; and thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never taste of death.

Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hast a devil- it is very obvious that believers like Abraham and the prophets have died, so they conclude He must have a devil, which has affected His mind. To them, this last saying confirms what they thought of Him in verse 48.

The Jews are only capable of understanding His words on a natural and physical level. They are only thinking in terms of whether a person will actually die or not, and not in terms of whether that death will have any power over the one dying, and whether it will affect his spiritual status. Far from heeding the warning about the consequences of unbelief, and the danger of attributing His works to the devil, they persist in their unbelief. After all, who yet escaped death, apart from Enoch and Elijah?

Abraham is dead, and the prophets- Abraham and the prophets were nothing if they were not those who believed the word of God, yet after having believed it, they still died.

And thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never taste of death- they think He must be claiming to be someone superior to God, if hearing and believing God did not prevent Abraham and the prophets dying, but hearing and believing His word will prevent men dying. But He had not said this. He spoke of men not seeing death in the same way as an unbeliever sees death. This marks a change in God’s dealings with men, for He had introduced His Son into the world to bring life and immortality to light, 2 Timothy 1:10, so that the Christian believer’s attitude to death is radically different to even the attitude of Abraham, fine believer though he was.

Notice they change His phrase “see death” to “taste of death”. The latter phrase is more physical, (death is not an object which may be seen or not seen), and is on the level they are thinking, whereas the former phrase is spiritual, on the level He is thinking and speaking.

8:53
Art thou greater than our father Abraham, which is dead? and the prophets are dead: whom makest thou thyself?

Art thou greater than our father Abraham, which is dead? As religious Jews, they could never allow that any man was greater than God, so they fall back on the argument that if Abraham, the model believer in God, eventually died, it was because he was lacking in something.

If a man’s word can prevent a man from dying, then he must not be liable to death himself. God acknowledged Abraham to be a prophet, with the word to Abimelech, “he is a prophet, and he shall pray for thee, and thou shalt live”, Genesis 20:7. If Abraham’s word was effective, even to the extent of praying for a man so that he changed his ways and did not die under God’s judgement, he must indeed be a great man, and his word very effective. Yet despite this he himself died.

In verse 53 the Jews use the emphatic pronoun “Thou” of Him twice, as if despising His claims by suggesting He is making Himself more than He really is. This is matched in verses 54 and 55 by the Lord referring to Himself with the emphatic “I”, as He counters their suggestion that He is elevating Himself. The reverse was the case.

And the prophets are dead- this has the form of an exclamation, as if to say, “Even the prophets, the men God used to bring His word to the people, (and who, by implication, believed that word themselves), even they have died!”. They think the dramatic fact only needs to be stated to prove their point.

Whom makest thou thyself? The Lord does not answer their question as to whether He is greater than Abraham, for that has to be decided by His hearers as they weigh up the evidence. As He implies in the next verse, He did not come to make Himself anything, except to make Himself of no reputation. He was here for the glory of His Father alone.

8:54
Jesus answered, If I honour myself, my honour is nothing: it is my Father that honoureth me; of whom ye say, that he is your God:

Jesus answered, If I honour myself, my honour is nothing- the only honour worth having is honour from God, and this is all the Lord wished for.

It is my Father that honoureth me- He honoured Him as He emerged out of the waters of Jordan at the start of His public ministry, and He honoured Him by giving Him works to do and words to teach during His ministry. This was honour enough for Christ.

Of whom ye say, that he is your God- if they had life from God they would not need to be told these things, for they would see the evidence and receive His claims. Note the change of title. They only knew God as the God of Israel; they did not know Him as “the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ”, as the apostle Paul, (a converted Jew), put it, Ephesians 3:14.

8:55
Yet ye have not known him; but I know him: and if I should say, I know him not, I shall be a liar like unto you: but I know him, and keep his saying.

Yet ye have not known him- they said God was their God but had not, for all their religion, got to know Him. The reason for this was that they rejected the testimony of the One who came to declare Him, John 1:18. After all that, (“yet”), they did not know Him!

But I know him- by contrast, He can say with confidence that He knows Him. Not indeed, with the knowledge that is the result of progress, but the knowledge that is the result of relationship.

And if I should say, I know him not, I shall be a liar like unto you- again He distances Himself from any association with “the liar, and the father of it”, verse 44. And again, He declares that they are allied to the devil. They spoke with forked tongue, claiming to know God, but not knowing His Son.

But I know him, and keep his saying- note the link between knowing the Father and keeping His saying. The latter is the sign of the former. Every particular aspect of the truth that was given Him to pass on to men, (“His saying”), was carefully preserved in His mind as a thing very precious to Him. He also passed on that word to those who desired to know it, so that they might count it precious too.

8:56
Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it, and was glad.

Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day- the Jews had a saying about the eighth day of the feast of tabernacles, (the feast that had just finished), and they called it “The day of the rejoicing of the law”. Perhaps this was because they were required to read the whole of the law once every seven years at that feast, Deuteronomy 31:10,11.

Abraham rejoiced to see, but did not actually see. The rejoicing was in the prospect, not the reality. The force of the expression used is, “Abraham rejoiced that he might see My day”. Was Abraham not given foretastes of the coming of the Messiah in the birth, miraculously, of Isaac, whose name means “Laughter”. Or the occasion of Isaac’s weaning, when he was presented to a hostile and persecuting world. Or when he offered him upon the altar at Moriah, and received him back again from the dead in a figure? The Jews had the great advantage of seeing the reality of what Abraham only saw in illustration, even His birth, His presentation to the world at His baptism, and soon, His death and resurrection. Should they not be rejoicing also at seeing things which prophets and righteous men had not had the privilege of seeing, Matthew 13:17?

8:57
Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty years old, and hast thou seen Abraham?

Then said the Jews unto him, thou art not yet fifty years old- it was when a man was this age that they said he was qualified to give an opinion. Perhaps it was based upon the fact that it was at that age that a Levite changed from doing manual work, (“the service of the burden in the tabernacle of the congregation”, Numbers 4:47), to a more academic role in deciding matters on which the people could not agree, Deuteronomy 17:8-11. Moses also associated the Levites with himself before he died as he exhorted the people to “obey the voice of the Lord thy God, and do his commandments and his statutes, which I command thee this day”, and they recited the cursings that would come on the people if they disobeyed those commandments, Deuteronomy 27:9,10,14-26.

The Lord Jesus had fulfilled that dual Levitical role, exhorting the people to obey the word of God He brought to them, and warning them of the consequences of disobeying that word. So in effect, by saying the Lord was not yet fifty years old, they imply He had not reached the age when the Levites were thought wise enough to teach.

And hast thou seen Abraham? They completely misunderstand the import of His words. He had said nothing about Him seeing Abraham, but rather Abraham seeing Him. Are they deliberately twisting His words because they know they have lost the argument?

They have already suggested He was suicidal, verse 22, “Will he kill Himself”. Then in verse 48 that He was demon-possessed, which they had connected in 7:20 with the idea that He was paranoid and thought they were trying to kill Him, “who goeth about to kill thee?” In 10:20 they would say that He had a devil and was therefore mad. Now they think Him to be a fantasist, imagining that He had lived at the time of Abraham. Clearly they have a very low view of Christ, despite all the evidence He had given them of His relationship with the Father. Obviously, even if He were fifty years old, (and He was not, for He was about thirty three years old), the start of His life on earth would not reach back to Abraham’s time, so that they could meet.

Even today, Christians are sometimes thought to have a mental problem because what they believe is so different to the opinions in the world. This was the experience of the apostle Paul, for when he had made his defence before King Agrippa, Festus said with a loud voice, “Paul, thou art beside thyself; much learning doth make thee mad”, Acts 26:24.

8:58
Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am.

Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you- here we have another instance of a formula which introduces something new. It asserts the truth of a thing before it is spoken, to pre-empt the denial that may come when it is heard.

Before Abraham was, I am- this is the shortest discourse that follows a “Verily, verily”, yet how profound it is. Far from being delusional, and thinking with deranged mind that He had lived at the time of Abraham, by this statement the Lord claims to be timeless. The normal rules of human existence do not apply to Him, for He is God, and to Him all is one eternal now. If Adam were alive today he could say “Before Abraham was, I was”. An angel could say, “Before Adam was, I was”. But these are creatures of time. The Lord Jesus indeed could have said, “Before Abraham was, I was”, for that was the case. But to say not, “I was”, but “I am”, when the reference is to the past, is to claim timelessness. Only an eternal Being can claim that He is still present in the past, as if time is immaterial. The Jews thought He was claiming to have lived in Abraham’s time in the past. What He really claims is that “past” is not relevant to His Being. He does not have to travel back in time to Abraham’s day, for it is as if it is “now” to Him.

8:59
Then took they up stones to cast at him: but Jesus hid himself, and went out of the temple, going through the midst of them, and so passed by.

Then took they up stones to cast at him- if there were those in Israel who had mental problems, then they were to be borne with, pitied, and cared for. But there is to be no pity for a blasphemer; he must be put to death. No matter that the Romans had withdrawn the right to execute from them. They feel their law was superior to the law of Rome, and He must be immediately dealt with apart from that law, for the honour of their God was involved. They would cite the words of Leviticus 24:16, “And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, he shall surely be put to death, and all the congregation shall certainly stone him: as well the stranger, as he that is born in the land, when he blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shall be put to death”.

But in what way can He be thought to have blasphemed the name of the Lord? The expression “I am” would immediately be recognised by the Jews as a name for God, for it would remind them of the incident at the burning bush, where God revealed Himself to Moses with the words, “I am that I am”: and He said, This thou shalt say unto the children of Israel, “I am hath sent me unto you”, Exodus 3:14. So if the Lord Jesus claims this title, He is claiming to be God, and to set a man’s name on a level with God’s name is blasphemy.

There was also the crime of drawing others away to a false god, which they believe Him to be, and this was to be punished by stoning also. The law was, that if a man claimed to be a prophet, and also gave a sign or a wonder which came to pass, and he also encouraged the people to go after other gods, then he was to be stoned to death, Deuteronomy 13:1-5. Now the Lord Jesus claimed to unfold the mind of God like a prophet, He did signs and wonders, and the Jews thought that His claim to be the “I am” was a claim to Deity, and therefore a claim also on the worship of the people, thus leading them away from the worship of the God of Israel. So on two counts they felt justified in stoning Him. At His trial this double accusation was blended into one with the words, “We have a law, and by our law He ought to die, because He made Himself the Son of God”, John 19:7.

Ever since the promise of a coming deliverer was given to Adam and Eve, one who would bruise the serpent’s head, Satan had sought to prevent the coming of Christ. Some of his major attempts are as follows:

1. The murder of Abel by Cain.

2. The mingling of the sons of God with the daughters of men in the days of Noah, thus seeking to prevent the true line being preserved.

3. The taking of Sarah, Abraham’s wife, into the palace by Pharoah.

4. The taking of Sarah into Abimelech’s palace.

5. The decree of Pharoah to kill all Hebrew sons when they were born.

6. The destruction of the seed royal except one, by Athaliah.

7. The attempt by Haman to exterminate the Jews in Esther’s time.

But God preserved the line, and at last Christ was born. Now the Devil’s attention turned to preventing Him from dying in the way Scripture prophesied, namely by crucifixion.

1. Herod sought to kill Him by the sword.

2. Satan tempted Him to cast Himself down from the pinnacle of the temple.

3. The men of Nazareth sought to kill Him by throwing Him over a cliff.

4. The storm on the lake was an attempt to drown Him, so that His grave would not be known.

5. The Jews sought to kill Him by stoning more than once.

6. Pilate offered to let the Jews execute Him, which would again be by stoning to death.

7. They manipulated events so that Pilate sent Him to Herod, so He could be beheaded, as John the baptist had been.

8. Pilate pronounced Him to be without fault, and then had Him scourged, which was called “The first death”.

But at God’s time, and in God’s way, Jesus Christ, the Son of God was crucified, and died for our sins.

But Jesus hid himself- He never used His powers as God unnecessarily, but lost Himself in the crowds. He could not have had distinctive and extravagant dress or else the people would have recognised Him. He was content to be here in humility and lowliness.

And went out of the temple- His teaching has been rejected, and the Lord retires, for He will not force His doctrine on men.

Going through the midst of them, and so passed by- how solemn it was that the Jews created conditions whereby the Christ of God could not remain with them. The Pharisees had left Him in the incident of the woman at the beginning of the chapter, and now He leaves them in their state of unbelief.

JOHN 16

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.

Subject of the chapter
This chapter continues the ministry of the Lord Jesus to His apostles as He prepared them for going out into the world with the gospel after He had gone back to heaven. They must first learn to expect opposition, even from the Jewish authorities. He then assures them that the Spirit would come to do the work in the hearts of men that they could never do, that is, to convict them. Once they get into the world they will be confronted with many situations that will bring them to an end of themselves. In that circumstance they must learn to ask for guidance. They will also need to be strong in their faith, and not be overcome by the opposition of the world.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-5 Opposition from the authorities
(b) Verses 6-15 Operations of the Holy Spirit
(c) Verses 16-27 Outcomes of His departure
(d) Verses 28-33 Overcoming the world

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN CHAPTER 16, VERSES 1 TO 15:

16:1 These things have I spoken unto you, that ye should not be offended.

16:2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.

16:3 And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor me.

16:4 But these things have I told you, that when the time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of them. And these things I said not unto you at the beginning, because I was with you.

16:5 But now I go my way to him that sent me; and none of you asketh me, Whither goest thou?

16:6 But because I have said these things unto you, sorrow hath filled your heart.

16:7 Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you.

16:8 And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment:

16:9 Of sin, because they believe not on me;

16:10 Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more;

16:11 Of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged.

16:12 I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.

16:13 Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will shew you things to come.

16:14 He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you.

16:15 All things that the Father hath are mine: therefore said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall shew it unto you.

(a) Verses 1-5
Opposition from the authorities

16:1
These things have I spoken unto you, that ye should not be offended.

These things have I spoken unto you- a reference to the warnings of His departure in the previous chapters. He had prepared His disciples for the hatred of the world, 15:18,19; and persecution, 15:20-21. He had sent them into the world, but He had promised that the Spirit of truth would be sent to them, 15:26,27, so that they could testify in such a world effectively.

That ye should not be offended- He does not want them to be caused to stumble on the pathway as He sends them forth into a hostile world. The enemy of the truth will do his best to put obstacles in their way, but His words spoken beforehand will preserve them.

16:2
They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.

They shall put you out of the synagogues- this shows that the Jewish authorities will be hostile to Christian truth. Perhaps the apostles did not expect enmity from that quarter. To be put out of the synagogue does not mean physically removed from the building, but rather, excommunicated from every aspect of Jewish life. This would mean they could not buy or sell, have employment, or any contact with fellow-Jews. No-one would marry them, take their wedding, or take their funeral. This is a severe action, and shows the depth of feeling against the things of Christ.

Yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service- not content with rejecting them from the social and religious life of Israel, they think them worthy of the same treatment as they gave to their Leader. We see this expressed by Saul of Tarsus, who “persecuted this way unto death”, Acts 22:4, and consented to the death of Stephen, verse 20. He said himself that “I verily thought with myself that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth. Which things I also did, in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison, having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death, I gave my voice against them”, Acts 26:9, 10.

Saul thought that by doing these things he was serving God, for at that point he rejected the Deity of Christ. As the Lord had said to His disciples, as He forewarned them of these things, “But all these things will they do unto you for my name’s sake, because they know not him that sent me”, John 15:22. They thought Him to be a blasphemer, and as such should be killed. And so also should His followers be killed.

The apostles need to be warned to expect these things, for they might become unsettled if learned rabbis like Saul disagree strongly with them. They were only ordinary men, most of them simple unsophisticated fishermen, so they need to be reassured beforehand. In this way the Lord imposes His authority on the situation, and strengthens them so they are not over-awed by religious men. A major way in which they will be encouraged is that they will have the Holy Spirit within them, a Divine Teacher.

16:3
And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor me.

And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor me- despite all He did to reveal the Father, the majority of the men in high places rejected His testimony. They did not know the Father because they did not know the Son. They thought they knew and served the God of Israel, but when He sent His Son, they cast Him out as a blasphemer. The apostle Paul confessed that he had persecuted “ignorantly, in unbelief”, 1 Timothy 1:13. The princes of this world crucified the Lord of Glory in ignorance, 1 Corinthians 2:8.

16:4
But these things have I told you, that when the time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of them. And these things I said not unto you at the beginning, because I was with you.

But these things have I told you, that when the time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of them- He did not tell them to depress or discourage them, but to do the reverse, to nerve them for the fight. The test for a prophet was whether his prophecy came true, Deuteronomy 18:20-22. So the Lord gives His disciples short-term prophecies so they may be encouraged when the way is hard, for they will realise He was fully aware of what the future held for them. He had told them about the following things:

1. His arrest, trial, scourging, crucifixion and rising again, Mark 10:32-34.

2. His betrayal by Judas, John 13:18-21.

3. His impending denial by Peter, John 13:38. By specifying the time of the denial in relation to the cock crowing, the Lord imposed extreme conditions on His prophecy.

4. The scattering of the disciples, despite their vow to not do so, John 16:31,32.

5. His re-gathering of them in resurrection, Matthew 26:31,32. This implies that He would rise quickly, which they did not believe.

6. His departure to heaven, John 14:28,29.

7. His intention to send the Spirit at Pentecost.

As these things came to pass one by one, then they would indeed remember His words and be encouraged, despite the circumstances.

And these things I said not unto you at the beginning, because I was with you- He left these matters until just before His departure and death, because that was when they needed to know them. To tell them at the start of His ministry would distract them. In any case He had sent them out at first to preach an imminent kingdom, and the idea of His departure was not in view then. It was only as the kingdom was rejected that the emphasis changed, and He began to speak of His going away.

His absence will be a great test for them, but they need to believe in Him as they believe in God, John 14:1. They have not seen God, yet they believe. They will no longer see Him, but they must keep on believing. This is even more important for believers today, for we have never seen Him. But we have the written testimony in the New Testament of those who did see Him.

16:5
But now I go my way to him that sent me; and none of you asketh me, Whither goest thou?

But now I go my way to him that sent me- when He was in the temple courts at the east of tabernacles, the Lord had taught in the treasury, near to the place where the Sanhedrin met and deliberated. He had used almost the same words then as are found here, for He said, “I go my way”, John 8:21. Instead of going the way that the rulers wanted Him to go, He goes the way His Father wanted Him to go.

Here, it is not the hostile rulers that are being served notice that He is in control, but the apostles, who are being encouraged by the fact that He is not the victim of circumstances, but is carrying out His Father’s will. He will return to the one who sent Him, having, in words He would soon speak, “finished the work which thou gavest me to do”, John 17:4. He would not go back with some of the task undone.

And none of you asketh me, Whither goest thou? They were too occupied with themselves and their sorrows. Peter had asked this question in 13:36, but the Lord knew that he was only asking because he thought he was able to follow Him, so he clearly did not think in terms of going to heaven. His expectation was that the Lord was going to claim the throne of David, and he wanted to be associated with that. Subsequently, the Lord had revealed that Judas would betray Him, so He was clearly going to be delivered to the Gentiles, and not the Gentiles delivered to Him. Perhaps they feared to ask in case He had even more bad news to tell them. He does not rebuke them for not asking, but points out they had not asked, so that He could give them the information they needed.

(b) Verses 6-15
Operations of the Holy Spirit

16:6
But because I have said these things unto you, sorrow hath filled your heart.

But because I have said these things unto you, sorrow hath filled your heart- if they had asked for clarification, they would have learnt that going to the cross was a necessary stage on the path to glory. In this way, their sorrow would have been tempered by the joy of knowing that He was going back to the Father with honour.

16:7
Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you.

Nevertheless I tell you the truth- the pronoun “I” is emphatic, as if to say, “I, the one who has foretold the truth that I am going away, have the authority to tell you the consequences of My going away”. Despite causing them to sorrow, nevertheless it was in their best interests to know the situation as it really was, and not as they imagined it to be. Even though they had not asked, they needed to know.

It is expedient for you that I go away- that is, it was a profitable thing for them if He went away. They no doubt thought it was a disaster, but the reverse was the case. Far from losing out by His departure, they gain. There are many advantages that come to the believer because the Lord has gone back to heaven, and He now proceeds to explain one of them, even the coming of the Spirit. His presence in the believer’s heart is critical, for it is through this that Christian things are made good to us, and we are enabled to pass them on to others in testimony.

For if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you- the Spirit will do many things, but here He is said to comfort, strengthening their hearts in Christ’s absence. He will do in them what Christ did when with them. Simeon had been waiting for the consolation of Israel, and he found that consolation, (the word has the same idea as comforter in this verse), in Christ the Messiah, Luke 2:25.

John has already told us in one of his explanations that “the Holy Spirit was not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified”, John 7:39. But there was also the fact that Christ’s going away involved the work of the cross. Until that sacrificial work had been done, sinners could not be saved and cleansed. The Holy Spirit cannot indwell an uncleansed heart.

But if I depart, I will send him unto you- here the Son sends; in the previous phrase, the Spirit is said to come, implying that His will is operative; in 14:26, the Father sends in the Son’s name, that is, in full recognition of who and what His Son is to Him. So the whole of the Godhead is united in this matter. The same had been true at the baptism of Christ in the Jordan, for the Father spoke, the Son saw, the Spirit descended, Matthew 3:16,17. Notice that there are no qualifications to this promise. They do not have to earn Him, but receive Christ’s gracious gift.

16:8
And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment:

And when he is come- note the confidence the Lord has that His prayer to the Father will be answered, and the Spirit will be sent. Peter can say on the day of Pentecost that “being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, He hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear”, Acts 2:33. This is the only place in the book of Acts that a disciple speaks of God as Father, emphasising that Peter is drawing on what he heard the Lord say in the upper room in John 14:16.

He will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment- there are three things involved in the word “reprove”. There is the idea of convicting a person as guilty. There is the condemning of that person. And there is a convincing of the truth of the gospel as the remedy for their sin and guiltiness.

There is a sense in which the actual coming of the Spirit did these three things as far as the world in general is concerned, but there is also a sense that He does them in individuals in the world, for the word is “when He is come”, not “by His coming”.

The apostles were sad because the Lord was leaving them, and sending them into a world that would be hostile to them because they brought the truth of the gospel into a world of error. They might think themselves inadequate for the situation, as indeed they were at that time, but the coming of the Spirit would change all that, and they would be helped mightily as the Spirit sovereignly worked in the hearts of men. They will not need to devise strategies and invent means to convince men, for the Spirit would do the work. It would be their task to simply “preach the word”, 2 Timothy 4:2. How the Spirit convicts is told us in the next three verses.

16:9
Of sin, because they believe not on me;

Of sin- He convicts them of their sin so that they consider their way; He condemns them for their sin and their false views about it; He convinces them of the truth of the gospel, that it contains the answer to sin.

Because they believe not on me- it is not that the only sin they are convicted of is the sin of unbelief. Rather, it is that the reason they are still in a state of sin is that they do not currently believe on Him, despite the fact that He has been on this world and brought the truth of God within their reach.

16:10
Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more;

Of righteousness- the Spirit convicts men because they are devoid of righteousness; He condemns them for being unrighteous; He convinces them that their only hope is the righteousness that God imputes to those who believe.

Because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more- whilst He was here, the Lord upheld the righteousness of God in an unmistakeable way. He who is “Jesus Christ the Righteous”, 1 John 2:1, is no longer here to “preach righteousness in the great congregation”, Psalm 40:9. The Spirit convicts of righteousness instead of, as before, Christ doing it. His going to the Father was a vindication of the stand He took for the truth when He was on earth. The fact they would see Him no more reminds us that He was here in the flesh, and therefore was real man, able to be seen. Righteousness has been upheld perfectly by a man, but He has now gone. The Spirit carries on His work.

16:11
Of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged.

Of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged- those who remain under his influence will share his judgment. The Spirit convicts men of walking “according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience”, Ephesians 2:2. They had the opportunity of following Christ, but chose not to do so, and the Spirit convicts them of that. He also condemns that position, but convinces of the solution, even to believe the gospel and follow Christ. The prince of this world is judged because he spurred men on to crucify God’s Son.

16:12
I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.

I have yet many things to say unto you- the teaching of the Lord Jesus when here on earth did not exhaust the store of wisdom that was available. Luke hints at this when he writes at the beginning of the Acts, “all that Jesus began both to do and teach”, Acts 1:1, which implies that the Book of Acts would record the way in which He continued to do and teach through the preaching of the apostles. He “came and preached peace to them who were afar off, and them that were near”, Ephesians 2:17. The apostles “preached everywhere, the Lord working with them”, Mark 16:20.

But ye cannot bear them now- so it was not that the Lord did not finish His teaching ministry in time. That could never be, for God is never late, nor does He fail. The word “bear” has to do with carrying a burden, and the weight of truth that was to be unfolded to these men was more than they could carry in their current state.

The Levites in the time of the Tabernacle had a heavy task, for they were responsible for moving the tabernacle. In the case of the Gershonites and Merarites, this involved the lifting of heavy materials onto wagons for transportation; in the case of the Kohathites they were required to bear the heavy tabernacle furniture on their shoulders. They would certainly feel the weight of their burdens. The apostles would also have a burden, that of the weighty truths concerning Christ and the church they would be entrusted with making known. There were at least five reasons why they were not able to bear such a burden at that point, as follows:

First, they were in a distressed state because of the news that He was leaving them.

Second, they were about to forsake Him and flee, so the boldness needed to set out new truth was not in their hearts as yet.

Third, they did not have the Spirit indwelling them, so the power to preach New Testament truth was lacking. Their preaching for the previous three years or so had been evangelistic, and consisted of the repetition of what they had heard Him say.

Fourth, they were still not clear about God’s programme in relation to Israel, as is seen by their question in Acts 1:6.

Fifth, there were mysteries yet to be revealed, but that would be done through the apostle Paul, who at this point was not a believer.

16:13
Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will shew you things to come.

Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come- the word “howbeit” signals a change. Something is going to happen to enable them to bear the weight of the truth that is about to be revealed. Their lack of readiness to bear the truth would be remedied. Since the burden they will bear is truth, it is appropriate that the Spirit, when He came upon them at Pentecost, should come in character as Spirit of truth. He is the Spirit who is intimately associated with the truth, and necessarily so, because God is the God of truth, and the Spirit is God. It is not that He would then become the Spirit of truth, for He had associated Himself with the truth Christ had made known during His earthly ministry.

The word from heaven when Christ was on the Mount of Transfiguration was “Hear ye him”, Matthew 17:5. If God had some misgiving about the ministry of Christ, that exhortation would not have come from heaven. In fact, just previously the Lord Jesus had deliberately set His saying alongside the word of the Father. Peter had learnt something from the Father, and then the Lord adds, “And I say also unto thee”, 16:18. In other words, it is as if He says, “What you learned from the Father you learned through Me, and I am now adding to that word”. If that had been presumption, the word “Hear ye Him” on the Mount would not have been uttered.

The word “come” is in that tense which signifies a decisive event, not a prolonged process. One moment they would not have the Spirit, the next moment they would. And immediately they would be able to preach, as we see from a reading of the account of the events on the day of Pentecost, in Acts 2. Note that the Lord is confident that the Holy Spirit will come, which shows He is sure that the Father will respond to His request to send Him, 14:16; Acts 2:33.

He will guide you into all truth- like an expert tour guide, who is able to show tourists who have never visited a place before the interesting features of a particular region, so the Holy Spirit, fully acquainted with the truth, is able to guide the apostles into that truth. Since the Spirit came because Jesus was glorified, John 7:39, then a vast area of truth opens up before the minds of the apostles, and we find this truth in their writings in the New Testament. Needless to say, this truth is spiritual; it is not truth about the physical world, as if the apostles became brilliant scientists in a moment. The fact that the Lord promises this, (and all His promises are honoured), shows that it will come to pass. So when the apostle Paul spoke of his ministry as fulfilling the word of God, Colossians 1:25; or when he wrote about a time when it could be said, “that which is perfect is come”, 1 Corinthians 13:10; or when Jude writes about “the faith once delivered unto the saints”, by which he means “once for all” delivered, Jude 3; and when the Lord warns in the last chapter of the New Testament against adding to the words of the book, Revelation 22:18,19, we know that God’s revelation of truth is complete.

For he shall not speak of himself- this does not mean that the New Testament epistles will contain no information about the Holy Spirit, for that is clearly not true. What it does mean is that the Spirit will not speak independently of the Father and the Son. The fact that He guides into all Divine truth shows that He is familiar with it all, hence the word “for” at the beginning of this phrase. We are being led on gradually here as we listen to the Lord teaching His own. We learn the Spirit will guide into all truth “for” He does not speak of Himself, “but” whatsoever He shall hear, that shall He speak. The Lord goes on to explain this in the next statements.

But whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak- the Lord Jesus said of Himself, “My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me”, John 7:16; “I speak to the world those things I have heard of him”, John 8:26, (the “him” referring to the Father); “and the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Father’s which sent me, John 14:24; “all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known unto you”, John 15:15. These quotations show His complete insight into the mind and will of His Father. He was privy to the counsels of the Godhead. His coming into manhood had not altered that intimacy. The prophet spoke beforehand of this in the words, “He wakeneth morning by morning, he wakeneth mine ear to hear as the learned”, Isaiah 51:4. He did not hear as the ignorant, but as the learned one. Learned persons converse with those of equal standing with themselves in matters familiar to them. They go over well-trodden territory as they discuss their particular field of knowledge and expertise. They do not hear one another to learn, but to rehearse what they know. So it is with the Lord Jesus. He awoke each morning to commune with His Father about that part of the Divine Counsels was relevant to Him for that day. He did not awake to discover what the counsels were, but to discuss what bearing they had on the day that was before Him.

We are used to the idea that in the Book of Genesis God is heard communing with Himself. For example, “Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness”, Genesis 1:26; “And the Lord God said, the man is become as one of Us“, 3:22; “Go to, let Us go down, and there confound their language”, 11:7. But in the passages from the New Testament from John chapters 7,8,14 and 15 quoted above we learn that the Persons of the Godhead still commune with One Another. So to be able to hear the Father is to claim Deity.

What is true of the Son is now said to be true of the Holy Spirit, for if the Son hears the Father, then so does the Spirit; He too is privy to Divine counsels and conversation. What He hears He transmits to the apostles, so they have the truth as the Godhead knows it. The apostle Paul could write, “we have the mind of Christ”, 1 Corinthians 2:16. The “we” in this context meaning the apostles. This gives their writings a very special character, and as such should be received and believed. Note that is “whatsoever” He hears, so the Spirit passes on all that we need to know of Divine truth.

And he will shew you things to come- that is, “the things coming He will announce to you”. It is not a question of showing as by visions, but making truth known so that it can be taken in by the apostles and transmitted into inspired preaching and writing. This is not a specific reference to the Book of the Revelation and other prophetic parts of the New Testament, for all the truth that was to be disclosed by the Spirit after Christ had gone back to heaven could be described as “things to come”.

The word “shew” is literally “to announce tidings”, so the idea is of the Spirit having direct access to heavenly counsels, but also bringing back tidings from those counsels to apostles on the earth. Caleb and Joshua brought back tidings about Canaan, (the place that contained “things to come” for Israel), after they had explored that land; in the same way the Holy Spirit is able to tell of heavenly things from first-hand knowledge of the mind of God.

16:14
He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you.

He shall glorify me- this expression does not begin with the word “and”, so is not a further work that the Spirit will do. Rather, it is the result of the work that has just been detailed. By the speaking and announcing of Divine truth, the Spirit will glorify Christ. This means that various aspects of the glory of Christ will be presented to our minds, and as a result we shall have an enhanced appreciation of His excellencies, and He will be magnified in our hearts. A magnifying glass does not make an object physically bigger, but it makes it bigger in our eyes, and enables us to appreciate its features in more detail. So Christ cannot be more glorious that He is, but He can be magnified in our eyes as the Spirit points out His virtues.

When Moses asked to see God’s glory, God granted him his request, and displayed that glory not only by allowing a glimpse of His glory to be seen, but also by speaking, Exodus 33:18-23; 34:6-8. So now, the glory of God is seen in the face of Jesus Christ, and those glories are told out in the words of Scripture, coming as they do from the Holy Spirit whose ministry it is to glorify Christ. How important, then, to continue steadfastly in the apostles’ doctrine, for by this means the glories of Christ are presented to us.

Since the Holy Spirit indwells the gathered companies of God’s people as they meet in assembly fellowship, then the end result of each meeting should be that Christ is magnified. Paul calls this coming together for the better, in 1 Corinthians 11:17.

For he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you- this is the process by which Christ is glorified. The Spirit not only hears truth, but receives it from the Godhead to infallibly impart it to the apostles, and through their writings to us. In particular what He receives is that which Christ describes as “Mine”. Since when this is transmitted to believers it glorifies Christ, then we may say that the truth that the Spirit is said to receive here is especially about Christ. No doubt the major part of this has to do with the mysteries that are unfolded in the New Testament epistles, which bring out truth that was hidden even from the Old Testament prophets. Such themes as the principles at work in His death; the consequences of His resurrection; the implications of His ascension; His headship of the church; His priesthood; the fact that He will head up all things, whether in heaven or earth; that He is the Last Adam; that believers shall be conformed to His image even as to the body; that He will have the church as His bride, and other things besides. Perhaps all these things are summed up in the phrase “the mystery of Christ”, Colossians 4:3.

16:15
All things that the Father hath are mine: therefore said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall show it unto you.

All things that the Father hath are mine- there is a common possession of truth in the Godhead. One does not withhold from another, for they are one. Indeed, persons of the Godhead cannot, by their very nature, do anything independently of one another, or else they would not be One God. This is why the Lord Jesus said “The Son can do nothing of himself”, John 5:19. He was not indicating that in some way He was powerless to act. (After all, it is as Son that He describes Himself thus, so the fact that He shares the nature and essence of God is in view). Rather, He was claiming Deity, in that Divine persons cannot do anything independently of one another. A man may do things independently of another man, and also independently of God, because men are individual units. But the persons of the Godhead are one in essence, and cannot act contrary to one another.

Therefore said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall shew it unto you- the word “therefore” has the sense of “because of this”. The Lord Jesus claims here to have just reason to use the words “take of Mine”. Because the word “take” implies that the Father is handing things to the Spirit, and since all the things the Father has the Son has as well, then the Lord is perfectly justified in saying “shall take of Mine”, and not “shall take of the Father’s”. The three Persons of the Godhead are interacting in this matter as the Spirit takes from the Father the things of the Son.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN CHAPTER 16, VERSES 16 TO 33:

16:16 A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father.

16:17 Then said some of his disciples among themselves, What is this that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me: and, Because I go to the Father?

16:18 They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A little while? we cannot tell what he saith.

16:19 Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask him, and said unto them, Do ye enquire among yourselves of that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me?

16:20 Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and lament, but the world shall rejoice: and ye shall be sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy.

16:21 A woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her hour is come: but as soon as she is delivered of the child, she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy that a man is born into the world.

16:22 And ye now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no man taketh from you.

16:23 And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you.

16:24 Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full.

16:25 These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall shew you plainly of the Father.

16:26 At that day ye shall ask in my name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you:

16:27 For the Father himself loveth you, because ye have loved me, and have believed that I came out from God.

16:28 I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father.

16:29 His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou plainly, and speakest no proverb.

16:30 Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask thee: by this we believe that thou camest forth from God.

16:31 Jesus answered them, Do ye now believe?

16:32 Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with me.

16:33 These things I have spoken unto you, that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.

 

(c) Verses 16-27
Outcomes of His departure

16:16
A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father.

A little while, and ye shall not see me- this is further gentle preparation for His departure. There are two different words for see used in verses 16-19. When it is “not see”, it means to not discern or acknowledge something. When it is “see”, it means “to gaze with wide-open eyes, as at something remarkable”. The little while is from the moment He spoke the words until when He was laid in the tomb. After that, they neither saw Him physically, nor did they discern the significance of His short stay in the tomb, or acknowledge those things He had told them about it. We read that after the Lord had foretold His death, and that He would rise again the third day, “they understood none of these things: and the saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things that were spoken”, Luke 18:34. They did not disbelieve He would rise again, for they believed in the resurrection of the dead, Acts 23:6. They did not realise He would rise quickly, however. This was withheld from them so that they could not be accused of imagining the resurrection. They had to be convinced of its truth by the actual event, not by the words foretelling it.

And again, a little while, and ye shall see me- this time the short period is when He was actually in the sepulchre, after which they would see Him again. When they did so, they would do so with eyes wide-open in amazement, so to speak.

Because I go to the Father- this seems strange at first, as if the Lord says “Ye shall see Me because I go to the Father and disappear from sight”. The point is that He promises to show Himself in resurrection so that they may verify that the one they knew on earth is the one they saw go into heaven. The reason why they would see Him was that He needed to be seen not only for forty days, but also as He ascended to the Father. They were not qualified as apostles unless they could testify to His ascension, Acts 1:22. To be a witness to His resurrection they must see His ascension, because there is a link between the two events, as Peter declared in Acts 2:29-36. The reason why Christ’s tomb was empty was because He had been raised by the Father and lifted to heaven. He was raised from the dead and given glory, as if there was nothing between the opened tomb and the throne of God, 1 Peter 1:21.

16:17
Then said some of his disciples among themselves, What is this that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me: and, Because I go to the Father?

Then said some of his disciples among themselves- they perhaps were in such a state of mind, having had notice that He was leaving them, that their early readiness to ask Him questions has been dampened. So they question things among themselves. In verse 29, they will say, “Lo, now speakest thou plainly, and speakest no proverb”. So they distinguished between two ways of speaking, obscurely, and in proverbs. In verse 16 He deliberately spoke obscurely, so that they might ask Him to explain. This would introduce the idea of asking, which He develops in verses 23-26. In verses 21-22 He speaks in a proverb to show that He knew what their feelings would be during the “little while”, and afterwards.

What is this that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me- they do not realise that He will only be in the tomb a few days. They will not have to wait for the “resurrection of the last day”, to see Him again.

And, Because I go to the Father? They separate “see Me” from “Because I go to the Father”. They should have kept the sentence intact, and asked what He meant, instead of putting their own construction on the words. We should learn the lesson from this, and not try to reconstruct scripture to make it mean what we think it ought to mean. We shall find ourselves puzzling about it even more, just as the disciples were here; and all because they had not asked.

16:18
They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A little while? we cannot tell what he saith.

They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A little while? we cannot tell what he saith- now they separate another phrase from its context. No wonder they cannot tell what He is saying. We shall not understand scripture aright either, if we take it out of its setting. Remember the first three rules for interpreting scripture, Context, Context, Context.

16:19
Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask him, and said unto them, Do ye enquire among yourselves of that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me?

Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask him- He can read their thoughts, and knows whether they are sincere. As the psalmist said of God, “Thou understandest my thought afar off”, Psalm 139:2. The Lord waited for John to ask who the traitor was, 13:22-25, but there He wanted to give the sign of the sop so that Judas would go out, and His spirit could be free to teach the true disciples further.

And said unto them, Do ye enquire among yourselves of that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me? The way they are hesitant to ask Him, but ask among themselves illustrates their current lack of communion with Him. He had spoken in a way they did not understand in order to highlight this. They will change after Pentecost, as verse 23 indicates. They will then go to the Father by the Son in the power of the Spirit.

16:20
Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and lament, but the world shall rejoice: and ye shall be sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy.

Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and lament, but the world shall rejoice- their Saviour would be “the song of the drunkard”, and the authorities would think they had achieved their purpose. The “Verily, verily” shows He has authority and confidence as He prophesies these things. His short-term prophecies, having been fulfilled, will encourage confidence in the long-term ones. Notice that the Lord does not directly answer the problem they have about the phrase “a little while”. He does answer indirectly, however, in the illustration of the travailing woman, in the next verse. Normally, a woman is in travail for a matter of hours, not of years. So just as the woman sorrows, so will they, but just as she does so for a relatively brief time, so their sorrow also will be for “a little while”.

And ye shall be sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy- they would not be sorrowful and joyful at the same time, as if having mixed thoughts. The change from sorrow to joy would be as marked as the change from death to resurrection.

16:21
A woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her hour is come: but as soon as she is delivered of the child, she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy that a man is born into the world.

A woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her hour is come- here is the proverb they will speak of in verse 29.

But as soon as she is delivered of the child, she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy that a man is born into the world- the homely illustration will give them comfort as they realise He knows how they will be feeling. A mother endures the pain because she knows there will be a happy result. So the disciples should bear the pain of knowing He had been crucified and slain, knowing also there would be eternally happy results for Him and for all who would believe. They would know the joy of His resurrection, and the sorrow they had known when He was in the grave will never return.

16:22
And ye now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no man taketh from you.

And ye now therefore have sorrow- He discerns that sorrow is already in their hearts, as He said in verse 6, and that it would continue for a little while yet. He knew “strong crying and tears” Himself, Hebrews 5:7, so He is fitted to sympathise fully with us in our sorrows. The reason why they have sorrow, (“therefore”), is the same as why a woman has sorrow. She does not sorrow that she is going to have a child, but she sorrows because of the pain that precedes the birth. They should try to see things in that light. What travail they would have in the next few hours, as He is arrested, tried, sentenced and crucified! But they should see it as part of a process that was sure to end in joy.

But I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice- even though He would leave them to go to the cross, He would rise from the dead and meet with them again. (Note the personal touch, not simply that He would rise from the dead, but that He would see them). The joy of seeing Him in resurrection would give them a joy that could not be spoiled, despite what might happen subsequently. The apostles rejoiced they were “counted worthy to suffer shame for His name”, Acts 5:41. The Lord said, “Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for my sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted the prophets which were before you”, Matthew 5:11,12. Even these things would not spoil their joy, any more than the hatred of men had spoiled the Lord’s joy as He served His Father’s interests in His earthly ministry.

And your joy no man taketh from you- a mother has joy when her child is born, but that continues after he is born, so Christ’s emergence from the grave will ensure unbroken joy for His people. His resurrection is the guarantee that all that causes believers sorrow has been dealt with in principle. Once they have shared His resurrection, there will be fulness of joy in the Father’s presence for them, Psalm 16:11; Acts 2:28.

16:23
And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you.

And in that day ye shall ask me nothing- there had been reference to the coming of the Spirit in 14:16-26, and the Lord had used the expression “in that day” as referring to the time after Pentecost when they would have the Spirit within. This shows that the “little while” refers to a past time, despite the way hymn writers use the phrase.

In verses 16-20 the disciples discussed amongst themselves what the Lord meant when He spoke of “a little while”. He had deliberately spoken in a slightly obscure way so that they would realise their need of help to understand. This prepares them for the time when He will not be with them to answer their queries, and also gives Him an opening to explain what provision He will make for them. They will not need to puzzle about it amongst themselves.

Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you- “Verily, verily”, is a phrase unique to John’s gospel. It introduces a development in doctrine; difficult doctrine; denied doctrine; doubted doctrine; definite doctrine; delightful doctrine, and above all, Divine doctrine. The Lord had taught them to say “Our Father”, and to ask for things in that way, but He did not instruct them to ask in His name. His example prayer ended in this way, “for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen”, Matthew 6:14. Now the emphasis is on asking the Father in the name of the Son.

16:24
Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full.

Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name- as the quotation from His model prayer quoted above shows, they had not asked in His name yet. This will change, for God would send forth His Spirit into their hearts, crying, Abba, Father, Galatians 4:6. And because of this, they would appreciate the relationship into which they had been brought as God’s sons, and the Holy Spirit’s cry becomes their cry also, as Romans 8:15 indicates with the words, “ye have received the Spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, ‘Abba, Father'”.

Ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full- instead of enquiring among themselves, as they had just done, the Lord exhorts them to ask for themselves, once they have the Spirit within them. Now that the Spirit has come at Pentecost, all believers have Him within to teach them, and they will know therefore the things appropriate to associate with the Name of God’s Son. Because they ask for suitable things, they will receive them.

The Lord here anticipates three things. First, that they will find their joy in having their requests answered by the Father. Second, because those requests will be in harmony with the character of God’s Son, they will be intelligent as to His character, as the Spirit teaches them. Third, because the things of the world cannot give them true joy, He expects that they will only desire the things of God, and not try to complement them with the supposed joys of earth.

No doubt the apostle John remembered these words as he opened his first epistle, for he recalled the way in which he had seen and heard the Lord when He was here, and then recorded this for us, so that we might have fellowship with Divine persons in the things of Christ, with the result that our joy would be full. His words were, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and shew unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us); that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full”, 1 John 1:1-4.

16:25
These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall shew you plainly of the Father.

These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs- in response to their speaking amongst themselves, He gave them the illustration of a woman in pain, but whose pain and sorrow is turned to joy. This did not fully answer the question about the “little while” directly, but encouraged them to think the thing through. As believers we are expected to think about the things we read in the scriptures.

But the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall shew you plainly of the Father- this would be when He spoke through the Spirit’s ministry to them. This shows that He has not given up teaching His own. It is simply that it is done in a different way now that the Spirit indwells each believer. He had already told the apostles that “At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you”, 14:20. So the coming of the Spirit would enable them to understand more fully His relationship with the Father, and their relationship to Him. This is the foundation of everything else, for it covers the whole range of relationships, whether between Divine Persons and each other, or Divine persons and believers.

16:26
At that day ye shall ask in my name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you:

At that day ye shall ask in my name- they will ask in line with what the Spirit reveals to them about the Son. This is normal Christian prayer, so the Lord can state that that is how they will pray, for there is no other effective way. They will not necessarily mention the Son’s name at the end of the prayer, (for that is not what “ask in My name” means), but the whole content of the prayer will be in harmony with who He has revealed Himself to be.

And I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you- they will be in such an intimate relationship with the Father, (because they will be “in the Son” who is Himself “in the Father”, 14:20), that they will not need the Lord to intervene, but will go straight to the Father through Him, see Ephesians 2:18. Of course it is true that He “ever liveth to make intercession for us”, Hebrews 7:25 but that has to do with supporting us as we pass through trials down here. The context in John 16 is of praying to the Father for ourselves about any matter that concerns us, including those trials.

16:27
For the Father himself loveth you, because ye have loved me, and have believed that I came out from God.

For the Father himself loveth you- the reason the Father will be well-disposed to our approach to Him is because He loves us. And that love has a two-fold cause.

Because ye have loved me- our Father is sensitive to reactions to His Son. If there are those who genuinely love Him, then He loves them in return. The intensity of that affection will be learned from the Son’s prayer in the next chapter, for He will say, “and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me”, 17:23. This is completely beyond human understanding; to think that any should be loved by the Father in the same manner as He loves His Son! This is a very powerful indicator of the closeness of the relationship of the believer to the Father. It no doubt derives from the truth expressed at the beginning of 17:23, “I in them and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one”. The Father is completely involved in all His Son is, (“thou in me”). In the same way, the Son is completely involved in all we are in Him, (“I in them”). It is in a sense inevitable that the Father will love us, for the Son is in us, and He loves us as He loves Him, as the end of the verse says.

And have believed that I came out from God- this is the basic reason why the believer loves the Son. All that was involved in Him coming from the presence of God, such as His self-humbling; His taking the form of a servant; His real manhood; His grace and truth when He was here; His work at the cross; all these things endear Him to them. The apostle Paul, referring to his conversion, wrote “And the grace of our Lord Jesus was exceeding abundant with faith and love which is in Christ Jesus”, 1 Timothy 1:14. His response to Christ’s grace was faith and love, the two things that endear a believer to his Father.

(d) Verses 28-33
Overcoming the world

16:28
I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father.

I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world- this is a very comprehensive statement, and takes in all that He was in eternity, all that He was willing to become as He came amongst men.

Again, I leave the world, and go to the Father- the word “again” divides the verse into two concepts. First, His coming from the Father, ending with the sorrow of the cross; second, His going back to the Father, with the joy of the throne. And in between, there was His reaction to the world, and the world’s reaction to Him. His attitude to the world was one of love to men; the attitude of the world was one of hate, so He left it. But before He left it He expressed His love in the most profound way, by dying on a cross. It is this that draws souls to Himself, and why they love Him. Once He has drawn men to Himself, He goes back to His Father in heaven so as to minister to their needs.

16:29
His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou plainly, and speakest no proverb.

His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou plainly, and speakest no proverb- He had deliberately spoken to them less than plainly in verse 16, but now the apostles say He speaks plainly. He had spoken in a proverb in verse 22, but now He speaks in direct terms.

16:30
Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask thee: by this we believe that thou camest forth from God.

Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask thee- they were hesitant to ask Him about the little while, and they thought the illustration of the woman in travail to be a digression, but now they realise He has been answering their unasked questions, and this shows them He knew what was in their hearts and minds without them telling Him. This tells them He is indeed one with the Father, for it is only God who can read the hearts of men.

By this we believe that thou camest forth from God- the light is beginning to dawn upon them, and gives a foretaste of how they will understand after Pentecost. If He came out from being with the Father, He must be equal with Him. If He is equal with Him, He must know the hearts of men, because it is God who knows the hearts of men, Jeremiah 17:10. Because of this, He does not need His people to ask Him things, since He knows beforehand what they are thinking, and supplies the answer through the Spirit through the Word. They stop short of saying He came forth from the Father; they still need to advance in appreciation of His relationship with the Father. But that will come “in that day”, after Pentecost, as He had said already, “In that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you”, 14:2

16:31
Jesus answered them, Do ye now believe?

Jesus answered them, Do ye now believe? Since they have said they believed, (and He had exhorted them to this in 14:1), then He prepares them for the fact that their faith will be put to the test. His going to the Father will be for their spiritual profit, to strengthen their faith, but also will test their faith. He puts it in question form so they challenge their own hearts. He knew their hearts already, so He is not expecting them to answer Him.

He is not suggesting that He does not think they are believers. Rather, He is preparing them for the onslaughts of the world, and is asking them so that they ask themselves the question. Having come to a satisfactory conclusion they can face the world. Sadly, they seem not to have done this, as the next verse shows.

16:32
Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with me.

Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave me alone- in just a short space of time they would forsake Him and flee in Gethsemane, and every one would be scattered and go home. He would be left to face the cross alone. Such would be the pressure upon them, and they need to be strong in faith.

And yet I am not alone, because the Father is with me- His relationship with the Father is eternal and Divine, so cannot be affected by the circumstances of time. But even though He would be deserted by them, and each disciple would be alone in his own home, He would not be on His own. He was ever conscious of the Father’s approval of Him. He does not say “I will not be alone”, as if referring to a limited time, but “I am not alone”, a statement of the situation at all times.

We could illustrate this by noting that the inwards of the sin offering were offered on the altar of burnt offering in the same way as the peace offering was, Leviticus 4:8-10. The inwards represent the inner workings of the heart of Christ. They were not affected by being forsaken on the cross. His feelings for the Father remained constant. The peace offering typifies Christ as the Man in harmony with God at all times, the sin-offering typifies the man who was forsaken because of our sins. But the altar of burnt offering is the place where an entirely acceptable and approved sacrifice was offered. Thus at that altar was brought together the feelings of Christ, the sin-bearing of Christ, (even though the sin offering as a whole was not burnt on the altar, but on the ground), and the acceptability of Christ.

16:33
These things I have spoken unto you, that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.

These things I have spoken unto you, that in me ye might have peace- He prepares their hearts for the turmoil that will be in their minds as they reflect on the way they had deserted Him in the garden. And what happened then has happened in different ways many times since, as we have not been faithful as we ought. We shall not have peace by dwelling on past failure, but we will definitely have peace as we relate our circumstances to His circumstances. This is peace “in Him”, as we see how He reacted to adversity.

In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer- the world gives the believer nothing but tribulation, but He gives the power to overcome it, as He overcame it. He overcame it through the consciousness of His relationship with the Father.

I have overcome the world- He can speak in the past tense that He has overcome the world, either as regards His life, which is about to end, or because He anticipates the results of His work at Calvary, John 12:31. What He did, they, in their measure, may do also.

JOHN 13

JOHN 13

We could think of the gospel of John as consisting of a prologue, a series of monologues and dialogues, and an epilogue, twice over, as follows:

(i) The first prologue

John 1:1-18
The way in which the Son has declared the Father.

(ii) The first series of monologues and dialogues

John 1:19-12:43

The ways in which men reacted to the Son.

(iii) The first epilogue

John 12:44-50
The Son surveys and summarises the truths He has set forth in the world regarding His Sonship.

(iv) The second prologue

John 13:1
The context in which the Son met with His own in the Upper Room.

(v) The second series of monologues and dialogues Part 1

John 13:2-17:26
Preparing His disciples for His departure and the Spirit’s arrival.

(vi) The second series of monologues and dialogues Part 2

John 18:1-20:31
The way in which He departed out of this world.

(vii) Second epilogue

John 21:1-25
Having told us that “Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God”, 20:31, John now tells us He is Lord.

Setting of the chapter
Chapters 13 to 17 of John’s Gospel are often called “Upper Room Ministry”, but it should be remembered that only the events of chapters 13 and 14 took place in the upper room. In 14:31 the Lord said, “Arise, let us go hence”, so He and His disciples presumably left the upper room at this point, (although some think that this was just a signal to the disciples to be ready to depart, and they did not do so until the end of chapter 16).

In chapters 15 and 16 further ministry is given, but we are not told whether it was while they were still in the upper room, or elsewhere. It may have been as they made their way down the outside stairway from the upper room, with a vine trained over the walls of the house, prompting that part of the discourse about Christ being the true vine. One can visualise the Lord standing at the foot of the stairs, with the eleven remaining apostles ranged up them as the Lord points out various features of the vine, and relates them to Himself and His people.

Chapter 17 records the prayer of the Lord Jesus, and again we are not told where it was uttered, but we do know that it was not in Gethsemane, because John 18:1 says, “When Jesus had spoken these words, He went forth with His disciples over the brook Cedron, where was a garden, into the which He entered, and His disciples”. The next verse tells us that this garden, that John does not name, was often resorted to by Christ with His disciples, which is why Judas knew where to find Him. Luke does not name the garden either, but he does call it “the place”, as if it was well-known to the disciples, which indeed it was, “for Jesus oft-times resorted thither with His disciples”, John 18:2.

In Chapter 12 we find principles relating to both Israel and the Gentiles during the time of Christ’s absence.

In Chapters 13 and 14 we find principles to guide believers in their assembly life.

In Chapters 15 and 16 there are principles that guide believers as they live in the world.

In Chapter 17 we gain insight into the present heavenly ministry of Christ for His own as He “ever liveth to make intercession for them”, Hebrews 7:25.

In John 1:11 we read that the Lord Jesus “came unto His own, and His own received Him not”. His own in the second mention are His own people, the nation of Israel. Sadly, however, as the verse says, they did not welcome Him nationally as their Messiah. So it is that the next verse speaks of those individuals who did receive Him, for they believed on His name, and were born of God. They were therefore in a fit state to say with John, “and we beheld his glory”, verse 14. It was God’s purpose to show the glories of His Son to those to whom He gave the capacity to appreciate it. Once John has described to us those who have eternal life through the new birth, and who can therefore see the glories of the Son of God, he can begin to describe the ways in which that glory was displayed.

In John 13:1 John describes this company of believers as “His own”, so they have replaced the nation. In chapter 12:36 a very solemn thing had happened, for we read, “These things spake Jesus, and departed, and did hide himself from them”. This no doubt refers to the day before the beginning of the passover, of which we are told nothing by the gospel writers. The nation is given a foretaste, by this temporary hiding, of the long period of two thousand years when He will be hidden from the nation, until the unveiling when He comes to earth to reign. He is not hidden from His new company of His own, however, for He graciously makes His presence known amongst them.

It is very probable that the Lord’s Supper was instituted in between 13:30 and 31. If this is the case, then we could think of chapter 13:1-30 as giving us help as we prepare to eat the Supper. John first of all gives us details about the Lord Jesus in a prologue, such as His departure out of the world by way of Calvary; His love for His own; the betrayal by Judas; the competence of Christ as one the Father entrusts with His affairs; His pre-existence, (“from God”), and His return to the Father, (“to God”), with everything accomplished; all these matters are brought before our minds by the apostle so that we may intelligently remember the Lord.

Then secondly, the desire of the Lord to be with His own is evident as He meets with them in the Upper Room. Our coming together should be out of love to Him, and not because of habit, or for the sake of appearances. It is noticeable that John speaks of Christ’s love “unto the end”, and then Judas’ heart, full of bitterness and hatred until he achieved his, (and the Devil’s) end.

Thirdly, John deals with the matter of defilement, and shows that as we come to eat the Lord’s Supper we should do so with undefiled feet. We should beware of eating and drinking unworthily, 1 Corinthians 11:27-32. The inadvertent defilement that we contract day by day simply by passing through this world must be dealt with by the application of the word of God.

Fourthly, we are warned about disloyalty as the Lord Jesus foretells the betrayal by Judas. The apostle Paul reminded the Corinthians that is was “the night he was betrayed” that the Lord instituted the Supper. They, and we, should beware of being disloyal to the one who has done so much for us.

Fifthly, we are told of the desire for discernment, as Peter asks John to enquire who the betrayer was. It is good to have a desire to not betray the Lord, but rather, to do those things that are true to His cause.

It is to those who seek discernment, that disclosure is given, but only to those who, like John, are close to the Lord, and who love Him deeply.

Finally, and seventhly, the Lord speaks of being glorified, and we are beyond the Supper, rejoicing in those glories that have come to Him following His departure, and expecting His return, for it is then that we shall follow Him to heaven. So it is that we show the Lord’s death “till he come”, 1 Corinthians 11:26.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-3 John’s Prologue
(b) Verses 4-5 Christ’s Procedure
(c) Verses 6-9 Peter’s Protest
(d) Verses 10-17 Believer’s Prototype
(e) Verses 18-19 Christ’s Prophecy
(f) Verses 20-30 Judas’ Perfidy
(g) Verses 31-35 Disciple’s Practice
(h) Verses 36-38 Peter’s Pathway

(a) Verses 1-3
John’s Prologue

John begins three of his writings, (this gospel, his first epistle and the book of Revelation), with a prologue which prepares us for the following content. Here, however, he gives another prologue to make the distinction between the first twelve chapters and what follows. In chapters 1 to 12 Christ presents Himself to the world as the Son of God come out from the Father. In chapters 13 to 17 He presents Himself as the one who is going back to the Father. This change merits an extra prologue to draw attention to it.

Verse one and verses two to four have the same structure. There is a reference to time, then a reference to the Lord’s knowledge, then a reference to Christ’s care. These references are firstly general, then more specific. We could set it out as follows:

Verse 1: General

Period Before the Feast of the Passover
Perception When Jesus knew that His hour was come
Provision Having loved His own…loved them to the end

Verses 2-4: Specific

Period Supper being ended…now put into the heart
Perception Knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands
Provision He riseth from supper…wash the disciples’ feet

13:1
Now before the feast of the passover, when Jesus knew that his hour was come that he should depart out of this world unto the Father, having loved his own which were in the world, he loved them unto the end.

Special note on the different meanings of the word passover
It is used of the passover event: “I will pass over you”, Exodus 12:13.

It is used of the passover animal: “Draw out and take you a lamb according to your families, and kill the passover”, Exodus 12:21. “And the first day of unleavened bread, when they killed the passover”, Mark 14:12.

It is used of the fourteenth day: “And in the fourteenth day of the first month is the passover of the Lord”, Numbers 28:16.

It is used of the feast of unleavened bread which followed the fourteenth day: “Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh, which is called the passover”, Luke 22:1.

It is used of the peace offerings that were eaten during the feast of unleavened bread: “they themselves went not into the judgement hall, lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover”, John 18:28. The priests refused to enter Pilate’s residence because they did not wish to enter a house where there would be leaven, and this would defile them so that they could not eat the other sacrifices associated with the passover, (known as the “chagigah” or peace offering), during the days of unleavened bread. This was in two parts, the first at the passover supper, and the second on the next day. They had eaten the passover supper and the first chagigah the night before, and they would eat the rest of the chagigah the day of the crucifixion, hence their concern lest they be defiled.

It is used of Christ personally: “For even Christ our passover was sacrificed for us”, 1 Corinthians 5:7.

Special note on the timing of the passover
Certain things should be borne in mind in connection with the passover:
1. The Passover lamb was to be killed on the fourteenth day of the first month of the religious year, Exodus 12:2,6.

2. The expression “in the evening” relates to a period of about three hours in late afternoon. The evening began when the sun started to decline, at about 3pm, and it finished when three stars were visible in the sky, at about 6pm in April. That three-hour period was the evening of the current day.

2. It was to be killed “in the evening”. This could read literally, “between the two evenings”. This does not mean “between the evening of one day and the evening of the next day”, as if there were twenty four hours in which to kill the passover lamb. (Mr Newberry’s reference to Leviticus 23:32 is misleading. The subject there is the Day of Atonement, which was to be kept as a twenty-four hour period of rest, from 6pm in the evening prior to the ceremony, until 6pm on the actual Day. So the two evenings in that passage relate to different days).

So the passover lamb was to be killed between 3 and 6 pm on the fourteenth day of the first month, and eaten that night. In other words, eaten after 6pm. The Jews said that it should be eaten before midnight, no doubt in reference to the fact that the firstborn in Egypt were slain at that time, the signal for Israel to move out. Added to this is the fact that they were not to leave anything of the lamb until the morning, and were to eat it in haste.

3. There are those who think that it was necessary for Christ to die at the time when the passover lambs were being killed in the temple, since He is “Christ our passover”, 1 Corinthians 5:7. But He is also the propitiation for our sins, 1 John 2:2, and therefore, on that reasoning, He ought to have died on the Day of Atonement.

To bring about His death on the fourteenth day of the month, these men want to say that the Lord ate the passover meal a day early. But the problem is that there was no provision by God for the slaying of the lamb early, and the Lord definitely ate the passover, Luke 22:15. The disciples, when they asked where the Lord wished to eat the passover, give no hint that it was being done a day early. In any case, how would their passover lamb be scrutinised by the priest if it was the day before the passover rituals started in the temple, and how would that lamb have been laid up for four days if it was killed a day early?

The four gospel writers all record events in the upper room, but the only two matters which John has in common with them, (apart from the fact that the disciples were present), are the prophecy of the betrayal by Judas, and the prophecy that Peter would deny his Lord. It is impossible that these two prophecies could be given on two different nights, (or else the disciples would not ask who the betrayer was on the second night, for they would know), so we must conclude that the supper of John 13 is the same supper as in the upper-room accounts in the other gospels.

4. We should remember that the fourteenth day of the first month could be on any day of the week, depending on what year it was. We should also remember that the Lord rose again on the third day, meaning what we call Sunday. According to His own prophecy, He would be in the heart of the earth, (that is, His soul would be in sheol), for three days and three nights.

Nowadays we would immediately think that three days of 12 hours each and three nights of 12 hours each is in view, making 72 hours. But the Jews reckoned part of a day to be a whole of a day. So if Christ died on Thursday afternoon at just after 3pm, (for He died just after the ninth hour, the Jewish day being reckoned from 6am, Matthew 27:46), then the remaining period until 6pm when the day ended would be reckoned as one day. The nights and days of Friday and Saturday would be two more nights and days, (remembering that the night comes first in Jewish reckoning), making a total up to that point of three days and two nights. That makes the night of the first day of the week, (which we would call the night of Saturday), the third night.

Now before the feast of the passover- we should distinguish between the feast of the passover, meaning the whole festival as ordained by God in Leviticus 23:4-8, and the passover supper, (which was not called a feast), which was to be eaten on the 14th day of Nisan in the evening. There are two words used for feast in the Old Testament in connection with the passover. One word means a festival, Exodus 12:14; 34:25. The other means an appointed meeting. So neither of these words denotes a feast in the sense of a banquet.

John links his gospel with the Old Testament by means of references and comparisons with the history of Israel. He structures the gospel around the first and the last festivals of their religious year. He mentions three of the four passovers during the Lord’s ministry, in chapters two, six, and here. The feast of chapter 5 was not said to be the passover, for John emphasises there the fact that it was the sabbath day, the weekly festival for Israel, and mentioned first in Leviticus 23. It was most likely a passover, however, for the ministry of the Lord Jesus cannot be fitted into just two and a half years.

There were four things associated with the passover. First, the idea of a new beginning as a people, for in Exodus we find the first mention of the expression “congregation of Israel”, for the passover and the giving of the law would form them into a nation. This corresponds to the first passover in John, when the Lord spoke to Nicodemus about the need to be born again, for being of the nation by natural birth did not put anyone in the Kingdom of God. He, and they, needed a new beginning.

The second passover was the occasion of the Lord enabling a man to walk, reminding us that after the original passover the people of Israel became pilgrims. There is a new pilgrimage, this time to heaven.

The third passover is in John 6, the chapter that speaks of the flesh of Christ as “flesh indeed”, John 6:55. The people ate the flesh of the lamb on passover night, and were thus strengthened for the journey through the wilderness. The Lord announces a new provision, to strengthen believers on the pilgrimage to heaven.

The fourth mention is in our verse, and in the subsequent chapters a new prospect opens out to the disciples, as the Lord speaks of going away to His Father, and of them being on that way too. They find they have new prospects as pilgrims on their way to the heavenly Canaan. Of course this passover is going to be different to the others, for it is when the true passover Lamb will be sacrificed. He will then have His personal exodus from this world, (spoken of on the Mount of Transfiguration, Luke 9:31), to introduce His people to heavenly things.

When Jesus knew that his hour was come- we are given here a general statement about the Lord’s insight into the future. John is telling us that before the events of the feast of the passover unfolded, the Lord knew that this was His critical time. The apostle is not saying that this insight was given to Him at some particular moment just before the passover, but that it was His knowledge all along, and the events of the passover period were not needed to tell Him it was so. So the sense is that “even before the passover events began, and He was arrested, tried and executed, He knew that His hour was come”. So “when Jesus knew” is a description of the whole period leading up to the passover.

So “before the feast of the passover” tells us nothing about when the events of chapters 13 and 14 took place, for we know that from the other gospels. It does not pinpoint a particular moment. The word for “know” here is not the one that means to get to know, but the one which indicates spiritual insight. It is a participle perfect, which indicates that He did know and continued to know. So it is not that the Lord suddenly discovers that the critical moment has come. Nor is it Barabbas betraying Him that tells Him His hour is come. Rather, it is His constant awareness of the will of the Father that enables it to be said that He knows. He would have wakened that morning to converse with His Father, and would listen as the learned one, not as an ignorant one, Isaiah 50:4. He heard as a learned one, and therefore could speak as a learned one. They would speak together as equals, for He was privy to the ongoing Divine conversation, of which we gain a little insight from Genesis 1:26; 3:22; 11:6,7. He could say, “I speak that which I have seen with my Father”, John 8:37, which means that He had perfect insight into the mind of His Father, and spoke to men accordingly. He did not modify the insights in any way, for He could also say, “And I know that his commandment is life everlasting: whatsoever I speak, therefore, even as the Father said unto me, so I speak”, John 12:50. It is no surprise, therefore, that the Lord Jesus was fully aware of the situation, and knew full well that the time of His departure from this world by way of death and resurrection was approaching. All believers depart from this world by death, but they do not have an immediate resurrection to enable them to be with Christ in heaven, for their spirits depart, and their body is buried, awaiting His coming. With Christ it is different, for He will die, will rise, and then ascend to His Father.

There are seven references to “the hour” throughout John’s gospel, as follows:

1. In 2:4, we have the Lord’s words to Mary His mother, “Woman, what have I to do with thee, mine hour is not yet come”. In other words, spiritual relationships are more important than natural ones, and those spiritual relationships can only come after His death, so that they can be firmly rooted in His resurrection, and sealed by the indwelling of the Holy Spirit.

2. In 7:30 the hostility of the Jews is in evidence, and John assures us that “no man laid hands on him, because his hour was not yet come”. He would die at the appointed time and in the appointed way, and by killing Him His enemies would show they rejected that He came from the Father.

3. In 8:20 the point is that the authorities will show they know not the Father.

4. In 12:23 we read the Lord said, in response to information that Greeks wished to see Him, “The hour is come, that the Son of Man should be glorified”. The thought of Gentiles being blessed causes Christ to think of what must lie between, even His death and resurrection, the means by which those Gentiles will be saved. It was when He spoke of sheep that were not of the Jewish fold, that He spoke not just of laying down His life, but taking it again, John 10:16,17. Because He is Son of man He is relevant to Greeks as well as Jews, for that title associates Him with all men, just as the title “Son of God” tells of His eternal link with the Father as His equal.

5. In verse 27 of that same chapter, the Lord is troubled by the thought of “the hour”, showing us that it is not a period He will pass through casually, but it will involve deep suffering for Him. He will not turn aside from the hour, because that is what He came from heaven to pass through.

6. The emphasis in the verse we are considering, however, is that it includes His return to the Father, thus being similar to Luke’s expression “when the time was come that he should be received up”, Luke 9:51.

7. In 17:1, when He refers to it in His prayer to His Father, He links it with a request for glory. So what happens during the hour will be His claim to glory, as well as being the enduring of suffering. Being eternal in His nature, the Son of God is able to compress so much into an “hour”; not, indeed, of sixty minutes, but a critical period of time.

That he should depart out of this world unto the Father- just as the nation of Israel had been delivered from Egypt, and called by God to journey to Canaan, so Christ, the true Israel, is about to make His journey to heaven. Unlike the nation, however, which took forty years because of their unbelief, for Him it will be “straitway” that He is glorified, as He will say in 13:32. So His passover was at Calvary, and His exodus was His resurrection and subsequent ascension. Just after He was born, the child Jesus was taken into Egypt, and then returned to Israel. Matthew quotes from Hosea 11:1, “Out of Egypt have I called my son”. The son in question there being the nation of Israel, but Matthew refers it to Christ. So He showed solidarity with the nation in His experience even as a babe. As He departed out of this world via resurrection and ascension, He had another exodus, and now the people are invited to show solidarity with Him. Peter emphasised Christ’s resurrection and ascension in his first address to the nation after they had crucified their Messiah, thus giving them opportunity to side with Him.

Note the dignified way in which He will go. He will depart of His own will. Men would indeed cast Him out, but He only went at His pace, and at His time. He taught in the temple treasury area after the feast of tabernacles was over. But that was where the council room of the Sanhedrin was situated, where they plotted and schemed to rid themselves of Him. But it was there where He said, “I go my way”, John 8:21.

He would depart to the Father, and in so doing would ascend to our God and Father too, 20:17. He will take His people to be where He is, eventually, but meanwhile they must learn to tread the heavenly pathway down here, as He did. He used the word for ascend which is the equivalent of the Hebrew word used of the burnt offering as the ascending offering, with the sweet savour of the burning arising to heaven. So Christ will ascend to heaven with all the sweet savour of His sacrifice at Calvary upon Him, and will also rise in virtue of that sweet savour.

He would later on describe His mission with the words, “I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father”, John 16:28. In fact, that verse summarises John’s gospel, with the first twelve chapters telling of His coming into the world from the Father, and then from chapter 13 onwards His return to the Father via the cross. The one who sent Him was pleased to receive Him back, not as the prodigal’s father did, after a time of anxiety and shame, but in the fulness of His love and approval.

Having loved his own which were in the world- those He has gathered around Him from the nation are now designated His own, for He had to leave the nation in its unbelief. His disciples are so separated to Himself that they can be described as being in the world, not of Israel. This is a phrase the apostle Paul uses in Ephesians 2:12 to describe the far-off Gentiles, who had no claim on the covenants God made with Israel. Here John uses it of Jews who have become Christ’s own, and they have saved themselves from the perverse generation that will crucify Christ, see Acts 2:40. As such they are physically in the world, but had been given to Christ by the Father “out of the world”, 17:6. He had been sent into the world, and soon they would be also, John 17:18, 20:21.

He loved them unto the end- He declares in 15:9 that He had loved them as His Father loved Him, such was the intensity and character of His love. The word translated “end” is derived from a Greek verb meaning “to set out for a definite goal”. It is “the point aimed at as a limit, or the conclusion of an act or state, or the result or purpose”, (Strong’s Concordance). Note that it is “unto” the end, not “until” the end, as if the reference is to a period of time. The thought is of the intensity and purpose of His love. So the love wherewith He loved them before the cross is strong enough to take Him through the experience of Calvary, and therefore strong enough to bring His own to the goal God has in mind for them in the future; He loved them unto that end. The “many waters” could not quench His love, Song of Solomon 8:7.

He went to the cross to die so as to sever them from their sins; He ascended to heaven to join them to Himself and His Father. All the while He was accomplishing these things He was loving them with Divine love. He “loved the church and gave himself for it”, Ephesians 5:25, and He loves it still, for He “nourisheth and cherisheth it”, as a loving husband does .

How sad it is that soon those disciples will test His love, as they have tested it before. Their every mistake and misunderstanding had come to light during His ministry, yet He loved them to the end. Their slowness of heart to believe would cause Him grief, but still He loved them. Peter would soon deny Him, but He still loved him; all the disciples would forsake Him and flee, but still He loved them. We know this is true because He subsequently went to the cross for them.

13:2
And supper being ended, the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Simon’s son, to betray him;

And supper being ended- there were two suppers in the upper room that night. The first, at which Judas was present, and the second, the Lord’s Supper at its institution, after Judas had gone out. (That Judas was not present at the Lord’s Supper is seen in the fact that the Lord said of the cup “I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father’s kingdom”, Matthew 26:29. Judas will not be in the kingdom, so is not included in the “with you” of that statement).

The apostle Paul referred to two suppers when he wrote that “After the same manner also he took the cup, when he had supped”, 1 Corinthians 11:25. This does not mean “after He had drunk of the cup”, or else we could expect to be told that He handed them the bread “after He had eaten”. The correct sense is learned from Luke’s account of the institution of the Lord’s Supper, when he writes, “Likewise the cup after supper…”, Luke 22:20. So He supped at the passover meal, and then instituted the Lord’s Supper. “To sup” means “to have a meal”, not “to have a drink”.

So to return to our verse, “supper being ended” means that the passover supper was finished, not just in terms of the eating of it that night, but also as far as the disciples were concerned for the whole of the ensuing age. They would no longer need to keep the memorial of the slain lamb in Egypt, because they would be in the good of what “Christ our passover” did, when He was “sacrificed for us”, 1 Corinthians 5:7.

There are some who wish to read this verse “and supper being come”, but this is a mistake. The Received Text uses “genomenou”, meaning “having taken place”, and this is how the majority of manuscripts read the words. The alternative rendering “ginomenou” meaning “taking place”, is from those manuscripts such as the Siniaticus and Vaticanus that display corruption and depravity, and are not to be trusted. They cannot even agree amongst themselves. Sadly, they are the manuscripts that modern translators favour.

The devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Simon’s son, to betray him- he is given his full name here, as if to formally and officially identify him as the traitor. For four thousand years the Devil had sought to prevent the birth of Christ by attacking the line of the Messiah. After He had been born he sought to destroy Him by various means. So it seems strange at first to realise that the Devil now seems to be furthering His death, especially as that death will result in his own overthrow, Hebrews 2:14; John 12:31. But we understand that all is under God’s control, and He is allowing the Devil to display his hatred so that his character might be fully shown. It is true that the betrayal by Judas was that which started the process which culminated in Christ’s crucifixion, but He was in fact delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, Acts 2:23. All is under Divine control. This is clearly demonstrated by the fact that Christ chose Judas to be an apostle after a night of prayer to God, Luke 6:12-16. We may be sure, then, then Judas’ presence amongst the apostles was not a mistake. The Lord was well aware of his character, saying, “Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil”, John 6:70. And John explains, “He spake of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray him, being one of the twelve”, verse 71.

There are several things that could have combined to turn Judas from an apostle to a betrayer. We know that he was a thief, John 12:6, and had charge of the finances of the apostolic band, (“the bag”), so there was an element of covetousness. We know that after Mary had poured her costly ointment on Christ, Judas went immediately out to the chief priests and said, “What will ye give me”, Matthew 26:14. So love of money contributed to his downfall, as it has to many others.

Perhaps he thought that just as the Lord had evaded the hostility of the crowds on other occasions, He would do so again, and escape crucifixion, and then Judas could disappear with the money; not only what was in “the bag”, but the thirty pieces of silver also. It was only when Judas saw that the authorities had condemned the Lord, and had sent Him, bound, to Pontius Pilate, that he went and hanged himself, Matthew 27:2,3.

Another element in his treachery may have been disillusionment with the Lord over His refusal to claim His rights. Was Judas of the tribe of Judah, the kingly tribe? The names are the same. Was he a royalist, eagerly expecting the Lion of the tribe of Judah to accept the sceptre? See Genesis 49:10. It is interesting to note that the Lord calls him a devil in the same chapter in which He had refused to be made king by the will of the people, John 6:70,15.

When the Lord calls Judas a devil He does not mean that he is not a man. (After all, the Lord called Peter “Satan”, since he was doing the Devil’s work for him, Matthew 16:23). Rather, it is that even at that point in time, twelve months before the crucifixion, he is being influenced by Satan just as the devils are.

There were several ways in which the apostle Paul could have described the time at which the Lord’s Supper was instituted, but he was inspired to write, “the Lord Jesus the same night in which he was betrayed took bread”, 1 Corinthians 11:23. Thus there is a solemn reminder of the circumstances in which the Lord instituted the supper, and a caution for the Corinthians to not betray the Lord’s interests as they were in danger of doing. The Corinthians would do well to consider whether their behaviour was not, in fact, to some degree a betrayal of the Lord Jesus.

The betrayal was the basest act of disloyalty that has ever been committed, yet in such circumstances the Lord Jesus was not thinking of His own welfare, but the spiritual welfare of His own. All the disciples questioned the Lord as to whether they were the betrayer, Matthew 26:21,22. How solemn to remember that in the heart of each believer is the potential to be disloyal!

13:3
Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he was come from God, and went to God;

Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands- this indicates that all that the Lord Jesus would do and say in the upper room was, as ever, in the exercise of His firstborn role. He is not only the Only begotten Son of God, equal with Him, unique and alone as to His person, but He is Firstborn Son too, charged with the task of acting for the Father’s interests and those of His own. The firstborn son in a family had a prophetic, priestly and kingly function. As prophet, he unfolded the mind of the father to the rest of the family. As priest, he introduced the family into the presence of the father, and as king, he exercised authority in the family on behalf of the father. It is easy to see how that the Lord Jesus fulfils these duties in relation to the family of God. In the consciousness of His insight into His Father’s will, He acts in the upper room for the sake of the interests of the Father, and the interests of the family.

We should remember that the ones who were especially at risk on the original passover night were the firstborn sons of all in Egypt, whether Egyptian or Israelite. At midnight those firstborn sons who were not sheltered by the blood of the passover lamb were slain. Those who were sheltered, were preserved, for God passed over their houses, protecting them from the destroying angel. In the case of Israel, the passover lamb and the firstborn were different. In our case, God’s Firstborn is also our passover lamb, for we read that we have been “translated into the kingdom of his dear Son: in whom we have redemption through his blood, even the forgiveness of sins: who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature”, Colossians 1:13,14,15.

On the other hand, God did call the nation His Firstborn, Exodus 4:22, so they had a responsibility to represent God to the other nations, but they miserably failed, and Christ, God’s firstborn, needs to step in. Perhaps this is one reason why He is called Israel in Isaiah 49:3.

And that he was come from God, and went to God- He was on earth to do the will of God, having come from God for that very purpose. His attitude of heart is expressed in His words, “Lo, I come to do thy will O God”, Hebrews 10:9. That He did accomplish the will of God is seen in the fact that He has sat down on the right hand of God, Hebrews 10:12. The God who sent Him has received Him back with honour. The psalmist spoke of the sun, “which rejoiceth as a bridegroom coming out of his chamber, and rejoiceth as a young man to run a race. His going forth is from the end of the heaven, and his circuit unto the ends of it: and there is nothing hid from the heat thereof”, Psalm 19:5,6. So it was with the Son of God, coming out of the chamber of the Father’s house, rejoicing to engage in energetic movements on earth, and not only coming out, but going back to where He began, with the warmth of His love diffusing everywhere.

He is the only one who can be conscious of coming from heaven and from God. We did not come from heaven to earth at our conception, but He was aware of having done so, for He can speak of things that pertained in heaven. Moses was sent by God to the people of Israel as they slaved in Egypt, and he led them out to their rightful earthly land. Christ came from heaven, and leads His people into heavenly things.

Special note about conditions in eternity

It was in the sphere of Divine harmony: Philippians 2:3-5
There was no rivalry, pride, or selfishness between Divine persons in eternity. The exhortation of the apostle to the Philippians believers is that they should be like this, and they will be if they have the mind of Christ.

It was the sphere of Divine Love: John 17:24
The Lord Jesus could say, “Thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world”. God is love, but love must have an object to be meaningful. So the Son is eternal, since God is love eternally. If love may be defined as “the expression of an attraction”, then there must have been someone to attract God in eternity, and there was, even His Beloved Son.

It was the sphere of Divine glory: John 17:5
The Lord Jesus requested that He might be given the glory which He had with the Father before the world was. When He was in eternity with His Father before the world was created, He had the glory that is suited to the Son of God, who is equal with the Father. The world did not recognise that glory when He came to earth, and instead of showering Him with glory, they showered Him with stones because He claimed equality with God. It is not that He had lost the right to the glory or set it aside by coming into manhood, but rather, He is asking that the same glory that He had before He became man, (which was the glory of the recognition of His equal status with the Persons of the Godhead), He may have as a risen ascended man in heaven.

It was the sphere of Divine Purpose: Acts 2:23
The nation of Israel thought they had control at the crucifixion of Christ, arresting Him, trying Him, condemning Him, delivering Him to the Gentiles to execute, but the apostle declares that it was God who was in control, for He was “delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God”. He was the Lamb “foreordained before the foundation of the world”, 1 Peter 1:20.

It was the sphere of Divine Choice: Ephesians 1:3
Believers have been blessed with all spiritual blessings in Christ, and some of those blessings are listed in Ephesians 1. They are all in Christ, as a reading of the chapter will show. The first of the blessings listed is that of being chosen in Christ before the foundation of the world. So in eternity the person of the Son of God was before God as the one through whom all blessings would come. God’s choice of His people was conditioned by what His Son meant to Him in eternity, and what He would mean to Him on earth. In this way, the blessing is eternally secure, for it does not depend on us, but on Him, and has done so for all eternity.

It was the sphere of Divine power: Romans 1:19,20
When God willed to create all things at the beginning, He did so with eternal power. It had always been there, but He chose when to exercise it in this way. This assures that there has never been, and will never be, any lack of power with God, for He is eternally powerful. No force of evil can ever overthrow His plans.

It was the sphere of Divine communion: 1 John 1:1-4
The apostle John and his fellow apostles had the great privilege of companying with the Son of God when He was here. He was eternal life personified, and from being with the Father, He had come to display the outworking of that life amongst men, and also to bestow that same eternal life on those who believe in Him. Those who have eternal life are enabled to get to know the Father and the Son, John 17:3. Divine persons fully know one another, and the believer is able to progress in that knowledge. As far as the apostle is concerned, this is the secret of full joy. Nothing can surpass the joy that believers have when they share with one another that which the Father enjoys about His Son.

Special note on the feet-washing incident
There are several levels of meaning in this passage, as follows:

1. It is a wonderful display of humility on the part of Christ, which mirrors the great stoop He took from heaven to earth, for He who is in the form of God took upon Him the form of a servant, Philippians 2:6,7.

2. As a physical action, the washing of the feet was designed to impress upon the disciples that they must allow the Lord to have His way. He commended them for calling Him Lord and Master, verse 13. They must suit their actions to their words and allow Him to determine what will happen. This is why Judas’ feet would have been washed, (for we read, “after he had washed their feet”, verse 12), for he had been chosen to be an apostle, and this involved subjection to Christ’s will.

3. The foot-washing was one of the last ways in which the Lord sought to dissuade Judas from being the betrayer. The psalmist had spoken of him as Messiah’s “own familiar friend”, Psalm 41:9, and that they had “walked unto the house of God in company”, Psalm 55:14. He would soon leave the upper room, formally renouncing his apostleship, but before he does this, the Lord will make final efforts to rescue him from his mad career, even to the extent of washing the heel that would be lifted up against Him, verse 18. By washing Judas’ feet, the Lord was giving him a further opportunity to change his mind and draw back from being the betrayer.

4. The washing of only the feet of the disciples began a conversation in which the Lord explained the difference between being washed all over, and washing just part of the body, with its implications doctrinally.

5. There is the need for the individual believer to wash his own feet, verse 10, so that the unintended defilement of the world is not brought in to spoil the observance of the Lord’s Supper.

6. There is also need for believers to wash one another’s feet, so that the water of the word of God may do its cleansing work in our lives.

7. We are to do “as” He has done, not “what” He has done, so the act of humility performed by the Lord is an example to all believers, verse 15. We should be prepared to serve one another, but not necessarily by physically washing feet.

(b)   Verses 4-5
Christ’s Procedure

13:4
He riseth from supper, and laid aside his garments; and took a towel, and girded himself.

He riseth from supper- having built up a picture for us of what was on the Lord’s mind, John now tells us how He acted. We have been told that the passover supper was ended. This was true not only in the literal sense, but also the figurative, for the Lord’s Supper, soon to be instituted, will occupy the disciples during the present age until the Lord comes. In preparation for that Supper, however, there must be cleansing. The apostle Paul warned about eating that Supper unworthily, and one of the ways we might do that is to do it with “unwashed feet”; in other words, with the defilement of the world upon us.

John does not tell us about the Lord’s Supper, no doubt to avoid any confusion with John 6:53-57, and the idea of eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of man. That is the Lord’s Table, and should not be confused with the Lord’s Supper. The nation of Israel asked “Can God furnish a table in the wilderness?”, Psalm 78:19. The answer was in the positive, for He gave them bread in the form of the manna, and flesh as the quails came. David also knew the Lord’s table, for he could sing, “Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies”, Psalm 23:5. Just as a shepherd ensures that his sheep have “green pastures”, verse 2, so God, as David’s shepherd, made sure David’s soul was restored with spiritual food. We too may feed on who and what Christ is at all times, and in eternity as well.

And laid aside his garments- by this is meant His outer garments of course, so that He alters from being a joyous celebrant of the passover supper, to the lowly slave, ministering to the needs of the guests. He has not changed as to His person, (so has not “laid aside His glory” as some speak), but has changed as to His ministry. Far from dispensing with His glory when He became man, we read He manifested it forth, John 2:11, and His apostles saw it, John 1:14, and bear witness to it, 1 John 1:3. What He did do, however, was show that glory in a way that could be taken in by enlightened minds. To see God in the full blaze of His glory is not possible for man, so He graciously varied the way in which He displayed it.

We could illustrate it using the gold that was intertwined in Aaron’s high priestly garment. A solid lump of gold was beaten into a flat plate, and then cut into wires and threaded through the weave of the garment, Exodus 39:3. So the gold was the same, but it had taken another form, enabling it to be used in a different way. So Christ’s Divine glory remained the same, but the way it appeared altered.

But He laid aside more than one garment, for the word is in the plural. So He must have dispensed temporarily, (for He wore His own garments to the place of crucifixion, Matthew 27:31), with His girdle. Now on the night of the original passover the Israelites were to have their loins girded, their shoes on their feet, and their staff in their hand, Exodus 12:11. They were to be ready to move with haste out of the land of Egypt. Here, however, it is not so much a question of pilgrimage, although that side of things will come out later when Christ speaks of the way to the Father, but of what to do after contact with the world has made us unfit to eat the Lord’s Supper because defilement has been contracted. The Lord is building up a picture of what will prevail after He has gone back to heaven, for He will continue to serve His people there. So the emphasis is shifted from the girdle of pilgrimage to the girdle of service.

The apostle Peter later on exhorted his readers to lay aside “all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings”, 1 Peter 2:1. No such exhortation was needed by the Lord Jesus, for He did and knew no sin.

What must Judas have thought as he watched the Lord take the place of the slave, for he had sold Him for the price of a wounded slave, Exodus 21:32, Matthew 26:15.

And took a towel- there were two parts of the passover supper where it was traditional to wash hands, but this is different, for the passover is over. This is not a modification of former things, but the institution of a new concept, that of the need to “wash feet” before the Lord’s Supper.

And girded himself- He who is in the form of God had, at conception, taken upon Himself the form of a servant, and this He demonstrates yet again, but now in a new way. The next verse makes clear that He girded Himself with the towel, or else we might wonder whether He did two things, take a towel, and gird Himself with something else. He has divested Himself of the robe that would most need girding up to keep it out of the way. He girds His inner garment, the one that was “without seam, woven from the top throughout”, John 19:23. He has become a servant for ever, so it is not just a question of having loins girded as the Israelites did on the night of their departure from Egypt. Rather, He is indicating that He is not only a pilgrim, with loins girded for the journey to heaven via Calvary, but also a servant, ready to minister to the needs of His people; in this case, their cleansing. He will gird Himself again in verse 12, resuming His pilgrim character.

13:5
After that he poureth water into a bason, and began to wash the disciples’ feet, and to wipe them with the towel wherewith he was girded.

After that he poureth water into a bason- notice He does all that the servant is expected to do. Not one of the disciples was quick-thinking enough to realise what was happening, and spring up and assist by pouring the water into the bason. How often we are not only “slow of heart to believe”, Luke 24:25, but also slow to rise to the occasion. John lists seven things that Christ did at this point, namely “riseth from supper”, “laid aside his garments”, “took a towel”, “girded himself”, “poureth water into a bason”, “began to wash the disciples’ feet”, “wipe them with the towel”. But these seven things are divided after the fourth by the words “after that”, as if the Lord hesitated after the first four, (which were things the disciples could not do), to see whether any of them would be prepared to do the three things they could do if they were prepared to take the servant’s place.

He had commissioned Peter and John to prepare the Passover, meaning the supper. When they asked where He wanted them to prepare it He replied, “Behold, when ye are entered into the city, there shall a man meet you, bearing a pitcher of water; follow him into the house where he entereth in”, Luke 22:10. No doubt the water was from this pitcher. The bason was a wash-bason, so it was designed for the task, like the water. All necessary resources were available then, as now. How significant that John does not mention bread and wine, but does mention the water.

So one of the features of this house was that the water was there. Not only was it the place where the Lord’s Supper would be instituted, but also the place where fitness to eat the Supper was ensured. Oftentimes in Scripture water is a figure of the word of God. For example, the psalmist asked, “Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? Then he answered the question by saying, “By taking heed thereto unto thy word”, Psalm 119:9. This fits in with the situation in our passage. By “cleanse his way” the psalmist meant “cleanse himself after he has made his way through the world”. There is no hope of cleansing the ways of the world, but we can cleanse away the defilement that comes upon us from the world.

And began to wash the disciples’ feet- the Lord Himself will make a distinction in verse 10 between washing or bathing all over, and washing just a part of the body. Here He is concentrating on the feet, that part of us which has contact with the earth, representing contact with the world. By “begin to wash” is meant, “starting to wash the feet of the disciples, one by one”. As we shall note on verse 10, Peter and John had already washed their feet in the temple courts that afternoon, but that did not prepare them to eat the Lord’s Supper.

And to wipe them with the towel wherewith he was girded- not only would this dry their feet, but it would also ensure that every trace of defilement was wiped away. Just one speck of the world’s defilement is enough to spoil the Supper. It is “the little foxes” that “spoil the vines”, Song of Solomon 2:15. We need to “take us the foxes”. In other words, identify them and deal with them.

(c)   Verses 6-9
Peter’s Protest

13:6
Then cometh he to Simon Peter: and Peter saith unto him, Lord, dost thou wash my feet?

Then cometh he to Simon Peter- just as there were two men named Judas amongst the apostles, so also there were two Simons, Matthew 10:2,4, hence John’s addition of the other name of Peter. Simon was the name his father gave him, Matthew 16:17, whereas Peter was the name the Lord gave Him, John 1:42. Although he was called “first” in the list of apostles in Matthew just referred to, he was not washed first by the Lord. When believers come together to eat the Lord’s Supper, the question of gift and office is in the background. Christian priesthood knows no hierarchy. There is but one High Priest, and He is in heaven.
And Peter saith unto him, Lord, dost thou wash my feet? The Greek language has the facility to emphasise words, and here the words “thou” and “my” are emphatic. This is shown by the order of the words in the Greek original, which is this: “Lord, Thou of me dost wash the feet?” On a future occasion Peter would say, “Not so, Lord”, Acts 10:14, which is a contradiction in terms. If He is our Lord, we ought not to say “Not so” to Him. To his credit, Peter is here affirming his belief that Jesus is Lord, but he is doing it in such a way as undermines His authority. If He is Lord, we must allow Him to wash our feet, and not protest under the pretence of humility. If Peter was so concerned about the Lord doing the servant’s task, why did he not rise up to do it himself?

13:7
Jesus answered and said unto him, What I do thou knowest not now; but thou shalt know hereafter.

Jesus answered and said unto him, What I do thou knowest not now- here is the counterpart to the emphatic words of verse 6. Here it is, “What I (emphatic) do thou (emphatic) knowest not now”. Peter’s protest is used by the Lord as the introduction to teaching about the meaning of the feet-washing. The reason he was concerned was because he did not understand. Peter understood perfectly that the Lord was physically washing their feet, and that was all Peter saw in it until he was enlightened as to the significance.

But thou shalt know hereafter- this does not mean that Peter would have to wait until he got to heaven before he could understand. Men speak of “the hereafter” in this way, but the Lord means “after these things”, whether we think of this meaning after He had explained it in verses 12-14, or after the Spirit had come at Pentecost to guide them into all the truth. When Peter understood the significance, far from protesting about his feet being washed, he would welcome it.

13:8
Peter saith unto him, Thou shalt never wash my feet. Jesus answered him, If I wash thee not, thou hast no part with me.

Peter saith unto him, Thou shalt never wash my feet- it is one of Peter’s characteristics that he tries to pursue a course even though he has really been stopped in his tracks. He has called Jesus Lord, he has received the answer to his question, he has been told that he will know soon, but he still persists with the protest. From saying “dost thou” he moves on to saying, “Thou shalt never”. He is issuing an ultimatum to his Lord, something that should never be done. He is not making a prediction that the Lord will never wash his feet, but is giving an order. This is why the answer is given in such forthright terms. This is the only statement by an individual disciple in the upper room, as far as John’s record goes, which does not begin with the word “Lord”.

Jesus answered him, If I wash thee not- so the feet-washing is not merely an option, let alone something that can be refused, but is vitally necessary. As any reliable lexicon will tell us, there are two Greek words for wash used in this passage. One, “nipto”, is used in verses 5,6,8 (twice), 10, (“wash his feet”), 12, 14, (twice). It is used when the blind man washed the clay away that the Lord had put on his eyes, John 9:7,11, 15. He washed part of his body.

The other word, “louo”, is used in verse 10, “he that is washed”. This word is used in Hebrews 10:22, where we read, “our bodies washed with pure water”. It is also found in Revelation 1:5, “washed us from our sins in his own blood”. Clearly the word has the idea of washing all over, or totally. We shall see the significance of these two words when we come to consider verse 10.

Thou hast no part with me- so Peter learns that if he does not allow the Lord to wash his feet, he has no part with Him. The Lord cannot associate at all with one who refuses to allow Him to do as He wills. And this is what the preposition used here, (“meta”), means. It means to be “in the midst of”, or “among”, or “between”. There is no vital union indicated in the word, simply association. It is the word used in verse 33 when the Lord says, “yet a little while while I am with you”. And again in 14:9, “Have I been so long time with you?” The idea is of being present alongside someone, reminding us of the question of the prophet, “Can two walk together, except they be agreed?” Amos 3:3. The Lord is ” undefiled in the way”, Psalm 119:1, and if we wish to walk with Him on the way, then we must be undefiled too.

13:9
Simon Peter saith unto him, Lord, not my feet only, but also my hands and my head.

Simon Peter saith unto him, Lord, not my feet only- with characteristic fervour, and in his strong and commendable desire to have part with the Lord, Peter errs again. It is easy to criticise Peter, but do we have his zeal? Before, he had tried to impose his will on the Lord by resisting the washing of his feet. Now he is resisting again by not being content with what the Lord was doing, and suggesting He should do more. We should always accept the Lord’s will for us, for His will is best. No good comes by trying to dictate to Him.

But also my hands and my head- if having one’s lower body washed means association with Christ, Peter reasons that to have one’s middle and upper parts also washed will mean even closer association with Him. This is equivalent to saying “wash me all over”, hence the response of the next verse.

(d)   Verses 10-17
Believer’s Prototype

13:10
Jesus saith to him, He that is washed needeth not save to wash his feet, but is clean every whit: and ye are clean, but not all.

Jesus saith to him, He that is washed- we now come to the alternative word for washing, the one which involves the whole body. Peter learns that he does not need hands and head washed again, for that overall washing has been done once and does not need to be repeated.

Needeth not save to wash his feet- there is no necessity for a repeat of the all-over washing. All that needs to be repeated is the washing of that part which has contact with the earth. It is not that we cannot do worldly things with our hands, or think worldly things with our head, because we easily can. The Lord is making a distinction between an initial washing, and a continual washing, Since the feet suggest our walk, and our walk is the way we move through this world, the feet supply sufficient meaning for the Lord’s purpose.

As we move on the pilgrim pathway, we do so in the world. That world is full of defilement, and as we walk through it we become contaminated, and need to be washed. We cannot walk down the street without accidentally hearing and seeing things that are contrary to God. It is this sort of defilement that needs to be dealt with. The defilement a believer deliberately contracts if he sins knowingly is dealt with judicially by the blood of propitiation, and his standing before God is maintained, 1 John 2:1,2. It is not expected, however, that a believer will sin as a matter of habit.

Note that although it is the Lord who is washing the feet here, it is the individual believer who needs to attend to his own defilement, for the same person who is washed all over needs to wash his own feet. Peter and John had been to the temple that afternoon to present the lamb for sacrifice at the altar. They first would have bathed in the pool outside of the temple walls, thus washing all over. But the temple courts had dusty floors, (as we know from the fact that the Lord wrote in the dust in John 8:6), so that in between bathing and coming to the altar their feet had become defiled. There were stone foot-baths provided, however, and they would have washed their feet in these. So they knew the difference between bathing all over and washing the feet.

But is clean every whit- that is, wholly clean, with no part unclean. So the Lord is making a distinction here between initial cleansing and ongoing cleansing. So what are these two cleansings? Peter was to know the answer to that “hereafter”. It would come after Pentecost, after which the believers would be guided into all truth. The truth relevant to this matter is found in Titus 3:4-7, where we read, “But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared, not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to his mercy he saved us, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost; which he shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Saviour; that being justified by his grace, we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life”. Now the word regeneration has to do with a new state of things brought about at new birth and by new birth. (The word is only used elsewhere in reference to the time of Christ’s kingdom, “in the regeneration”, Matthew 19:28). So there is such a thing as a washing that fits us for a new state of things in which there is no defilement.

Now the apostle Paul spoke of Christ sanctifying and cleansing the church “with the washing of water by the word”, Ephesians 5:26. The word for washing being connected with the all-over sort of washing the Lord spoke of in the upper room. It corresponds to the next phrase, “ye are clean”. So we learn that one reason why Christ loved the church and gave Himself for it was so as to sanctify and cleanse it, (that is, make it holy positively and free from all defilement negatively), and this He did through the all-over washing of water by the word.

When the word of the truth of the gospel comes to seeking souls, they not only learn of the guilt of their sin, but the defilement of it too. Now it is the blood of Jesus Christ, God’s Son, that cleanseth us from all sin, 1 John 1:7. This is judicial cleansing, and satisfies the demands of the holiness of God, and it happens when the truth of the word of God does its work in us when we first believe.

Christ died for our sins “according to the scriptures”, which in the first instance means the Old Testament scriptures, 1 Corinthians 15:3. One of those scriptures told of water of purification that was applied to a defiled man to make him fit for the presence of God. But the water derived its power from the ashes of an accepted sin offering that had been mixed with it, see Numbers 19.

So when the word of the gospel is believed, it has the effect of separating from the defilement of sin, just as when we have a bath, the water comes between us and our defilement. The basis on which this can be done is the sin-offering work of Christ at Calvary, which gives God the right to cleanse those who repent and believe. So it is that the water of the word has become the means whereby the benefit of the death of Christ for sin is made good to the one who believes. Because the word of the gospel always points us to Christ’s death as the answer to sin, it is not in itself the means of salvation, as if to by-pass what Christ did at Calvary, but is the agency whereby the salvation is made known.

We see from this the importance of preaching so as to explain the doctrines of the gospel. Men are not born again by knowing that they need to be born again! They are born again when the Spirit applies the truth of the word of God as it tells of Christ and His work at Calvary. There is a great need for solid, expository preaching, that explains the truth to seeking souls. If men only hear exhortations and appeals, they might be induced to make a profession, but the word of God has not reached their soul. At best they will be superficial believers, full of doubts and fears; at worst, they will not be genuine believers at all, lulled into a false sense of security by being able to recite a date on the calendar, which means nothing if they have never believed.

And ye are clean- whether they realised it or not, (and most probably they did not at that time), when the apostles had first believed on the Lord Jesus, they had come into the good of that which would be secured for them by His death on the cross. They were credited in anticipation, just as Old Testament men had been justified in virtue of what God’s Son would do at Calvary. See Romans 3:25, where “sins that are past” refers to sins committed in Old Testament times.

They were “born of water”, John 3:5. The provision for Israel as they travelled through the defiling wilderness was sprinkling with water that derived its value from the fact that the ashes of an accepted sin offering had been mixed with it, Numbers 19:9,17,18. Nicodemus was rebuked by the Lord for not making the link between that passage, and Ezekiel 36:25-27, when he heard of being born of water.

But not all- although he had been chosen as an apostle, had worked miracles, and had preached the word of the kingdom, Judas was not a true believer. Because of that he had never known the all-over cleansing that is needed for entry into the kingdom. His feet had been washed physically, but his soul was unclean morally.

13:11
For he knew who should betray him; therefore said he, Ye are not all clean.

For he knew who should betray him- the Lord was not taken by surprise when Judas eventually betrayed Him. He had chosen him after a night of prayer, Luke 6:12-16, so it was done in full fellowship with His Father. It is not that He chose Judas so that he could be the betrayer, but chose him to give him the opportunity to change his mind about betraying Him, and thereby be an incentive to others to repent also. Alas, it was not to be, but Judas cannot say that he had no chance to be true to Christ.

Therefore said he, Ye are not all clean- so John gives us the explanation, so that we might be in no doubt what “ye are not all clean” means.

13:12
So after he had washed their feet, and had taken his garments, and was set down again, he said unto them, Know ye what I have done to you?

So after he had washed their feet- there was no difference made in Judas’ case, for his feet were washed too. Because he had not been washed all over, the washing of his feet simply signified the desire of Christ to have him as an associate, if he was prepared to believe. It was one of Christ’s final appeals to him.

And had taken his garments- He had removed His outer garments to signify His servant role. He had taken the form of a servant when He came into manhood, and He had displayed that by being dressed as a servant would. Now, He takes His garments again, including His girdle, firstly, to emphasize that His pilgrimage is not yet over; secondly, that He will continue to serve His people when He has sat down in heaven, and thirdly, that He is also their Lord and Master, girded with the usual girdle, and not the unusual girdle of the towel. He has taken the form of a servant, and “form” means “reality in manifestation”. It is not the mere adoption of the guise of a servant, whilst not being so really. He has integrated servant-hood into His being, so it is permanent.

And was set down again- this is the position of the teacher. In the synagogue, men stood up for to read, and sat down to teach, as we see from Luke 4:16,20,21. He will now give them far-ranging instruction that will fortify them for His absence, but the first thing that is needed is fitness to be associated with Him, to have part with Him.

He said unto them, Know ye what I have done to you? Clearly, He is not asking if they realised He had washed their feet, for that was obvious. Not so obvious was the meaning of what He had done. The fact that there is no response to this question shows that they have not yet grasped the full meaning. Perhaps they did not like to admit this, and so remained silent, even Peter.

13:13
Ye call me Master and Lord: and ye say well; for so I am.

Ye call me Master and Lord: and ye say well; for so I am- even though Jesus was His personal name, the disciples never called Him this. They had a sense of His greatness, and would never presume to be so familiar as to use this name. Of course, because the gospel records are historical in nature in the first instance, the writers constantly call Him Jesus. But when they record the conversations of the disciples with Him, it is evident that they never address Him as such.
There is a lesson here, for the Spirit of God would exalt Him in our thinking, so that we call Him Lord. No man can do this meaningfully except by the Spirit of God, as 1 Corinthians 12:3 makes clear. It is because the disciples had heard Him as the Master, or Teacher, they intelligently called Him Lord. And in this they are an example. The first name that Saul of Tarsus gave to Him was “Lord”, even though He announced Himself to him as Jesus of Nazareth, Acts 9:4,5.

13:14
If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your feet; ye also ought to wash one another’s feet.

If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your feet- note the change of order. As Teacher they may learn from Him, both by word and example. This will result in them recognising Him as Lord, the one who owns them, and who has authority over them. If their Lord had washed their feet, then surely they could bring themselves to wash one another’s feet in humility. But He is still Master, so has further things to teach them, and this will further enhance His Lordship in their minds.

Ye also ought to wash one another’s feet- it is the responsibility of all believers to seek the welfare of their brothers and sisters in Christ by helping them to keep free from the defilement of the world, and if there is defilement, giving help to wash it away by the careful application of the Word of God. It was a common courtesy in the East to wash the feet of your guests as they arrived at your house after a journey on the dusty roads. Simon the Pharisee failed to do this when he invited the Lord into his house, Luke 7:44-46, and the Lord pointed this out to him. (Note that Simon had not even provided the water so that Christ could wash His own feet, let alone wash them for Him, Luke 7:44). It was not as if the Lord arrived uninvited, and Simon was caught unprepared. Simon was shamed by his omission, but also by the fact that a woman he derided as a sinner had done what he had failed to do.

But this is more than common courtesy, for believers should not need to be exhorted to act politely. But we remember how that Aquila and Priscilla took Apollos aside into their home, and “expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly”, Acts 18:26. It is true that Apollos was not defiled by the world as such, but nonetheless the principle holds good, that they adjusted his pathway, and in that sense washed his feet as he came into their house. It is important that the houses of believers are places where holiness prevails, so that the cleansing effect of the word of God may come to those who visit.

13:15
For I have given you an example, that ye should do as I have done to you.

For I have given you an example, that ye should do as I have done to you- their washing of the feet of others should be the direct result of responding to His example. It would not be mere politeness. Notice it is “as I have done”, not necessarily “what I have done”. The washing of saints’ feet may take many different forms. The Lord is not establishing a ritual for believers to follow. The literal washing with water simply illustrated the true washing that was behind it. The example is not the mode of washing, but the fact that He, the Lord of all, had done it in true humility. It was an example of humility, not of technique.

13:16
Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord; neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him.

Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord- here is the first of the seven-fold use of the expression “Verily, verily” during the upper room ministry. The expression always introduces truth that is different, and yet we might think that it is obvious that a servant is not greater than the lord he serves. Yet He had just acted as a servant, and they must not have the slightest idea in their minds that this means He is any the less their Lord. They are only servants, whereas He is servant and Lord. These particular servants are not greater than this particular Lord, even if that Lord is a servant.

Neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him- they might have wrong thoughts about their servant-hood because they were apostles. They might think they were above serving because of their office. But even “sent ones”, (which is what apostles are), are not, and cannot be, greater than the one who sent them, even the Lord Himself. And if that is true of apostles, it must also be true of all believers, for they are sent also in John 20:21. His example of humility is for us all.

13:17
If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them.

If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them- if they have insight into the meaning of these things, and practice them, they will be truly blessed. Happiness depends on what happens, and here what happens is the practice of the Lord’s teaching. James tells us that “whoso looketh into the perfect law of liberty, and continueth therein, being not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of the work, that man shall be blessed in his deed”, James 1:25.

(e)   Verses 18-19
Christ’s Prophecy

13:18
I speak not of you all: I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be fulfilled, He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me.

I speak not of you all- from speaking of those who are happy because they do their Lord’s will, the Lord now reverts back to speaking of the one who is the most miserable, because he was the betrayer, and did Satan’s will.

I know whom I have chosen- Judas had been chosen to be an apostle after a night of prayer. His election to office was not a mistake, and the eleven apostles need to be assured of that, so that their confidence in the Lord’s wisdom might not be impaired. The Lord knew Judas’ heart, and He knew their hearts too. There are different ways in which men are described as having been chosen. For example:

(a) “Chosen in Christ before the foundation of the world”, Ephesians 1:4. This is God’s choice of His people since He foreknows that they will believe. As the apostle Peter writes, “elect according to the foreknowledge of God”, 1 Peter 1:2. This is God’s choice and our security.

(b) “God hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth”, 2 Thessalonians 2:13. This is God’s choice and our salvation.

(c) “He called unto him his disciples, and of them he chose twelve”, Luke 6:13. This is God’s choice and our service.

But that the scripture may be fulfilled- the Lord did not choose Judas so as to fulfil Scripture. The Traitor Psalms, (Psalms 41, 55, 69, and 109), do not name him. The word “but” indicates a contrast between what the Lord desired for Judas, and what Judas decided to do for himself, to his own ruin. The choice of Judas could very well have been designed to bring him to a proper recognition of Himself, and to deliver from wrong thoughts about the Messiah. We might think of the words as follows: “I know whom I have chosen, but, lest you think that I destined him to be the betrayer and consequently go to perdition, let me tell you that I chose him so that he could eat bread with Me, and have the opportunity to change his mind about being the betrayer. In the event he, of his own will, lifted up his heel against Me”. We may be sure there were many amongst the hierarchy who would have been willing to betray Christ. In fact, Stephen accuses the whole Sanhedrim of being the betrayers of Christ, Acts 7:52; 6:12. But the chief priests were such hypocrites that they paid Judas to do the wicked deed for them.

He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me- Judas was brought into the inner circle, sharing fellowship at table with the Lord of glory, yet from that privileged position he fell into perdition. The preposition translated “with” is the same as in verse 8, showing that it is simply association that is in view, not union. A person is not necessarily united with the person he shares a meal with. This is an awful warning to all others who claim to associate with Christ yet have no life within, and at last side with the enemy. Like a horse that is angry, and turns its back only to lift its hoof to kick backwards, so Judas turned his back on Christ and dealt Him a painful blow.

13:19
Now I tell you before it come, that, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am he.

Now I tell you before it come- the Lord subjects Himself to the test of a prophet. If a prophecy came true, then the prophet was genuine. If otherwise, he was to be stoned to death, Deuteronomy 18:20. The Lord had promised to Moses in that chapter that He would send a prophet to speak to the people, verse 15. Peter assures the nation that that prophet was Christ, Acts 3:22-26.

That, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am he- their appreciation of His person would be increased, and their faith strengthened when they realised, in the dark hours between His arrest and His resurrection, that He knew all things. Not only did He know all things, but demonstrated the fact by making them known beforehand. As God said about Abraham, “Shall I hide from Abraham the thing which I do?” Genesis 18:17. Just as Abraham was “the friend of God”, James 2:23, so these eleven apostles were His friends, John 15:14.

God challenged the powers of evil to foretell the future, Isaiah 41:21-24. Only God knows the end from the beginning. The Lord here asserts His Deity with the expression “I am He”, thus linking Himself with the God who said to Moses “I am”. When He had declared to the Jews “Before Abraham was, I am”, they had taken up stones to stone Him. Now He asserts the same thing, and the apostles make no protest, for they continue to believe in His Divine pre-existence. Even the trauma of knowing that one of their number is a traitor, soon to be revealed to them, will not shake them. They need to have strong faith in His person, for in just a few moments their faith is going to be tested.

(f)   Verses 20-30
Judas’ Perfidy

13:20
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that receiveth whomsoever I send receiveth me; and he that receiveth me receiveth him that sent me.

Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that receiveth whomsoever I send receiveth me- here is the second “verily, verily” of the evening. It prefaces a statement that is of the utmost importance for them to grasp. They are about to be shocked by the revelation that Judas, one of their number, is a traitor. They need the encouragement that the Lord has such confidence in them that to receive them as His apostles is to receive Him. Such is the dignity of their position, and such is the position that Judas forfeited by his treachery.

And he that receiveth me receiveth him that sent me- because He and the Father are one in essence, and also because, flowing from that, their aims are identical, to receive the one is to receive the other, just as when the Spirit was given, it was the Father and Son who came, John 14:23. The apostles are heartened, surely, by being told that they have a part in the reception of Divine Persons.

Judas, on the other hand, was being party to the advancement of the agenda of Satanic forces. He was refusing to receive the Son, and as a consequence was not receiving the Father. He was not a true believer therefore, for John wrote later, “Whosoever denieth the Son, the same hath not the Father”, 1 John 2:23, words which come soon after he writes that there were antichrists, who “went out from us”, verse 19.

13:21
When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in spirit, and testified, and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me.

When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in spirit- having demonstrated His Deity, we now find the Lord’s real and sensitive manhood is manifest as He is troubled to the very core of His being, His spirit. This is no superficial emotion, but a feeling of sorrow and trouble that was deeply and keenly felt. To think that His “own familiar friend”, Psalm 41:9, should do such as thing as to betray Him! And not only this, but Judas’ act will set in motion a series of events which will result in Him being condemned and executed.

This shows us that betrayal and disloyalty are particularly distasteful to Christ, and we should be very careful to not manifest these features even in a mild form.

And testified, and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me- the third “verily, verily” comes soon after the second, for events are moving quickly. We noticed in verse 2 how that John names Judas in full, as if he is being brought into a court of law and charged. Here it is the same, for Jesus testified. He bore witness to what He knew. The fact that it had not yet happened did not matter, for the future is known to Him infallibly. The “verily, verily” is needed this time because the other eleven disciples will be very reluctant to believe it is so.

13:22
Then the disciples looked one on another, doubting of whom he spake.

Then the disciples looked one on another, doubting of whom he spake- despite the Lord’s words in John 6:70, (“Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil?”), they had not realised the full import of His words. John can tell us when, many years later, he is writing his gospel that “He spake of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon”, verse 71. Note again the full title, reflecting that when John wrote his gospel the guiltiness of the man had become evident to him. But it was evident to Christ all the time.

Clearly, Judas had given no indication of his nature, and what was being planned in his heart, so that the disciples were taken completely by surprise. In Matthew’s account, we read, after the Lord had told them one of them would betray Him, “And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, ‘Lord, is it I?'”, Matthew 26:22. Self-doubt overwhelmed them all. Perhaps they did not fully realise the wickedness of what Judas would do. He could surely only do it as Satan impelled him. The other disciples were not thus influenced.

It is noticeable that when Judas asks “is it I”, he calls the Lord “Master”, and not his Lord. This is characteristic of him. Those who fail to recognise the Lordship of Christ are more likely to betray him. Judas’ question had, in fact, been answered a thousand years before, in one of David’s traitor psalms. We read, “For it was not an enemy that reproached me; then I could have borne it: neither was it he that hated me that did magnify himself against me; then I would have hid myself from him: but it was thou, a man mine equal, my guide and mine acquaintance. We took sweet counsel together, and walked unto the house of God in company.” Psalm 55:12-14. These are David’s words about Ahithophel, the Old Testament traitor, who went from being David’s advisor to siding with Absalom, who sought to usurp David’s throne. The words “it was thou” are the answer to Judas’ question in Matthew 26:22.

13:23
Now there was leaning on Jesus’ bosom one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved.

Now there was leaning on Jesus’ bosom one of his disciples- it was the custom to recline on cushions at the passover supper, (which would be set out on a low table either suspended from the ceiling, or standing on the floor), leaning on one’s left elbow, with the legs stretched out behind. They are still in that position even though the supper is ended. “Jesus’ bosom” would refer to the fold of the outer garment which would form a sort of pouch. Eastern shepherds would carry the lambs in their bosom, as the Messiah is said to do in relation to His people, Isaiah 40:11.

Whom Jesus loved- this is the expression John uses to describe himself. John does not mean to imply that He did not love the others, but rather, that John was conscious of that love, was sure of it, and responded to it. He himself declares that “Jesus…loved his own”, verse 1. He uses the phrase to describe himself here, where he is leaning on Christ; in 19:26 where he is found standing by Christ’s cross; in 21:7 as the one recognising the Lord, and in 21:20 as one following Him. Each of these instances would repay meditation. These are all the marks of one who loves the Lord, and is conscious of the Lord’s love for him. In 20:2 the other word for love is used, “phileo”, when Peter is included.

13:24
Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him, that he should ask who it should be of whom he spake.

Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him- perhaps Peter was reclining across the table from John, and attracted his attention so as to ask him a question.

That he should ask who it should be of whom he spake- note that is the one who has a deep appreciation of Christ who is able to ask Him questions. Peter’s experience at the feet-washing had showed him that he was not so intelligent about spiritual things as he thought. He is confident, however, that John is different. He is in such close touch with the Lord that he will be free to ask what Peter does not feel free to ask.

13:25
He then lying on Jesus’ breast saith unto him, Lord, who is it?

He then lying on Jesus’ breast saith unto him, Lord, who is it? Normally, as the supper was eaten, there would be a space between each guest. Now, however, John leans back onto the actual bosom of Christ, close to His heart, so to speak, to easily ask the question. Perhaps Peter and John feel that the betrayer was not to be made known, as the Lord had said in general terms, “one of you”, and therefore John leans back to ask quietly.

Afterwards, John became known as the one who “also leant on his breast at supper”, John 21:20. Is this not the sort of reputation that we should all desire to have? Here, he has to ask a question, but in John 21:7 he knows who it is on the shore, for he has matured quickly

13:26
Jesus answered, He it is, to whom I shall give a sop, when I have dipped it. And when he had dipped the sop, he gave it to Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon.

Jesus answered, He it is, to whom I shall give a sop, when I have dipped it- it was customary at the passover supper to eat a morsel consisting of a piece of the lamb, some unleavened bread, wrapped together with bitter herbs. This would be eaten after being dipped in vinegar. It therefore contained the elements of the whole meal. The lamb to remind of the means of deliverance at the original passover time; the unleavened bread to remind of the need to purge out the leaven because the feast of unleavened bread followed straight after the passover night, and the bitter herbs to remind of the bitter experiences the Israelites had as they were oppressed by the Egyptian taskmasters.

But the supper of the passover is over, and the Lord’s Supper has not yet been instituted, so this is not part of a normal procedure. It is devised by Christ as a last attempt to arrest Judas on his downward path. At an ordinary meal, a host might give to a favoured guest a choice morsel, and this is what the Lord does here. He does not offer it to John, “whom Jesus loved”, however, but to Judas. It may be that Judas was reclining the other side of Christ to John, so it would not be so striking for him to receive the morsel first. This is perhaps the last appeal to Judas, unless we count the words in Gethsemane, “betrayest thou the Son of Man with a kiss” as the last. After that happened, Judas stood with the band that came for the arrest, whereas here, after the morsel, Judas leaves the apostles, and the Lord. How sad that the last views of Judas that we have are him standing with those who had come to arrest the Lord, 18:5, and then hanging himself in despair.

What a revelation of the heart of Christ, that He was prepared to give the morsel reserved for the favoured guest to the one who was His betrayer! He is the perfect example of what the apostle Paul would write later, “Therefore if thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst, give him drink: for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head. Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good”, Romans 12:20, 21.

And when he had dipped the sop, he gave it to Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon- again we have the full name, as if in a court of law. We cannot know what struggles were in the heart of Judas at this point, but he was goaded on by Satan, and even this act of appeal by Christ did not move him.

13:27
And after the sop Satan entered into him. Then said Jesus unto him, That thou doest, do quickly.

And after the sop Satan entered into him- this is the second time this phrase has been used. Luke tells us that Satan entered into Judas before he went to the high priests to discuss how the betrayal might take place, Luke 22:3. To take such a step was not possible for a man in his ordinary mind. Satan must so infiltrate that mind that Judas will do his will and not God’s. So it is here, for he is about to actually carry out the deed, and again he needs more than natural strength to carry it out.

It is hardly likely that the Lord would have allowed a Satan-possessed man, in the ordinary sense of the expression, to be in the upper room. Nor would He have touched him, as He must have done to wash his feet. With the possible exception of Luke 13:11-16, where the Lord touched the woman with the spirit of infirmity, (although it seems that the spirit was cast out before He touched her to relieve her infirmity), we never read of the Lord having physical contact with demon-possessed persons. John gives the time as “after the sop”, emphasising that the giving of the sop was a definite gesture on the part of the Lord, and a critical moment for Judas.

Then said Jesus unto him, That thou doest, do quickly- that He knew who the betrayer was is testimony that He is truly God, but this expression reveals yet again that He is truly man also, and does not wish to prolong the interval until the arrest. The fact that after this the Lord continued with His disciples in unhurried discourse with them, and then communed with His Father, shows that He knew when the arrest would take place. He did not hurry away from the upper room immediately after Judas had gone out.

He also commands Judas to go, because He wants the maximum time with His own before the arrest, and He wants as little time as possible in the company of one into whom Satan has entered. Even though Judas would go immediately to the priests, the Lord controlled the moment when they would come to arrest Him in the garden. No doubt the chief priests would want to eat the passover meal first, and then arrest Christ afterwards.

13:28
Now no man at the table knew for what intent he spake this unto him.

Now no man at the table knew for what intent he spake this unto him- it seems that the disciples are somewhat in a state of shock, as the news that one of their number is a traitor sinks in to their minds. Events have overtaken them, and they are clearly having difficulty in realising the true import of the Lord’s words and actions. It was not that they were dull intellectually, (their writings show this not to be the case), but they no doubt could not bring themselves to think that Judas would betray their Lord; that out from the very closest circle of favour would come one with such a terrible idea in his mind. The last thing they thought was that Judas would sink so low as to actually deliver the Lord up to the authorities. They probably were thinking of betrayal in a mild sense. After all, they would all forsake Him and flee in an hour or two’s time; was that not betrayal, in one sense?
It may even be the case that they were prevented from knowing the awful truth, lest they be utterly downcast. The truth of the resurrection was withheld from them, Luke 18:31-34, so this may also have been.

13:29
For some of them thought, because Judas had the bag, that Jesus had said unto him, Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or, that he should give something to the poor.

For some of them thought, because Judas had the bag- at this point we might consider possible reasons why Judas became the betrayer:

1. He shares a name with the head of the kingly tribe of Israel, perhaps suggesting that he was brought up by parents with fervent kingdom-hopes. Did Judas join the disciples because of his nationalist aspirations, thinking that at last the kingdom of heaven was at hand, as John the Baptist and Christ Himself had announced? Did he become disillusioned when the Lord showed no sign of setting up His kingdom? And did he think that he could further the setting up of that kingdom by handing the Lord over so that He could escape from His enemies in a dramatic way, (as He had done several times), and thus gain popular support? In this way he would give Him opportunity to assert Himself. He did not understand that the kingdom would be given Him by the Father, not men, not even apostles.

2. As he was a thief, did he become obsessed with money, and think that he could gain the thirty pieces of silver, then escape into obscurity to enjoy the proceeds of his avarice, with the Lord able to extricate Himself so that He came to no harm? Some may think this is being too charitable to Judas, but did not the Lord, even to the end, given him opportunity to reverse his decision to betray?

That Jesus had said unto him, Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or, that he should give something to the poor- it was common at passover time to give to the poor so that they could buy the things necessary for the keeping of the feast. The lamb had already been purchased and slain, of course, but the feast of passover was followed immediately by the feast of unleavened bread, and there were other duties to perform. So whether the needs of the apostles, or the needs of the poor, this was what they thought Judas was charged to meet.

(g)   Verses 31-35
Disciple’s Practice

13:30
He then having received the sop went immediately out: and it was night.

He then having received the sop went immediately out- this picks up the narrative from the giving of the sop in verse 26. Unwittingly, Judas by this action submits to the Lordship of Christ, for He does go out quickly and immediately. It was not the obedience of a believing heart, however. There comes a moment, at the very end of time, when every knee shall bow to Jesus in recognition that he is indeed Lord., Philippians 2:10,11. When Judas stood with the arrest party in the garden, he went backwards and fell to the ground in response to the words from Christ, “I am he”. This too is a foretaste of what shall happen at last. It is said of Cain after he had slain his brother Abel, that he “went out from the presence of the Lord”, Genesis 4:16, and now Judas follows in his footsteps.

And it was night- it has been observed many times how that John tells us of external, physical circumstances to bring out moral conditions. In 18:18 we read, “it was cold”, (like Peter’s heart); in 18:28, “it was early”, (for the authorities were eager to convict Him). Here the darkness of the night, (for the moon will not rise until midnight), is a reflection of the darkness in Judas’ heart. The eternal darkness also, of his eternal destiny, Jude 13. All this is in strong contrast to the light of the glory of Christ which is about to be the brighter displayed.

It could well be that it is at this point that the Lord institutes the Lord’s Supper. The betrayer has gone, together with Satan who had entered into him. It can now be truly called “the night in which he was betrayed”, 1 Corinthians 11:23.

13:31
Therefore, when he was gone out, Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified, and God is glorified in him.

Therefore, when he was gone out- as a result of the departure of Judas. the Lord is free to speak of glory. It is as if all that Judas represented in terms of the hostility of the nation and the enmity of Satan has gone away. Once the Lord’s Supper, with its remembrance of Himself and the proclamation of His death, has been instituted, and is over, the Lord can dwell on future glories.
The departure of Judas made a very deep impression on John, for his love to Christ was in marked contrast to Judas’ betrayal. He wrote later, “They went out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out, that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us”, 1 John 2:19. He is writing of antichrists, but Judas was the one amongst the apostles that showed himself to be antichrist. Indeed, he it is who shares one of Antichrist’s titles, “son of perdition”, 2 Thessalonians 2:3; John 17:12.

Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified- Judas has gone out into the dark night, but the glory shines in the upper room still. Note He calls Himself Son of Man. It is as a man that He is going to be reinstated to His place in heaven. The glory He had with the Father as His Son eternally, is going to be His in manhood. He is so confident of a ready reception to the Father’s house that He speaks of being glorified as if it has already happened. This is how He will speak in His prayer to His Father in chapter 17. For example, “I am no more in the world, but these are in the world”, verse 11. Yet He does not presume upon His Father, for He asks for the glory to be given Him. He is still subject to His Father, as well as confident of His approval.

And God is glorified in him- His work at the cross will bring every attribute of God into fullest display, so that there is a glorifying of God even in the cross. So He is not expecting glory for Himself alone, but to glorify His Father even more. He will pray like this in John 17:1 when He asks to be glorified so that He might further glorify the Father. There is no sense of seeking to disturb Divine order. Judas no doubt thought that Christ was heading for disgrace because He had failed to overturn the civil order and set up His kingdom. But He was privy to the Divine programme, and would wait God’s time to receive glory. He will come to reign “in his own glory, and in his Father’s”, Luke 9:26.

13:32
If God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify him in himself, and shall straightway glorify him.

If God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify him in himself- if what He has just spoken of in terms of God being glorified comes to pass, as it surely will, then He is confident that God will personally glorify Him. It is a move by God the Father in relation to the Son. It will not be glory bestowed through others, for example by angels glorifying Him with their worship. It will be a personal and direct bestowal by His Father.

And shall straightway glorify him- so the glorifying will not be delayed, for the Lord has given His Father ample reason to honour Him immediately He returns to heaven. As Peter wrote, “God raised him from the dead and gave him glory”, 1 Peter 1:21, as if there was no interval between the resurrection and the ascension. He will not have to wait until the time of the kingdom, (for He shall come in glory to set up that kingdom, and then sit on “the throne of his glory”, Matthew 25:31), so the glory spoken of here will already be His when He comes out of heaven to reign. So Judas’ dark deed will be the instigation of events which will glorify God for all eternity. As the psalmist said, “Surely the wrath of man shall praise Thee”, Psalm 76:10.

13:33
Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye cannot come; so now I say to you.

Little children- now that the false apostle has left, and shown himself to be without eternal life, the Lord can address His own genuine apostles with a term of endearment and comfort. It reassures them that He believes them to be genuine children of God, and that He does not harbour suspicious thoughts about them. He has made it clear that He knew the heart of Judas and what evil thoughts lurked there. By the same token He must know theirs, and He here indicates that He believes them to be genuine. This will be a great encouragement for them in the short-term, when He is arrested and crucified, and long-term too, when He is absent from them after His ascension. That this expression made a deep impression of John is seen in the fact that he uses it seven times in his first epistle, in 2:1,12,28; 3:7,18; 4:4; 5:21, after he has applied the tests for genuineness in the early part of the epistle.

Yet a little while I am with you- this is the first of several mentions of this phrase in these chapters, and the Lord is gently introducing to them the idea of His departure. They must not expect Him to rise from the dead and then remain upon the earth.

Ye shall seek me- the Jews would seek Him to arrest Him, they would not seek Him for salvation. As He said in Gethsemane, when they came to arrest Him, “Whom seekest thou?”, John 18:4. The disciples however, whose hearts were true to Him and not hostile, would seek Him out in resurrection, first of all. Yet they sought Him in the wrong place initially, for when the women came to the empty sepulchre the angels said, “Why seek ye the living among the dead? He is not here, but is risen”, Luke 24:5,6. Now that He is gone back to heaven it is the great privilege to seek Him there. As the apostle Paul wrote, (and his ministry was especially designed to direct us heavenwards), “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth”, Colossians 3:1,2. When He was born the angels pointed out where He was. When He had risen, they pointed out where He was not.

And as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye cannot come; so now I say to you- this is a reference to John 8:21. The reason the Jews could not follow Him was because they would die in their sins, and therefore not get to be with Him in heaven. The reason the disciples would not be able to follow Him was because He was going to the cross to die for sins, and they could not follow Him there.

13:34
A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another.

A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another- the law of Moses commanded men to love their neighbours, Leviticus 19:18, but it gave no power to put this into effect, for it was “weak through the flesh”, Romans 8:3. The apostles, however, have just been addressed as little children, so they are in the family of God and therefore have eternal life within. When they love one another they are expressing the life of the God who is love.

As I have loved you, that ye also love one another- this is why the commandment is new; the newness lays in the example that is given. According to the manner in which He had loved them, (such is the force of the word “as”), they are to love one another as fellow-members of the family of God. Later on He will say, “As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love”, John 15:9. Clearly then this is no half-hearted sort of love, but is as intense as the love between the Father and the Son eternally, (for it is “the Father hath loved”, indicating that the Lord is looking into eternity).

13:35
By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another.

By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another- since God is love, where there are those who love as He does, there must be Divine life. John wrote later, “Whosoever believeth that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loveth him that begat loveth him also that is begotten of him”, 1 John 5:1. He also put it negatively, with the words, “He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now”, 1 John 2:9. To be in the light is to be a believer. The world must be given the opportunity to see love in exhibition, not now directly by the Lord, but through His people.

(h)   Verses 36-38
Peter’s Pathway

13:36
Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not follow me now; but thou shalt follow me afterwards.

Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest thou? In the references to going away in John 7:34, and 8:21, the Jews surmised that He was going to the dispersed Jews amongst the nations. The Lord gave them a hint as to what He meant by saying that He came from above, but since they did not believe that He had come from heaven, the words were lost on them. And Peter, although he believed that Christ was the Son of God, does no know where the Lord is going, for he cannot understand how the Lord can go somewhere he cannot.

Jesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not follow me now- notice that Peter has been so taken up with the idea of the Lord going that he is ignoring the matter of love to his fellow-believers. Peter, and all of them, must learn that the Lord had a unique journey to make, even to Calvary, then to the grave, then to heaven. That Peter did learn this lesson is seen in the fact that he says of the Lord “who his own self bare our sins in His own body on the tree”, 1 Peter 2:24, and by this Peter impresses upon us the truth that the Lord went on that journey alone.

But thou shalt follow me afterwards- they could not follow Him in that journey literally, but they would do so spiritually, for believers are crucified with Christ, buried with Christ, raised with Christ, and seated in heavenly places in Christ, Romans 6:6,4; Ephesians 2:5,6. But there was a particular way in which Peter would follow, because the Lord will tell him after His resurrection that “when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee wither thou wouldest not. This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God”, John 21:18,19. And so it came to pass, for Peter is said to have died by crucifixion. So he did follow afterwards, but in such a way as to preserve the uniqueness of the work of Christ.

When the Israelites were about to cross the Jordan, they were to keep a space of two thousand cubits between themselves and the ark. The ark must be clearly seen to lead the way. When the waters of Jordan are stayed, then they could follow, but not before. They could not walk through the waters, but they could walk through on dry ground, once the ark had led the way. They were to “go after it”, Joshua 3:3.

13:37
Peter said unto him, Lord, why cannot I follow thee now? I will lay down my life for thy sake.

Peter said unto him, Lord, why cannot I follow thee now? Peter was not ready for the answer to that question, but he would understand later, after Pentecost.

I will lay down my life for thy sake- Peter has a sense that the Lord is going into danger, and he is willing to protect Him, as he showed by his use of the sword in Gethsemane. He uses the same wording as the Lord did when He spoke of laying down His life for the sheep, John 10:11. Peter, for all his zeal, cannot match that work, or that level of devotion.

13:38
Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake? Verily, verily, I say unto thee, The cock shall not crow, till thou hast denied me thrice.

Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake? The question is turned back upon Peter so that he can think harder about what he has just said.

Verily, verily, I say unto thee, The cock shall not crow, till thou hast denied me thrice- here is a further statement prefaced by the formula “verily, verily”, because Peter is in no mood to accept what will be said, so the Lord pre-empts his natural response by His word of certainty and authority.

We should distinguish between the cock crowing to signal the beginning of the last watch of the night, (which was called “cock-crowing”), and the crowing of the cock at any time of the night. The cock-crowing watch extended from 2am until 6am, at which point the day was reckoned to begin. The Lord Himself tells us the names of the four Jewish watches of the night with the words, “at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning”, Mark 13:35.

It has recently been found that not only do hens have a pecking-order, to establish their place in the hierarchy among them, but cocks have a crowing-order, by which they establish their place. Now Mark tells us that after Peter had denied his Lord the first time, he went out into the porch of the High Priest’s Palace court, and a cock crowed. This was a warning to Peter, for when the list of apostles is given to us by Matthew, the wording is, “The first, Simon, who is called Peter”, Matthew 10:2. Now we know that the Lord Jesus, the last Adam, has control of the birds of the air, Psalm 8:8; Hebrews 2:5-9; 1 Corinthians 15:45, so He it is who prompted the cock to crow at this precise moment as a warning to Peter, as if to say, “You are the first amongst the apostles, just as the cockerel you have just heard is first among the others, so remember the warning I gave you about three denials”. Sadly he went on to deny twice more, and again the Lord controlled the cock, this time not allowing it to crow until the moment of His choosing, for He had said to Peter, “Verily I say unto thee, That this day, even in this night, before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny Me thrice”, Mark 14:30. By “this day” is meant the fifteenth day of the month, that had begun at 6pm, and by “this night” is meant the hours of darkness, for the Jewish day began with the night.

After He had said these words to Peter, He took them into Gethsemane, and Peter was able to witness the three sessions of prayer the Lord Jesus had in the garden. He found them sleeping as He came back from prayer, and it was to Peter that He said, “Simon, sleepest thou? Couldest thou not watch one hour? Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation”, Mark 14:37,38. Is it not the case that if Peter had prayed, rather than slept, he would not have given way to the temptation to deny his Lord?

It is good for Peter that the Lord prayed for him, because Satan had desired to have him, otherwise who knows what he might have done? But in the ordering of God good came from it, for the Lord also said, “when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren”, Luke 22:32. And this he was able to do both by preaching and by writing, (he preached in the Acts of the Apostles, and wrote in his two epistles, a three-fold reversal of his denials), for his three denials, and his three sessions of sleeping, were dealt with by the Lord by the lake, John 21:15-17, and a three-fold assertion of love for the Lord was a sign that he was converted, and thereafter could strengthen his brethren so that they did not deny their Lord. As he wrote many years later,

But the God of all grace,

who hath called us unto His eternal glory by Christ Jesus,

after that ye have suffered a while,

make you perfect, stablish, strengthen, settle you.

To Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever, Amen”. 1 Peter 5:10,11.

ROMANS 1

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk. We would be pleased to hear from you.

Author’s Preface
This phrase-by-phrase consideration of the first eight chapters of the Epistle to the Romans is offered to the reader with the earnest prayer to God that it may be of spiritual help to some.

The comments only use the Authorised (King James) Version of the Scriptures, as it is the author’s firm belief that God specially superintended that translation so that there might be certainty as to what the word of God is until the coming of the Lord Jesus.

The last few verses of the Bible tell of a fearful curse upon those who tamper with the word of God, either by adding to it or taking away from it, Revelation 22:18,19. If, however, there is no way of knowing what God’s word actually is, there is no way of knowing whether words have been added or subtracted. So if this warning is to have meaning, there must be that which may rightly called the word of God. And since this warning is given in the light of the coming of Christ, it must be that the Lord will ensure that His word is available until He comes. We may have confidence that He has done this, hence only the Authorised Version is used in these notes.

Rights in The Authorised Version of the Bible, (The King James Bible), are vested in the Crown, and administered by the Crown’s patentee, Cambridge University Press. They have kindly granted me a licence to reproduce the text of Romans 1-8 for the purpose of this e-book, and also to use in my website, Christiangospel.online

The wording of the permission is as follows:
Rights in the Authorized (King James) Version in the United Kingdom are vested in the Crown. Reproduced by permission of the Crown’s patentee, Cambridge University Press.

The Authorised Version does not use capitals for the pronouns relating to the persons of the Godhead. I assume this is because it was felt that the insertion of capitals was adding to the word of God. Accordingly, I leave the pronouns without capitals when quoting the scriptures, but use them in my comments. I hope you do not find this confusing.

If it should be asked what authority I have for setting out my thoughts on this inspired epistle, then the answer is simple. The Lord Jesus said, “If any man thirst, let him come unto me and drink. He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water.” John 7:37,38. It was in 1953 that I came and drank from the well of salvation, Christ Himself. Owning up to my sinfulness, (even though but a child), I believed on Him. From that point on it was my responsibility, (along with all others who believe in Him), to ensure that there was an outflow from my innermost being to others around. This e-book is a further attempt to do this. I do trust that in the goodness of God it will be a blessing to you.

Introduction
The Epistle to the Romans is a logical and orderly exposition of the doctrines relative to the gospel of God. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, the apostle Paul was guided to unfold those truths which it is necessary to know and believe in order to be reckoned right in the sight of God, and also to live a life which is righteous before God and before men.

Central to this gospel is the Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, by whom the work of redemption which is the foundation of the gospel was effected at Calvary. It was there that He died for the ungodly, and subsequently rose from the dead and ascended to heaven to intercede for those who believe on Him.

No preacher should venture to present the gospel to sinners without first gaining a working knowledge of at least the first eight chapters of this epistle. No believer should seek to testify in a personal way without such a knowledge, either. And certainly no unsaved person should dare to enter eternity without first becoming acquainted with the saving truths this epistle contains. Since the moment of departure from this world is unknown to us, it is important to gain this acquaintance as a matter of great urgency.

“Boast not thyself of tomorrow;
for thou knowest not what a day may bring forth.”
Proverbs 27:1.

Like the rest of the Holy Scriptures, the epistle to the Romans is carefully structured. We would do well to consider the general scheme of the epistle by way of introduction, for it will help in understanding the truth contained therein.

The epistle as a whole may be divided into three parts, each beginning on a personal note from the apostle, and each ending with a note of praise:

Chapters 1-8           God’s righteousness imputed

Personal note

“I am ready to preach the gospel”, 1:15

Key phrase

“him that justifieth the ungodly, ” 4:5

Concluding praise

“For I am persuaded,” 8:38


Chapters 9-11        God’s ways defended

Personal note

“I have great heaviness”, 9:2

Key phrase

“His ways past finding out!” 11:33

Concluding praise

“to whom be glory for ever. Amen.” 11:36


Chapters 12-16      God’s servants instructed

Personal note:

“I beseech you therefore, brethren,” 12:1

Key phrase

“Him that is of power to stablish”, 16:25

Concluding praise

“To God only wise, be glory”, 16:27


Chapters 1-8 may be further divided into two major sections as follows:

1:1 to 5:11 The sins of the person

The remedy: The blood of Christ

The result: Redemption and righteousness

5:12 to 8:39 The person who sins

The remedy: The death, burial and resurrection of Christ

The result: Identification and assurance

Romans chapters 1 to 8 may be divided into 14 sections as follows:

Section 1
Romans 1:1-17

The person of Christ is central to the gospel

Section 2
Romans 1:18-32

God’s wrath against men as their Creator

Section 3
Romans 2:1-16

God’s wrath against men as their Moral Governor

Section 4
Romans 2:17-3:20

God’s wrath against men as their Legislator

Section 5
Romans 3:21-26

The work of Christ is central to the gospel

Section 6
Romans 3:27-4:25

God’s grace toward men as their justifier

Section 7
Romans 5:1-11

The glory of God is central to the gospel

Section 8
Romans 5:12-21

Christ and Adam compared and contrasted

Section 9
Romans 6:1-23

The believer’s present and past position

Section 10
Romans 7:1-6

Deliverance from the law of Moses

Section 11
Romans 7:7-25

Defence of the law and despair under the law

Section 12
Romans 8:1-17

Life in the flesh and life in the Spirit

Section 13
Romans 8:18-27

Sufferings then glory

Section 14
Romans 8:28-39

Overwhelmed and overcoming

From the foregoing it can be seen that chapters 1:1-5:11 are divided into three main sections, with two parenthetical passages:

First main section, 1:1-17

The person of Christ is central to the gospel.

First parenthesis, 1:18-3:20

God’s wrath in relation to Jew and Gentile as Creator, Moral Governor and Legislator.

Second main section, 3:21-26

The work of Christ is central to the gospel.

Second parenthesis, 3:27-4:25

The grace of God in relation to Jew and Gentile.

Third main section, 5:1-11

The glory of God is central to the gospel.

Special note on gospel preaching
There is a great need in these days to recognise that the gospel is God-centred, and Christ-centred, and not sinner-centred. The apostles “ceased not to teach and preach Jesus Christ”, Acts 5:42. Having taught who He was, they were then in a position to preach that He should be believed in and relied upon. It would be a useful exercise to note the number of verses about sinners and the number of verses about Christ in the gospel addresses recorded in the book of Acts.

The Acts of the Apostles serves several purposes. For instance, it provides a link between the ministry of the Lord Jesus as recorded in the four gospels, and the Epistle to the Romans. The Lord was not sent, but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel, whereas Romans is written to Jew and Gentile alike. How the transition from preaching only to Israelites to preaching also to Gentiles took place is shown in the Acts of the Apostles.

Then again, we see in the Acts the way in which the charge given to the apostles was obeyed, for the word from the Lord Jesus was, “ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” Acts 1:8.

Yet again, we see in the Acts the various ways in which the Devil sought to frustrate the spread of the gospel, and also the ways in which the apostles dealt with those threats.

The Acts is also the Preacher’s Handbook, and gives us insight into the way in which apostles, and others, like Stephen and Philip, presented the gospel. The following thoughts are based on the principles they followed, and will hopefully encourage the practice of preaching in a scriptural way.

The preaching was directed to those who had a certain interest in the things of God
In this case of the preaching on the day of Pentecost, it was “Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven”, Acts 2:5 who were listening. There were those who mocked the speaking in tongues that happened that morning, but Peter is content to reject their mockery, and, by reference to Joel’s prophecy remind them that God’s judgment against sin is a reality, for the great and notable day of the Lord will certainly come. In other words, he left the word of God to do its convicting work in the hearts and consciences of the mockers. Having done this, he repeats his call to the nation to listen, verse 22. In this way he safeguards himself against the charge of disobeying the word of the Lord Jesus when He said, “Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine”, Matthew 7:6.

The preaching was conducted in circumstances and situations conducive to serious thought
It is reasonable to assume that Peter’s address was given in the temple courts, the place where the Lord Jesus often taught, and where it was expected that the things of God would be set out. (At the end of the chapter the believers were found continuing with one accord in the temple, verse 46). Later on, it was the apostle Paul’s constant practice to seek out the Jewish synagogue in a place, and preach there to people who had an interest in Divine things. If, as sometimes happened, he was ejected from the synagogue, he did not stand in the street to harangue the worshippers as they emerged after their devotions, but went to a house nearby, so that if there were those interested in what he had to say, they could easily access the preaching.

This is not retreating in cowardly fashion to meet in a “holy huddle”, but a realistic and spiritual reaction to the situation, whilst still giving men the opportunity to seek the truth. That this was the mind of the Lord is seen in the fact that the large assembly in Corinth was formed as a result, Acts 18:6-11, and even the chief ruler of the synagogue believed on the Lord. And when the same thing happened at Ephesus, “all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks”, Acts 19:10. So to teach and preach in a building does not contravene the Lord’s command to go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature, Mark 16:15. Paul was in the world when he preached in the synagogue, or in Justus’ house, or in Tyrannus’ school.

The preaching began with a quotation from the word of God
The verses from Joel that the apostle quoted made up the third chapter of the prophecy of Joel in the Hebrew Bible, although to us they are the end-verses of chapter 2. So the apostle was not averse to citing a large portion of the scriptures. There were no “wonders in heaven above”, and “signs in the earth beneath” on that day, but Peter wanted to warn the mockers about the day of judgment so as to silence them, and then extract two further thoughts from the prophecy, one at the beginning and one at the end. At the beginning Joel speaks of the pouring out of the Spirit, and at the end he declares that “whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved”. Peter did not omit the intervening verses however, so that those he did use were rooted in the context. His listeners were devout Jews, and would have been quick to criticise any apparent misuse of the holy scriptures they loved and revered. We should beware of giving the impression that we think some portions of scripture are redundant and may be missed out.

The public reading of the scriptures should be done reverently, accurately, and intelligently. They are far more important than anything we may say about them, so they should be given their due and prominent place. The apostle Paul exhorted Timothy to “give attention to reading, to exhortation, to doctrine.” 1 Timothy 4:13. A blessing is promised to those who publicly read the scriptures in the hearing of the people, Revelation 1:3. Attention should be given to the punctuation, and the correct amount of weight given to each word, or else the sense will be lost. The word of God does not need to be dramatised, but it does need to be read in a way that holds the attention.

It is not the preacher’s task to constantly bombard his hearers with anecdotes, personal experiences, or hymn quotes. These may have a limited use when done sparingly, but they are no substitute for the plain teaching of the truth of the word of God. This is what the Spirit uses. Wrote James, “Of his own will begat he us with the word of truth”, James 1:18. We should preach to people assuming they are present because they are seeking God, not seeking entertainment.

The preaching was Christ-centred
The preaching was not sinner-centred. In the opening of his classic treatise on the gospel, the apostle Paul wrote, “the gospel of God… concerning his Son Jesus Christ our Lord”, Romans 1:1,3. When Philip went down to Samaria he “preached Christ unto them”, Acts 8:5. When he met the eunuch in the desert he “preached unto him Jesus”, verse 35. When Paul was converted “he preached Christ in the synagogue, that he is the Son of God”, Acts 9:20. When some believers from Cyprus and Cyrene came to Antioch, they “spake unto the Grecians, preaching the Lord Jesus”, Acts 11:20. In the synagogue in Thessalonica it was Jesus that Paul preached unto them, that He is Christ, Acts 17:3. In Athens, Paul preached Jesus, and the resurrection, Acts 17:18. In Corinth Paul testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ, Acts 18:5.

We have been given the inspired account of what the apostles actually said when they preached. This, of course, is a great help to preachers. We shall look in vain, however, for any help as to how to appeal effectively to people to get saved. No advice on what emotional levers to pull; or how to coax them “over the line”. The reason why this advice is lacking is simple: there is no need for it.

So the gospel is not a constant appeal to the hearers to believe and get saved, but a setting forth of the truth regarding the person of Christ. In fact the preachers in the book of the Acts never made an appeal; they simply presented facts. The gospel is preached “with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven”, 1 Peter 1:12, so the preacher has the assurance that the Holy Spirit will do His sovereign work of convicting and convincing men. It is not left to human ingenuity or contrivance to try to produce results, for “the wind bloweth where it listeth”, John 3:8.

The apostle Peter had the happy experience of finding that every person in his audience was converted before he had finished his message, Acts 10:44-48. The Holy Spirit had done His work, and Peter did not need to coax his hearers to believe.

Of course the apostle Paul wrote, “Knowing therefore the terror of the Lord, we persuade men”, 2 Corinthians 5:11, but how did he do it? The word for persuade means “to convince by argument”, so as he expounded the scriptures, the apostle presented valid reasons why people should believe; but it was not his task to coerce them. It is the Spirit’s work to “compel them to come in”, Luke 14:23.

The preaching was instructive
We ought to either learn or re-learn something about the Lord Jesus every time we hear the gospel. It is said of the apostles that “they ceased not to teach and preach Jesus Christ”, Acts 5:42. So they taught Him before they preached Him. It is not that they preached to sinners and taught the converts. The teaching was part of the presentation of the gospel. After all, this was what the Lord had commanded when He said, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations”, Matthew 28:19. Sinners need to know on whom they are believing for salvation.

We learn how the apostle Paul went about this by the account of his preaching in Thessalonica. For three sabbath days he “reasoned with them out of the scriptures, opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is Christ”, Acts 17:2,3. So he first of all opened up thoroughly the meaning of the scriptures that spoke of Christ, and then showed that Jesus of Nazareth fulfils those scriptures. As a result of this “some of them believed”. The comparative fewness of Jews who believed does not reflect on the standard of the preaching, or the method used, but simply on the hardness of the hearts of men, over which the preacher has no control. The gospel hall should be a seat of learning for believer and unbeliever alike. It should be known in the locality as the place where the truth of God is taught.

The preaching was comprehensive
We see this when we notice the range of the apostle Peter’s address at Pentecost. He began by pointing out that the miracle-ministry of Christ was the sign that God approved of Him as a man, Acts 2:22. Then he pointed out that Jesus of Nazareth was the subject of God’s eternal counsel, verse 23. He charged the nation with their sin in handing Christ over to the Gentiles to crucify until He was dead, verse 23. He then announced that God has raised Him from the dead. The implication of these things would not be lost on the intelligence of his hearers. But more than this, God has exalted Him to His very throne, where He waits until His foes will be subdued under Him when He reigns on earth as the son of David.

Having presented the people with these facts, the apostle’s task is over for the moment. He has made known the truth that the Spirit uses, and the result was that they were pricked in their heart as the Spirit convicted them. It is only when they have reached this point, and they ask what they should do, that the apostle makes his appeal to them, not to believe, but to repent. Faith is the expression of a repentant heart, and is valueless if there is no prior repentance.

The preaching consisted of the setting forth of the truth of the word of God
Peter based what he had to say on various passages from the Old Testament, namely Joel 2, Psalm 16, and Psalm 110. He showed how these scriptures were fulfilled in Christ. We in our day have the added resource of the New Testament, and passages relevant to the gospel abound.

In his first epistle the apostle Peter wrote about being born again, “not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth for ever”. Then in support of this he quoted from Isaiah 40 the words, “For all flesh is as grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withereth, and the flower thereof falleth away: but the word of the Lord endureth for ever”. Then he added, “And this is the word which by the gospel is preached unto you”, 1 Peter 1:23-25. So the answer for men who are but flesh, and are as frail as grass and its insignificant flower, is the word of God. Men are frail and passing, but the word of God is strong and eternal. If men are to gain life from God they must do so by the agency of His living word. As James wrote, “Of his own will begat he us with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures”, James 1:18. It is the preacher’s solemn responsibility, then, to faithfully present the truth of that word. He does not need to be a high-pressure salesman, for it is the Spirit of God who convinces men. Nor does he need to tell emotional stories to try to sway men’s feelings. His duty is to present the unaltered word of God to men.

Notice the order of words in the quote from 1 Peter chapter 1. It is not “and this is the gospel by which the word is preached unto you”, but rather, “this is the word by which the gospel is preached unto you”. This is an important difference. So what is preached is the word, (meaning the scriptures connected with the subject in hand), and the gospel is the expression of the truth of that word in a format which is relevant to sinners. The scriptures are not merely a tool to better present the gospel, perhaps to provide an illustration.

We have an example of this with Philip, who began at the scripture the eunuch was reading, and preached Jesus from it, Acts 8:35. And when Paul went to Corinth he preached that Christ had died, that He was buried, that He was raised, and that He was seen afterwards, but he preached this message as being “according to the scriptures”, 1 Corinthians 15:1-4.

The preaching was done by Spirit-filled men
The promise of the Lord Jesus to His own was, “But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me”, Acts 1:8. The preachers were not full of themselves, but of the Spirit. He it was who enabled and encouraged them in their task. Since it is one of the Spirit’s functions to glorify Christ, John 16:14, then all trace of self-advertisement was absent from apostolic preachers, so that as they preached their hearers “saw no man, save Jesus only”, Matthew 17:8. All those things that draw attention to the preacher, and draw attention away from Christ, would have been absent. Theirs was a priestly ministry, (such is the force of the word “serve” in Romans 1:9), and they conducted themselves with dignity and gravity. There was no ostentation, whether it be in dress or mannerisms. These were men who were on heaven’s business, and they let nothing of man intrude in their preaching.

Perhaps we under-estimate the impact that the preacher has on his audience. All the time he is before his hearers, they are tending to judge his message by looking at him. If he lacks credibility in some way, then in the eyes of the natural man the gospel loses credibility in like measure. Of course it is the Spirit who works and convicts, but the preacher should do his utmost not to get in the way of that work. He must be on top of his subject without appearing to be a know-all. He must look neat and tidy without being outlandish or ostentatious. He must be confident and bold without being brash. Treat his audience with respect without being patronising. Be polite without compromising. Be faithful but all the while remembering to be gracious. Be serious without being boring. Earnest without being eccentric. Winsome without being sentimental. Joyful without being jolly. Any display of self will detract from the Man of the message. To quote the apostle’s words, “We preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord”, 2 Corinthians 4:5.

The preaching was done by those well-versed in the scriptures
Of course even newly-saved believers may testify in a private capacity, but when it comes to public preaching, a thorough working knowledge of the scriptures is essential. This requires study, and the preacher should expect to study for three hours for every fifteen minutes of message. Those who preach should be prepared for this, and let less important things go.

May we heed the solemn exhortation of Paul to Timothy in the light of the coming of Christ to judge the living and the dead, “preach the word”, 2 Timothy 4:2. And may the word of God mightily grow and prevail in our day, Acts 19:20.


Section 1   Romans 1:1-17
The Person of Christ is central to the gospel


Subject of Section 1
Having introduced himself as the writer of the epistle, Paul goes straight into his theme, which is the gospel of God. He shows that this gospel was promised in Old Testament times as the prophets foretold the coming of Christ. He has now come, and is preached as being relevant to all men. Having assured the believers at Rome to whom he writes that he has a great desire for their blessing, Paul then asserts his strong belief in the ability of the gospel of Christ to save those who believe it.

Structure of Section 1
The person of Christ in relation to:

1(a)

1:1

Paul

1(b)

1:1

The prophets

1(c)

1:3

The people of Israel

1(d)

1:4

God

1(e)

1:5

The people of all nations

1(f)

1:6,7

The people of God 

1(g)

1:8-12

Paul’s ministry

1(f)

1:13-15

Paul’s motives

1(g)

1:16-17

Paul’s message


1(a)   1:1
The person of Christ in relation to Paul

1:1
Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ, called to be an apostle, separated unto the gospel of God,

Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ- as a servant or slave, Paul was captive to Christ’s will, and ready to be told what he must do, Acts 9:6.
Called to be an apostle- this means he was appointed by Christ’s call, Galatians 1:1, in accordance with the will of God, Ephesians 1:1. An apostle is a “sent one”, sent out from the presence of his superior to do what he commands. Paul was just as much an apostle as those twelve men who had been with Christ from His baptism until His ascension, Acts 1:21,22. The difference was that he had been sent forth by Christ after He had ascended to glory, Galatians 1:15,16, whereas the twelve had been sent forth by Christ when He was on earth, Matthew 10:1-6.
Separated unto the gospel of God- he was not only commissioned for Christ’s service, Acts 22:21, but also committed to it, Acts 26:19-23. We could say he was singled out, and single-minded.

1(b)   1:2
The person of Christ in relation to the prophets

1:2
(Which he had promised afore by his prophets in the holy scriptures,)

Which he had promised afore- since Christ is the subject of the gospel, then to promise Him, (as God did through the Old Testament prophets), is to promise the gospel, for He is the sum and substance of it.
By his prophets- because they were His prophets, they spoke for God with authority. As the apostle Peter said, “But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled”, Acts 3:18. It is said of the Lord Jesus, “And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself”, Luke 24:27. See also the prophetic words of Zecharias in Luke 1:69,70.
In the holy scriptures- the writings of the Old Testament are holy, for they express God’s holy will, and are completely separate in character from all other writings, being utterly reliable and trustworthy. As the apostle Paul wrote to Timothy, “from a child thou hast known the holy scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All scripture is given by inspiration of God”, 2 Timothy 3:15,16.

1(c)   1:3
The person of Christ in relation to the people of Israel

1:3
Concerning his Son Jesus Christ our Lord, which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;

Concerning his Son, Jesus Christ our Lord- as God’s Son, the Lord Jesus shares the nature of God the Father. See on verse 4. Jesus is the name He was given when He came into manhood to save His people from their sins, Matthew 1:21. As Christ, He is the Anointed One, the Messiah of Old Testament predictions, see 1 Samuel 2:10; Psalm 2:2; Daniel 9:25. As our Lord, He is the One whose will is sovereign, and to whom believers readily submit themselves, Romans 14:7-9.
Which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh- as One who is of the seed of David, the Lord Jesus is qualified to bring in a future righteous kingdom on earth, see Luke 1:30-33. But the three main principles of that kingdom will be “righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost”, Romans 14:17, and these also sum up the blessings that come to those who believe the gospel.
The apostle is careful not to alienate the Jewish element amongst his readers, so reminds them that the line of David clearly reaches to Christ, as Matthew chapter one shows. (In fact, “according to the flesh” may include the idea that even a unbelieving man might consult the temple records and see this to be true). But he is also careful to point out that since Christ has become flesh, He is relevant to all men, not just Israel. He became Real Man, and as such is God’s Ideal Man, and the Available Man for the world.

1(d)     1:4
The person of Christ in relation to God

1:4
And declared to be the Son of God with power, according to the spirit of holiness, by the resurrection from the dead:

And declared to be the Son of God- note the change of verb; not made, as in connection with His coming into flesh and blood conditions, but declared, for He is ever the Son of God, sharing the Father’s eternal, unchanging nature. The Lord Jesus indicated in John 10:30,36 that to be Son of God was to be one in essence and nature with the Father. If He had meant anything less than this, the Jews would not have tried to stone Him for blasphemy.
With power, according to the spirit of holiness- the declaration of Christ’s Deity is a powerful one, and is made in relation to the spirit of holiness. Views differ as to whether this is a reference to the Holy Spirit, or to the spirit of the Lord Jesus. If the former, then the Holy Spirit empowers and endorses the declaration, but if the latter, then the holiness of Christ’s own spirit is set in relation to the fact that He was raised from the dead. It was because He was God’s Holy One that His soul was not left in hell, and He was raised from the dead, Acts 2:31. The glory of the Father demanded that such a person as Christ should not be left in the grave one moment more than was necessary, and that He should be raised from the dead.
There is a sense in which the spirit of the Lord Jesus was so in harmony with the Spirit of God, that both could be described in a similar way. So we could either say that “the spirit” is the Holy Spirit, and the “holiness” is Christ’s, or that the spirit is Christ’s, and the holiness is that of the Holy Spirit.
The apostle uses the word spirit in a similar way when writing to Timothy, reminding him that “God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind”, 2 Timothy 1:7. So we may say that the Spirit of God manifested Himself in the holy attitude of Christ. This attitude was all the more marked given the unholiness of men as described in the second half of Romans chapter one.
By the resurrection of the dead- not resurrection from among the dead, but the resurrection of dead persons, Himself included. See for instance, John 11:4,40. Every time a dead person was raised by Christ, when He Himself was raised, and when the dead are raised at the resurrection relevant to them, there is a powerful testimony to His Deity. See John 5:17-31.

Special note on the name “Son of God”
Angels, Adam, and believers are all called sons of God, but the sonship of Christ is of a different sort. Angels and Adam are called sons because they are the product of God’s hand as Creator. Believers are sons by adoption by God as Father. Christ, however, is the Son of God because of His equality with the Father in the Godhead. Because the Father is eternal, the Son is also, so His Sonship is underived. In John 10:30,33,36, the expressions “I and my Father are one”, “makest thyself God”, and “I am the Son of God”, mean the same thing, and signify His Deity. If this were not so, as already noticed, the Jews would not have attempted to stone Him for blasphemy.

To be the son of someone or something in Bible times meant to share their nature. Examples are “sons of thunder”, “sons of Belial” (worthlessness), “son of perdition”, “son of consolation”. As Son of God, the Lord Jesus shares the nature of God. Believers are sons by new birth, but He is un-originated and eternal. If it were not so, He could not be the Only-begotten Son, for He would not be alone, and that title indicates He is.
The Sonship of Christ is especially set forth by the apostle John in his gospel. He describes Christ first of all as the Word, John 1:1, for He is the revealer of the mind of God. Then he goes on to speak of Him as “the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father”, verse 18, for He is the revealer of the heart of God. He can reveal the mind and heart of God because He is equal with Him.
At the commencement of John’s gospel we learn of the eternal existence of the Word, for “In the beginning was the Word”, (with the word “was” in the imperfect tense), so when the first thing that had a beginning began, then the Word already was, which means He is eternal.
He has distinct personality also, for John goes on “and the Word was with God”. If the first phrase tells of the pre-existence of the Word before time began, and therefore indicates His eternal being, this phrase tells of His co-existence.
John next announces that He has substantial Godhood, for “the Word was God”, a clear statement as to the Deity of the Word. Note that although there are distinctions of Persons in the Godhead, for “the Word was with God”, yet there is identity of essence, for “the Word was God”. This expression assures us that the One who is pre-existent, and co-existent, is co-equal with God as well.
Fourthly, John tells us that “all things were made by Him”. It follows logically, then, that He is not part of creation. A person is either Creator, created, or self-created, with the latter option being an impossibility. So if the Word caused all things to come into being that did come into being, then He Himself cannot have come into being. He is therefore uncreated and eternal.
In the first public discourse that John records, Christ made a seven-fold claim to Deity. The whole discourse is in the third person, as if He stands back from His relationship with the Father to view it in its entirety in the same way as believers may.

First claim: Equality of action
He said, “The Son can do nothing of himself”, John 5:19. God is one, and the persons of the Godhead do not, and indeed cannot, act independently of one another. The act of one can be said to be the act of the other.

Second claim: Equality of affection
“For the Father loveth the Son”, verse 20. God is love, 1 John 4:8, but love must have an object. The Son has been the object of His Father’s love for all eternity.

Third claim: Equality of perception
The Father “sheweth him all things that himself doeth”, verse 20. The Son of God has the ability to comprehend all the things that God does.

Fourth claim: Equality in resurrection
“For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom he will”, verse 21. Since when a man dies his spirit returns to God, the one who retrieves that spirit and gives it back to the dead man must Himself be God. Of course, prophets in the Old Testament and apostles in the New Testament raised the dead, but only with delegated authority. That Christ’s authority is not delegated is firstly seen in the phrase “even so”, meaning He acted in exactly the same way as His Father, and secondly in the phrase “whom he will”, for His will is to raise from the dead, in harmony with the Father. This is why Christ’s works were “works which none other man did”, for they were the expression of the will of one who is God, John 15:24.

Fifth claim: Equality in jurisdiction
“The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son…and hath given him authority to execute judgment also, because he is the Son of man”, verses 22 and 27. Abraham described God as the judge of all the earth, Genesis 18:25, so He that judges all the earth must be God.

Sixth claim: Equality of recognition
He has been given judgement over all men “That all men should honour the Son even as they honour the Father. He that honoureth not the Son honoureth not the Father which hath sent him”, verse 23. One day every knee shall bow to Christ, and confess that He is Lord, Philippians 2:10,11. But God has said that He is the one to whom every knee shall bow, and every tongue shall swear, Isaiah 45:23, so Christ must be equal with God.

Seventh claim: Equality of expression
He said, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life”, verse 24. To hear the word of the Son is to hear the word of the Father. To believe the Son is to believe the Father.

We return now to Romans 1.

1(e)  1:5
The person of Christ in relation to people of all nations

1:5
By whom we have received grace and apostleship, for obedience to the faith among all nations, for his name:

By whom we have received grace- grace is unmerited favour, and believing sinners are shown this when they are saved from their sins. But there is a constant need for the believer to receive Divine favour, in order that the Christian life may be lived effectively. As the Lord Jesus said, “without me ye can do nothing,” John 15:5.
And apostleship- grace is the common portion of all the people of God, whereas apostleship was granted to only a few, who must have seen the Lord Jesus personally, 1 Corinthians 9:1. Divine favour was needed by apostles also for the discharge of their responsibilities. Note the incidental testimony to the Deity of Christ in that the grace which elsewhere is said to be the grace of God, 1 Corinthians 15:10, is here said to be from Christ Himself.
For obedience to the faith- the preaching of the gospel sets out the truth about Divine things. Men are expected to submit to that truth in repentance and faith. By repenting they turn from their own thoughts, and by believing they accept God’s thoughts. Sin came in when Adam and his wife rebelled against the truth of God and believed Satan’s lie. When a man repents and believes the gospel he ceases to rebel against God, and obediently submits to the truth of God as expressed in that body of Christian doctrine known as “the faith”.
Among all nations- the epistle emphasises the universal need of man to hear and believe the gospel. It was Luke, one of Paul’s companions, who records the words of the Lord Jesus just before He ascended back to heaven, saying “Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: and that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem”, Luke 24:46,47. Luke’s other writing, the Acts of the Apostles, records how the preaching began at Jerusalem, and spread until the apostle Paul can say in the very last chapter, “Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles, and that they will hear it”, Acts 28:28.
For his name- that is, for the good of His name, and the advancement of His cause. The object of the apostle’s preaching was not only that sinners might be saved, but that the name of God’s Son, Jesus Christ our Lord might be honoured. Paul certainly did not seek to advance his own name. He said elsewhere, “For we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus’ sake”, 2 Corinthians 4:5.

1(f)   1:6,7
The person of Christ in relation to the people of God

1:6
Among whom are ye also the called of Jesus Christ:

Among whom are ye also the called of Jesus Christ- amongst the many Gentiles who had believed were the saints to whom Paul was writing. He himself had not been to Rome up to this point, so he gladly acknowledges the effective preaching of others. There had been “strangers of Rome” present in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:10.
The preaching of the gospel is the means by which Jesus Christ calls men and women to Himself, that they might enter into the blessings which He obtained at infinite cost when He died upon the cross at Calvary. The call is not only to Himself, but also away from self and the world. “The called” are a definite company, comprising those who have responded in faith to the gospel call. That call goes out to all men, but only those who respond in faith are “the called”. See notes on 8:28 and 30.

1:7
To all that be in Rome, beloved of God, called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ.

To all that be in Rome- as is clear from the next statement, this means all the believers in Rome.
Beloved of God- they were the object of Divine affections. “Beloved” is a title of the Lord Jesus, Matthew 12:18, telling of the active love of the Father for Him; here it is used of believers. As He Himself said in His prayer to His Father, “Thou…hast loved them, as thou hast loved me”, John 17:23.
Called to be saints- this means that they were constituted saints or separated ones by the call of Christ, not that they were called to develop into saints, although it is true that believers should be constantly perfecting holiness in the fear of God, 2 Corinthians 7:1. All true believers are saints, or holy ones, as far as their standing before God is concerned, but their current condition as regards practical holiness varies.
Grace to you and peace- grace has been described as “the fount of all mercies”, and peace “the crown of all blessings”. Grace (“Charis”) was a Gentile greeting, whereas peace (“Shalom”) was a Jewish salutation. Here they are combined in the apostle’s greeting to all believers in Rome, whether former Jews or former Gentiles. In Christ there is neither Jew nor Greek, Galatians 3:28.
From God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ- a further testimony to the Deity of Christ in that Divine blessings come equally from the Father and the Lord Jesus. When men greet one another with “Charis”, or “Shalom”, they are simply expressing a wish, which may or may not come true. The apostle is doing more than that, for he knows the wish will be granted, for God delights to bestow blessing on His people.

1(g)   1:8-12
The person of Christ in relation to Paul’s ministry

1:8
First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all, that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world.

First I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all- verses 8-10 emphasise Paul’s attitude Godward, whereas verses 11-15 emphasise his attitude towards believers as he thinks of their energetic faith and testimony. He gives thanks through Jesus Christ, meaning that his thanksgiving is offered through the agency of Jesus Christ, who gives acceptability to the prayers of His people. Note that even a leading apostle needed the Lord Jesus as mediator between himself and His God.
That your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world- living as they did in the capital city of the Roman Empire, they were in a good position to spread the gospel, and this they had done diligently. By so spreading the word, they showed the genuineness of their faith.

1:9
For God is my witness, whom I serve with my spirit in the gospel of his Son, that without ceasing I make mention of you always in my prayers;

For God is my witness, whom I serve with my spirit in the gospel of his Son- the preaching of the gospel is a spiritual activity, and nothing of man or self must be allowed to intrude into it. It is also a priestly activity, as the word for ‘serve’ indicates, so the preaching must be with dignity and holiness, with God’s glory as the end in view. Paul calls on God to witness because his prayers for them were in the closet, unseen of men.
That without ceasing I make mention of you always in my prayers- it is just as important to pray for converts after they are saved as it is to preach to sinners so that they may be saved. Note the apostle prayed for these believers even though he did not know many of them personally. Samuel said to the people, “Moreover as for me, God forbid that I should sin against the Lord in ceasing to pray for you: but I will teach you the good and the right way”, 1 Samuel 12:23.

1:10
Making request, if by any means now at length I might have a prosperous journey by the will of God to come unto you.

Making request, if by any means now at length I might have a prosperous journey by the will of God to come unto you- in the ordering of God he was prevented for many years from visiting them, with the result that we have the benefit of his epistle to them in which he sets out what he would have said if he had come before. Note he subjected his movements to the over-riding will of God.

1:11
For I long to see you, that I may impart unto you some spiritual gift, to the end ye may be established;

For I long to see you, that I may impart unto you some spiritual gift- the gifts he had were for the edifying of the believers, not the advancing of self, Ephesians 4:11,12. He longed to impart the blessing the exercise of his gift would bring to them.
To the end ye may be established- sound doctrine is vitally necessary if believers are to be firmly grounded in the faith, Ephesians 4:13-16. We cannot be established in the faith by any other means than apostolic doctrine.

1:12
That is, that I may be comforted together with you by the mutual faith both of you and me.

That is, that I may be comforted together with you by the mutual faith both of you and me- the apostle is at pains not to elevate himself above them. He would be comforted by evidences of their genuine faith, and so would they be comforted by evidences of his faith.

1(h)   1:13-15
The person of Christ in relation to Paul’s motives

1:13
Now I would not have you ignorant, brethren, that oftentimes I purposed to come unto you, (but was let hitherto,) that I might have some fruit among you also, even as among other Gentiles.

Now I would not have you ignorant, brethren, that oftentimes I purposed to come unto you, (but was let hitherto)- he had been let, or hindered, from coming to them by his desire to fully preach Christ elsewhere. Those at Rome had heard from others, for as we have noticed there were strangers of Rome at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost, and they would have heard the preaching of Peter on that occasion, Acts 2:10.
Paul had been prevented from coming to them because of his labours in places where Christ was not named, see 15:18-24. It is a solemn fact that the great majority of missionaries go to places where the gospel is already being preached. The apostle was exercised to reach those who had not heard the gospel, and so should all believers be, either by going themselves, or supporting those who do go.
That I might have some fruit among you also- fruit means results for God’s glory from the making known of His truth. A tree does not produce fruit for itself, but for the one who tends it, so Paul sought glory only for God in his service. He could only be fruitful through Christ, who said, “He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without me ye can do nothing.” John 15:5.
Even as among other Gentiles- this would remind us that Paul was commissioned to concentrate on preaching to Gentiles, Acts 22:21; Galatians 2:9.

1:14
I am debtor both to the Greeks, and to the Barbarians; both to the wise, and to the unwise. 

I am debtor both to the Greeks, and to the barbarians- it did not matter whether men were cultured or otherwise, Paul was concerned to discharge his debt of obligation to preach the gospel to them, for Christ had died for them all.
Both to the wise, and to the unwise- those who sought God through philosophy, or those who were unthinking, all had a claim on his time and attention, for he wrote “for necessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me if I preach not the gospel!” 1 Corinthians 9:16. Note that the gospel is for all sorts of men, of whatever nationality, culture, or natural ability. There might be wise or unwise Greeks, and wise or unwise barbarians, but they all needed the wisdom of God in the gospel.

1:15
So, as much as in me is, I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also.

So, as much as in me is- this is as if Paul is saying, “as much as depends on me and my willingness to act for God”. He knew God’s desire was that the gospel should be preached, and he longed to be in sympathy with God’s desire.
I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also- note that he intends to preach the gospel to believers, not because they need to be saved again, but so that the principles of the gospel might govern their lives. It is a mistake to think that the gospel is just for sinners. When the believers at Rome had come to Christ in faith, they had obeyed that form of doctrine that was delivered unto them, Romans 6:17, and they become obedient unto the faith, Romans 1:5. They had committed themselves to the whole body of Christian truth, and it is this that Paul is going to teach when he arrives in Rome. For our benefit, however, the Spirit has seen to it that what he said at Rome is recorded for our learning.

1(i)   1:16,17
The person of Christ in relation to Paul’s message

1:16
For I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek.

For I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ- the preaching of the gospel is foolishness to men, 1 Corinthians 1:18, but those who have been saved know it is nothing to be embarrassed about. “And whosoever believeth on him shall not be ashamed”, Romans 9:33.
For it is the power of God unto salvation- the men of the world are perishing all the time they refuse the gospel, whereas believers are not ashamed by it, for they not only knew initial salvation from sin and judgment when they initially received the gospel by faith, but are constantly saved from the pitfalls along the way by that same gospel. Note the three personal statements, which we would do well to affirm also, “I am debtor…I am ready…I am not ashamed”, verses 14,15,16.
As he thought of the city of Rome, Paul knew there were various theories held there regarding salvation. The pagan priests said salvation was in their religion. The politicians, through reforms. The army generals, through the regiment. The economists, through redistribution. The philosophers, through reason. The Gnostics, through re-incarnation. The lower classes through revolution. The slaves would say that salvation was through release. The apostle is assured that God’s salvation was only through the gospel, for that was where the power lay.
To everyone that believeth- this is the principle on which God acts in His dealings with men. To believe and to have faith mean the same, namely a firm persuasion based on hearing the word of God. See later passages in this epistle such as 4:1-8 and 10:8-13.
To the Jew first- in the rich grace of God, the very nation which cast out the Son of God and crucified Him is given the first opportunity to believe in Him. The Lord Jesus had instructed His apostles that “repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem”, Luke 24:47.
The apostle Paul invariably went into the synagogue when he first arrived at a place, even though he was the apostle to the uncircumcision, another term for the Gentiles, Galatians 2:7. This was because the gospel is to be preached to those who have an interest in God, however weak, and these were most likely to be in the Jewish synagogue. It is also to be preached in circumstances and conditions conducive to serious thought. This is why, when he was rejected by the synagogue at Corinth, Paul went and preached in the house next door, Acts 18:6,7. Later, when a similar thing happened at Ephesus, he went into a private schoolroom to teach and preach, Acts 19:8,9. On both these occasions many believed, so the apostle had not, by going into a private place, surrendered to the forces of evil that opposed the gospel.
And also to the Greek- by Greek the apostle here means non-Jew. Since the common language throughout the Roman Empire was Greek, the Gentiles were known as Greeks, even if they were not natives of Greece.

1:17
For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written, The just shall live by faith.

For therein is the righteousness of God revealed- the expression “the righteousness of God” is used in two senses in this epistle. Here, the phrase means that Divine righteousness which is reckoned, or imputed, to those who believe, see 3:21,22; 4:3-5. Elsewhere, it means God’s attribute, that which He possesses intrinsically and eternally, as in 3:25,26. Instead of God demanding that man become righteous by his own efforts, (a thing the apostle will show in this epistle he cannot do), God is prepared, in grace, to reckon to be righteous those who receive the gospel.
From faith to faith- the righteousness of God is offered only on the principle of reception by faith. And this offer of righteousness is with the view to men responding in faith. God is prepared to reckon righteousness to a person, provided they come to Him on His terms. The sinner must abandon any idea that he can earn God’s favour, and rely totally on the person and work of the Lord Jesus, who died at Calvary so that his sins might be forgiven, and he might be declared right in the sight of God.
As it is written, The just shall live by faith- the truly just or righteous man is he who has spiritual life within on the principle of his faith in God, as is shown by the fact that he lives out that life by the same principle. The apostle had claimed at the beginning of this section that the gospel was promised through the prophets, and now he proves his point by quoting Habakkuk 2:4 as he brings the section to a close. He thus disposes of any idea that he is teaching a new doctrine of his own devising.
The prophet had written, “The just shall live by his faith”, thus emphasizing the personal nature of faith, and also the fact that it is ongoing, and not just initial. Paul exercises his right as an inspired penman to omit the word “his”, in order to lay the stress on faith as a principle.
Incidentally, this text shows that the notion that one person can act for another in the matter of salvation is completely contrary to God’s word. Those who believe they may effect salvation by praying for the dead, or being baptized for them, are in serious error.

Section 2   Romans 1:18-32
God’s wrath against men as their Creator

Subject of Section 2
The apostle now shows that the righteousness which is available through believing the gospel of Christ is greatly needed, since the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who suppress the truths He has revealed to them through creation, and disregard the principles He has instituted for the regulation of their lives on the earth. Because they flout His laws, God ordains that they see the consequences in their lives even now.

Structure of Section 2

2(a)

1:18-20

The revelation of God through creation

2(b)

1:21-23

The rejection of the God of creation

2(c)

1:24-32

The recompense from the God of creation


2(a)   1:18-20
The revelation of God through creation

1:18
For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness;

For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven- there is a great need for the righteousness of God to be revealed in the gospel, since God is angry with sin and sinners, a fact which He has plainly shown in history. The flood of Noah’s time, the confusion of tongues because of the tower of Babel, the overthrow of Sodom, and the sending of Israel into captivity, are events by which God clearly demonstrated His hot displeasure against the sins of men.
The apostle is going to describe the state of the world up to the time of Christ’s coming, in order to show how needful the gospel was, and is. That the world is in a like condition now is testimony to the wholesale rejection of the gospel by men.
Against all ungodliness- every example of a lack of reverence for God’s glory merits His wrath.
And unrighteousness of men- every evidence of disregard of God’s laws will meet with His righteous judgment.
Who hold the truth in unrighteousness- truths concerning God as Creator are known by men as the next verses show, but they choose to suppress them, (such is the force of the word “hold”), and thereby incur God’s wrath.

1:19
Because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed it unto them.

Because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath showed it unto them- by His works of creation God has revealed truths as to His greatness and power. That truth is in their hearts, deep down, although they are reluctant to admit it, because recognising a Creator involves accountability to Him. A well-known evolutionist said that his generation was eager to accept the theory of evolution because men wanted to be rid of the moral restraints of religion.

1:20
For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:

For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made- this verse is best considered as a parenthesis, so verse 21 follows the argument of verses 18 and 19.
From God’s creative act of making the world His invisible attributes of eternal power and Godhood are clearly seen. These include:
His power and understanding, Psalm 147:4,5; Hebrews 1:3.
His greatness, honour, majesty, and wisdom, Psalm 104:1,24.
His gift of life, breath and all things, Acts 17:25.
His providential care, Psalm 104:10-23; Acts 14:17.
His impartiality, Matthew 5:45.

Even his eternal power- God’s power is eternal power, for He is not Himself the product of a superior force, but is the great Originating Cause of all effects. He has eternally possessed the power to create the universe, but did so at the point of His choosing.
And Godhead- by this particular word for Godhead is meant those attributes of God which, in this context, are manifest through creation. However, that manifestation of God through creation is not complete. The fullest possible revelation of God is in Jesus Christ, for “in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily”, Colossians 2:9. In this latter verse the word Godhead describes God in the totality of His being, essence and attributes, as manifest in the person of His Son.
So that they are without excuse- this is the conclusion the apostle draws from the revelation God has given of Himself as Creator, as verse 19 explains. There is no real reason why men should not know that there is a Creator-God, for as the apostle said, “he left not himself without witness”, Acts 14:17.

For special notes on creation and evolution, please see the end of this chapter.

2(b)   1:21-23
Rejection of the God of creation

1:21
Because that, when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened.

Because that, when they knew God- this is not a saving knowledge, but the knowledge of Him as Creator. Both verse 19 and this verse begin with “because that”, and are the double reason why the wrath of God is revealed from heaven, as verse 18 says it is. The theory of evolution is nothing other than an attempt to escape accountability to God.
They glorified him not as God- the glory that men should have given Him as His attributes were displayed in creation was withheld.
Neither were thankful- the benefits they received from Him were taken for granted, and men thought of them as the fruits of their own efforts, and not God’s provision. This is still true today, with good crops being attributed to man’s cleverness, and bad crops blamed on God.
But became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened- their reasonings were empty of truth and reality, so their hearts became taken up with things of no account, and darkened as to further light from God.

1:22
Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools,

Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools- thinking themselves to be self-sufficient as to the true nature of things, (for to be wise is to have “insight into the true nature of things”), they in fact sank deeper into folly and ignorance. As the prophet said of those who make idols, “They have not known nor understood: for he hath shut their eyes, that they cannot see; and their hearts, that they cannot understand”, Isaiah 44:18. Men used to label themselves as “Homo Sapiens”, meaning “Wise man”. This has been updated to “Homo Sapiens Sapiens”, “Very wise man”! Such is the folly of man. As Isaiah went on to say in verse 20, “He feedeth on ashes: a deceived heart hath turned him aside, that he cannot deliver his soul, nor say, Is there not a lie in my right hand?”

1:23
And changed the glory of the uncorruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and fourfooted beasts, and creeping things.

And changed the glory of the uncorruptible God- whatever men might do or say, God is not corruptible, for He is not affected by the changing views about Him which men adopt. They may change His glory in their own imaginations, but not in reality. God said through the prophet, “I am the Lord: that is my name: and my glory will I not give to another, neither my praise to graven images”, Isaiah 42:8.
Into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and four-footed beasts, and creeping things- by degenerating into idolatry man shows himself to be the corruptible one. For examples of these various forms of idolatry see Daniel 3:1; Isaiah 44:13; Ezekiel 8:5-16; Exodus 32:4. How dark the mind must be that thinks the universe came into being through an idol, the work of a man’s hands!

2(c)   1:24-31
Recompense from the God of creation

1:24
Wherefore God also gave them up to uncleanness through the lusts of their own hearts, to dishonour their own bodies between themselves:

Wherefore God also gave them up- men gave God up, and heaped disgrace upon Him, and His response was to give them up by allowing them to heap disgrace upon themselves.
To uncleanness through the lusts of their own hearts, to dishonour their own bodies between themselves- the capacity to sin in the way specified in verses 26,27, is within the human heart through the fall of man in Genesis 3. It is not that God planted the evil there. In response to their ungodliness in turning to idolatry, God gave men up to vile affections, which would mean they would receive recompense for their sin in their own lives even on earth. Idolatry and immorality go together, for as soon as a man makes an idol he signals that he has rejected the rule of God, and thereafter follows his own rules of conduct.

1:25
Who changed the truth of God into a lie, and worshipped and served the creature more than the Creator, who is blessed for ever. Amen.

Who changed the truth of God into a lie, and worshipped and served the creature more than the Creator- man refused to acknowledge God’s true character as Creator, (the truth of God), rebelling against the principles He has set up for the maintenance of His rule in creation, and began to think of different creatures as his gods, which is a lie. As a consequence, objects God has created for His glory were turned into objects of worship, as verse 23 has said, and idolatry dominated men’s lives.
Who is blessed for ever. Amen- in the midst of his exposure of the gross wickedness of men in refusing God, the apostle feels compelled to break off, and show his profound disagreement with their behaviour by blessing God.

1:26
For this cause God gave them up unto vile affections: for even their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature:

For this cause God gave them up unto vile affections: for even their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature- this resumes the theme of verse 24, after the apostle has been overwhelmed by the enormity of their sin, and has personally distanced himself from it in verse 25. God has revealed His anger against homosexuality and lesbianism, not only by condemning it in His law, Leviticus 18:22-30; 20:13, but also by dramatically destroying Sodom and Gomorrah, Genesis 19:4,5,24; 2 Peter 2:6; Jude 7. So the wrath of God against such evils is already revealed, as verse 18 has said.
The apostle says “even their women”, expressing surprise that those who are normally thought of as gentle and loving, should violently rebel against God in this way. The “also” of the next verse tells us that like the men, the women burned in their lust one toward another, and instead of bearing children to love, they rejected child-bearing in lust.

1:27
And likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman, burned in their lust one toward another; men with men working that which is unseemly, and receiving in themselves that recompence of their error which was meet.

And likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman- the proper and natural use of the woman is as the vehicle for the bringing of children into the world.
Burned in their lust one toward another- it is surely significant that the word Sodom means burning. Those who burned in their depraved lust, now burn in everlasting fire, Jude 7. The apostle does not use the normal word for man and woman in this passage, but rather the words for male and female, which are more fitting for the animal kingdom; those who practice the perversions mentioned here, are little better than the beasts. This is one of the results of the theory of evolution. It is no surprise that if men are constantly taught that they are descended from the beasts, then they start to act like beasts.
Receiving in themselves that recompense of their error which was meet- not only does eternal wrath await these sins, but even now the recompense is known mentally and physically if men break through the barriers that God has set up to regulate human conduct and relationships.
The apostle is describing the world before Christ came, but sadly, the features he points out are with us today. Such is the rich grace of God in this age, however, that even those who are homosexuals or lesbians may be saved, as is clear from 1 Corinthians 6:9-11, where we read, “Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God. And such were some of you: but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God”.

1:28
And even as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a reprobate mind, to do those things which are not convenient;

And even as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge- recognition of God as Creator and therefore Moral Governor of the universe has a restraining effect on the wickedness of men. Note a reference to the arrogance of men, “they did not like”, so what pleased them was the governing factor. If they choose to deny He has rights over them, God allows men to work out their wickedness and reap the consequences. “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap”, Galatians 6:7. But in wrath God remembers mercy, Habakkuk 3:2, so He demonstrates to men the folly of their sin before they enter eternity, giving them opportunity to repent.
God gave them over to a reprobate mind- God allowed men to express in action what was in their mind, so that they would find out the result of doing their own will. A reprobate mind is a way of thinking of which God does not approve.
To do those things which are not convenient- that which is not suitable conduct for those who are under obligation to God.
If we include the phrase in verse 32, “have pleasure in them that do them”, which is the sin of complicity, we have in the verses that follow a list of twenty-four sins. The apostle gives us a clue as to how we should divide them by his words “being filled…full”. He would not say “full of…whisperers”, so first there is a group of five sins, beginning with the words “being filled with”, that display a sinful reaction to the nature of God. Then, beginning with “full of”, a group of five sins that display a sinful attitude to men which results from their attitude to God. Then follows the third group consisting of seven sins which emphasise sinful character. Finally, beginning with “disobedient to parents”, a group of a further seven sins which show sinful shortcomings.
There is a progression in these sins. First, reactions to God, which manifest themselves in reactions to men, which in turn form character. Then the emptiness of man is exposed.

1:29
Being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication, wickedness, covetousness, maliciousness; full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, malignity; whisperers,

Being filled with all unrighteousness- which rejects God’s attribute of righteousness.
Fornication- which rejects Divine holiness.
Wickedness- which rejects Divine goodness, and acts contrary to it.
Covetousness- which rejects Divine providence, seeking for more than a fair share.
Maliciousness- which rejects Divine kindness, and manifests evil designs on others.

Full of envy- displeasure at the prosperity of others.
Murder- it is significant that this sin should be found in between envy and debate, showing that these are serious sins. Of course, murder is very serious too, being the destruction of the image of God in man, Genesis 9:6.
Debate- there is a sinister tone to this word, for it does not relate to a discussion about a question, but active strife.
Deceit- this sin disregards truth for one’s own advantage.
Malignity- the tendency to put the worst construction on a matter.
Whisperers- secret plotting against another.

1:30
Backbiters, haters of God, despiteful, proud, boasters, inventors of evil things, disobedient to parents,

Backbiters- open opposition to another by way of slander.
Haters of God- a heart-attitude to God.
Despiteful- rudeness to man.
Proud- an inward attitude of self-importance.
Boasters- the outward display of that self-importance.
Inventors of evil things- the invention of new ways of sinning.
Disobedient to parents- lack of respect for parents.

1:31
Without understanding, covenantbreakers, without natural affection, implacable, unmerciful:

Without understanding- the lack of the ability to grasp simple and basic truth.
Covenantbreakers- lack of loyalty.
Without natural affection- lack of ability to sustain normal relations.
Implacable- lack of reasonableness.
Unmerciful- lack of mercy. At the end of the next verse they show mercy to themselves by excusing themselves.
This is a sad catalogue of the sins which are the product of a mind that is occupied with self and not God, and rejects the laws of our Creator. He allows men to sin in this way so that some, at least, may see the end result of rejecting God, and turn to Him for mercy.

1:32
Who knowing the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, not only do the same, but have pleasure in them that do them.

Who knowing the judgment of God- they know what God’s righteous assessment of their conduct is through the voice of conscience, which they stifle. The apostle will explain this in the next chapter.
That they which commit such things are worthy of death- those who commit sin deserve to be removed from the earth in death. See, for instance, 2 Samuel 12:13, where David recognised that his sin of adultery merited death. It is only through the mercy of God that sinners are allowed to continue living, and so have opportunity to repent.
Not only do the same, but have pleasure in them that do them- these men know that if they were to condemn others, they would condemn themselves, since they practise the same things. To try to avoid this, they condone the sins of others. The apostle turns in the next chapter to those who feel they can criticize others without condemning themselves.

Special note on creation
Whilst the Bible does not set out to be a science textbook, nothing within its pages is unscientific, and it is certainly not anti-scientific. The word “science” comes from the Latin verb “to know”. True knowledge is based on evidence. It cannot be based on mere theories. After all, men might speculate about origins, and propose their theories, but as God said to Job, “Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth? declare, if thou hast understanding”, Job 38:4. Since no-one except God was there when the events took place, is it not sensible to take note of the record He has given us in His word?
Of course, because man is a sinner, and his mind has been affected badly by his sin, he does not like the implications of creation. The reason for this being that if God introduces Himself as the creator of all men, then He has a claim upon them. The natural heart of man is not comfortable with the idea of being responsible to God, especially because when we come to chapter two of the book of Genesis we find that God issues laws, and warns of judgment if those laws are not obeyed. And then when we move to chapter three we find that those laws, when disobeyed, really do meet with the judgment of which God warned.
There are those who suggest that “religious” people have no right to speak of scientific things, for science deals with facts, and religion deals with beliefs. It should be remembered, however, that views about the universe contrary to those set out in the Bible are also beliefs. The difference between the two systems being that in the matter of origins, scientists can only rely on theories, whereas the believer in God has solid evidence in the form of the written testimony of the Bible.
But the scientist may protest that he has his Big Bang Theory. Precisely. He has his theory. So does the heathen savage have his theory when he believes everything came from a lotus flower. He has no evidence. The evolutionist should face up to the fact that he has none either. He has possible explanations, but no solid basis on which to proceed. He should also face up to the fact that very many scientists, competent in their field, and not necessarily Christians, are opposed to the Big Bang theory, and do not think it should be promoted as the only possibility.
George Ellis, co-worker with the late Stephen Hawking said,

“People need to be aware that there is a range of models that could explain the observations. For instance, I can construct you a spherically symmetrical universe with earth at its centre, and you cannot disprove it based on observations. You can only exclude it on philosophical grounds. What I want to bring into the open is the fact that we are using philosophical criteria in choosing our models. A lot of cosmologists try to hide that”.

In other words, there is no scientific reason why the Biblical account of creation should be rejected.
When he has formulated all his theories, and indulged in his speculations, man is still left with the idea in the back of his mind that there is a God, and that God is the one who gave us the Bible. The reason for this is found in the fact that God made man in His own image and after His own likeness. Now God is self-aware. But since man is made after the likeness of God, just as God is God-aware, so is man God-aware, however much he may try to hide it and run from it. This is why in Romans 1:19-21 the apostle uses words that indicate the idea of knowledge. The only explanation for this God-consciousness on the part of man is the Biblical one.

Special note on evolution
Before we think a little about evolution, we need to define it, for the word is often used in the wrong sense, even in textbooks. Evolution is that process by which organisms change, so as to become another organism. So, for instance, an ape-like creature becomes a human. This must be clearly distinguished from change that is brought about by adaptation to altering conditions. The latter takes place purely as a result of in-built abilities taking over from one another. The gene pool of that organism will contain scope for variation should the need arise. So the finches on the Galapagos Islands are able to adapt to changing climatic conditions, which vary from decade to decade. They have acquired no new information, but have used the information already coded into them. Sometimes this process will be accelerated by breeding, when particular characteristics are emphasized. All that happens is that latent characteristics are being accentuated; the creature remains the same kind. Creationists believe in this adaptation too, but they deny that it is appropriate to call it evolution.
In the interests of intellectual honesty, adaptation and evolution should not be used interchangeably. The only way it can be claimed that “evolution is a scientifically proven fact”, is by using the word evolution wrongly and dishonestly. Adaptation is, however, a scientifically proven fact, and Christians are happy to acknowledge that. If evolution of species had occurred, the world would be full of transitional fossils, which is not the case. As Stephen Gould, late Professor of Geology at Harvard University, and an evolutionist, wrote,

“The extreme rarity of transitional fossils in the fossil record persists as the trade secret of palaeontology”.

Charles Darwin himself admitted that every stratum of rock, and every geological formation should be full of intermediate forms. He said,

“This is the most obvious and grave objection which could be urged against my theory”.

Over a century has gone by, and the situation is just as dire for the evolutionist.

Those who are creationists believe the following:

1. That God is the creator of all things.

2. That He created the universe approximately 6000 years ago.

3. That He did the creating during six days of 24 hour’s duration, and then rested the seventh day.

4. That God maintains and preserves that which He has created.

5. That God created the various kinds of creature with possibilities for variation built into them.

6. That because sin has entered into the world, God has judged creation by subjecting it to corruption and decay, making it less efficient and beautiful than it was at the beginning.

7. That when God’s purpose for this present universe has been achieved, He will cause it to pass away, and make a new heavens and new earth which shall never be spoilt.

It is very clear that there is no common ground between these beliefs and evolution. They are so opposed that they can never be reconciled. When dealing with these opposing views, we must bear in mind that the creationist and the evolutionist are both confronted by the same evidence. The same earth and sun, the same stars, the same variety of life on the earth, the same fossils. The only thing that is different is the way these things are looked at. It is important to remember this, for creationism is often misrepresented as if it is belief in things that have no scientific support. This is not the case. The words of Charles Darwin should be borne in mind, for he wrote,

“I am quite conscious that my speculations run quite beyond the bounds of true science”.

What was true in Darwin’s day, is true today.
The idea that evolution is based on evidence and creationism is based on religion and faith is not true. The evolutionist believes he is right, the creationist believes he is right. They both have a faith-system. The difference lies in the fact that creationists believe what they read in the Bible, and see the universe in that light, whereas the evolutionist believes what he and other men think, in independence of God.
That evolution is a faith-system is shown by the Preface to Darwin’s Origin of Species, which reads as follows,

“The fact of evolution is the backbone of biology, and biology is thus in the peculiar position of being a science founded on an unproved theory- is it then a science or a faith? Belief in the theory of evolution is thus exactly parallel to belief in special creation- both are concepts which believers know to be true, but neither, up to the present, has been capable of proof”.


Since both evolution and creationism are faith-based, the question to be resolved is which view is the most reasonable, and most in accordance with the facts. Reasonable things are those things which are logical.

The evolutionist exalts reason, and yet his system of thought deprives him of reason. For if there is no God, there is no source of logic or reason. No coherent thought is possible; no rational conclusions can be arrived at; no certainty about anything can be achieved.
The evolutionist has nothing to offer by way of viable answer to the problem of the origin of reason. He believes his mind to be nothing more than a random collection of atoms. He will forgive us then for not believing what comes out of such a mind. The honest seeker for truth needs that which is definite and exact, not that which is vague. He seeks certainty, not possibility. Even probability will not satisfy him. And this the atheist cannot give him. For all his bravado and bluster, all the atheist can say is summed up by the language his organisation used for its advertising campaign on the London bus network,
“There is probably no God”. This is the language of those who are unsure of themselves. And this is no surprise, for they have cut themselves off from the source of true wisdom and knowledge.
The Christian has the solution to this problem, for he believes the Bible, which teaches that man is made in the image of God. This means, amongst other things, that man has rationality. He is able to think, reason, and come to logical conclusions, because God has given him the capacity to do these things. Even though man has fallen into a state of sin, his mind is still capable of rational thought. God graciously enables the sincere and earnest seeker after the truth to find Him. He has promised “And ye shall seek me, and find me, when ye shall search for me with all your heart”, Jeremiah 29:13.
To know God as Creator is only the first step. It is God’s desire that we should discover Him to be a Saviour-God. This is why He sent His only-begotten Son into the world, that we might be saved from sin and its consequences. By the sacrifice of Himself at Calvary He brought salvation within the reach of all who are prepared to accept the testimony that God gives in His word about His Son. Accepting that testimony not only involves belief that Jesus Christ is equal with God, and that this qualifies Him to deal with the sin-question, but it also involves believing that we cannot save ourselves from sin, and that we have no strength to deal with that deep problem.
Those who do find salvation from sin’s power and consequences through faith in a crucified Saviour, find also that they are now able to understand that which the natural man cannot grasp. As a result, they will gladly acknowledge God to be the Creator of all things at the beginning, and will give Him the glory for it. The first chapter of the Bible will no longer be dismissed as myth and fable, but will be seen as the record of what God Himself did. This is not to say that only Christians can understand that all things were created by God. We learn from Romans 1:19 that unbelievers are held responsible by God for their response to the things they see around them.
The origin of matter also needs to be considered. There are those who reject the idea of creation altogether, because they say matter is eternal. If matter is eternal then it had no beginning. But if it exists and yet had no beginning it is an effect without a cause. This is self-evidently not the case. It was David Hume, celebrated atheist and philosopher, who said,

“I never asserted so absurd a proposition that anything might arise without a cause.”


The origin of life is also a matter of great difficulty to the evolutionist. But biology is the study of “bios”, the word the Greeks used for life, and zoology is the study of “zooim”, the word they used for living creatures. No-one who claims to be able to tell us about our origin should be allowed to evade this question. To plead ignorance, or even to rejoice in not knowing, is no help to us. There needs to be certainty. And this the atheist cannot give us, for the simple reason that he denies the existence of God.
God is the only wise God, and as such is the source of mind and reason. He is the Creator God, the source of all matter. And He is also the Living God, the source of every form of life. We must be clear that existence and life are not the same thing. Life is a condition of existence, as is death. For man, when life ends, death begins, but the person still exists. The state of existence has changed from life to death, but the existence itself is unchanging. The Bible makes it clear that “it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment”, Hebrews 9:27, so the person continues, even though his earthly life has come to an end. In what state the person continues depends on his response during his lifetime to the sacrifice of the Lord Jesus, for He was “once offered to bear the sins of many”, Hebrews 9:28, and those who rely on His finished work in genuine faith are assured that death is the gateway to heaven.
Now and again in the media there is great excitement because of some laboratory experiment which is supposed to have produced life. The excitement soon goes away, however, as it is realised that nothing of the sort has taken place. All that has happened is that lifeless sludge has been produced on the side of a test-tube. The tragedy is that the so-called triumph is widely reported in the media, but the eventual rejection of the so-called “scientific finding” is not mentioned.
Life as man has it may be defined as “That which enables us to act in response to our will”. Our will is that part of our being which prompts us to do a particular thing. The difference between animals and man is that an animal may change its behaviour as a result of stimulus or instinct, whereas man has a will which can be independent of stimuli. So, for instance, his senses tell him that to touch fire is harmful, yet he may rush into a burning building to save his children. He does not have to do that to survive, but he does it because he is more than a collection of cells reacting to stimuli. Man makes a multitude of responses which have nothing to do with survival, but he wills to make them. Where does that will come from? The atheist has no answer. The Christian believes the will of man comes from God, who made man in His own image so that he might represent and reflect Him.
We have now confronted three major questions, the existence of reason; the existence of matter; the existence of life. We have noted that the evolutionist has no viable answer to any of the three, and we have also noted the Christian answer, namely that God is the source of reason, matter, and life. Because He is the God of the universe, we are accountable to Him. Instead of evading this truth by hiding behind an unproven theory, it is the best policy to come to terms with things as they really are, and seek the relationship with God that He desires men to have.

JOHN 21

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end.  We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 21

Setting of the chapter
John tells us in verse 14 that he is recording three manifestations of the Lord Jesus to His disciples after His resurrection. John is a true evangelist, and wrote his gospel so that men might believe, 20:30,31. But a reading of those two verses will show that they are in a rather strange place. They represent a summary of the motive John had in writing the gospel, but do not come at the end of the gospel, where we might expect to find them. This suggests that they may form a link between what goes before and after them.

In the previous verses, the Lord has manifested Himself to His disciples, breathed on them with the words, “Receive ye the Holy Spirit”, and has sent them forth “as my Father hath sent me”, verse21. So this is the official commission of the apostles to go into the world as the Lord had gone into the world. So they go forth commissioned.

But Thomas was not present at that meeting, and this serves to introduce a further manifestation of the Lord eight days later. He so deals with Thomas that he is constrained to confess, “My Lord and my God”. The lesson is clear, that those sent forth by the Lord do so with a view to testifying of His authority, (my Lord”), and His Deity. (“my God”). They go forth confessing.

John then inserts his reason for writing, even that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God. This is the basis of the preaching of the apostles when they went forth. They go forth with confidence.

Survey of the chapter
When we come to chapter 21, we find that the emphasis is on the Lordship of Christ. He is called Lord seven times in the chapter, and the only other name given to Him is Jesus. The burden of the passage is that Jesus is Lord, and the seven uses of the title all refer to what John and Peter said or knew.

To this end, four truths are emphasised. First, the Lord’s complete control over the gospel preaching and its results, as shown by His control over the fish. Second, the need for love to the Lord to motivate those who care for those who are saved by their efforts. Third, that the life’s work of each servant is under the control of the Lord. Fourth, that the gospel is so full and wonderful that all the books in the world could not exhaust it.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-8 Lordship over the fish
(b) Verses 9-17 Lordship over the heart
(c) Verses 18-23 Lordship over the life
(d) Verses 24,25 Lordship over the library

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN, CHAPTER 21, VERSES 1 TO 17:

21:1 After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias; and on this wise shewed he himself.

21:2 There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples.

21:3 Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing. They say unto him, We also go with thee. They went forth, and entered into a ship immediately; and that night they caught nothing.

21:4 But when the morning was now come, Jesus stood on the shore: but the disciples knew not that it was Jesus.

21:5 Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any meat? They answered him, No.

21:6 And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find. They cast therefore, and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes.

21:7 Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord. Now when Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he girt his fisher’s coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea.

21:8 And the other disciples came in a little ship; (for they were not far from land, but as it were two hundred cubits,) dragging the net with fishes.

21:9 As soon then as they were come to land, they saw a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bread.

21:10 Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught.

21:11 Simon Peter went up, and drew the net to land full of great fishes, an hundred and fifty and three: and for all there were so many, yet was not the net broken.

21:12 Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine. And none of the disciples durst ask him, Who art thou? knowing that it was the Lord.

21:13 Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and giveth them, and fish likewise.

21:14 This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples, after that he was risen from the dead.

21:15 So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my lambs.

21:16 He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep.

21:17 He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, Feed my sheep.

 

(a) Verses 1-8
Lordship over the fish

The Lord’s complete control over the gospel preaching and its results.

21:1
After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias; and on this wise shewed he himself.

After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples- He is going to manifest some further feature of Himself that will encourage them as they go forth into the world for Him.

At the sea of Tiberias- John tells us in 6:1 that the sea of Galilee is the sea of Tiberias. He does not mention Galilee here, to emphasise the word Tiberias. Tiberias the town was founded by Herod Antipas in about AD 20, and named in honour of Tiberius Caesar. It was a very Gentile place.

Subsequently, the Sea of Galilee became known as the Sea of Tiberias. The name is therefore one that has strong suggestions of Gentile culture, power, and influence, and no doubt John chooses this name to emphasise the contrast between the power of the world expressed in politics and the power of Christ expressed in the gospel. The disciples have been sent into a world opposed to God, and they need superior power on their side. The incident that follows shows them that they do have Divine power on their side, but only when they come to an end of their own power.

And on this wise shewed he himself- to shew means to make apparent, so there is some feature of the Lord Jesus that has been present all along, but which is going to be highlighted. It is His Lordship, and as we have already noted, the word “Lord” occurs seven times in the chapter.

The section revolves around fishing, feeding sheep, and following. All must be done under His Lordship if it is to be glorifying to Him.

21:2
There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples.

There were together Simon Peter- they were not together as a company of disciples expecting the Lord to be in the midst. They are together because they have a common interest in fishing. Peter is always mentioned first in the lists of the apostles, but here he is first in that he takes the initiative to go fishing. He is primarily the one who needs to learn a lesson from the incident that follows, for he will be in the forefront of the preaching from the day of Pentecost onwards. The fact that he instigated the fishing expedition makes it even more a lesson for Peter.

And Thomas called Didymus- usually the list of disciples begins with Peter, and then continues with Andrew his brother, and then James and John, as in Matthew 10:2, or Peter, then James and John, and then Andrew, as in Mark 3:16-18. This is the only place where Thomas is mentioned next to Peter. It serves to highlight the fact that just a little while before Thomas had confessed Christ to be his Lord and his God, whereas Peter had denied that he knew Him. That failure is about to be dealt with publicly. It has already been dealt with privately, Mark 16:7; 1 Corinthians 15:5.

And Nathanael of Cana in Galilee- how striking that Peter is associated with the two disciples that are noted for their bold confession of Christ, for Nathanael had exclaimed, “Thou art the Son of God; Thou art the King of Israel”, John 1:49, and he had done this before he had seen a miracle or heard a discourse. Peter must have felt that his own denial was all the more appalling, for he had been privileged to see the miracles and hear the doctrine.

And the sons of Zebedee- John does not list the twelve apostles, so he did not have to mention his own name in that connection. Here he disguises himself as one of the sons of Zebedee, who was the owner of a fishing business, and James and John were with him in it, Mark 1:19,20. Later on he will be described as usual in the gospel, as the “disciple whom Jesus loved”, verses 7 and 20. The leading thought here is that he is a fisherman.

And two other of his disciples- if these had been apostles they surely would have been named. Their common bond with the others was their faith in Christ on one level, and their vocation as fishermen on a lower level. It does serve to remind us that though the initial preaching of the gospel was entrusted to the apostles, it was not long before others were engaged in it. It also serves to show that the ongoing work of evangelisation does not depend on any supposed apostolic succession.

21:3
Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing. They say unto him, We also go with thee. They went forth, and entered into a ship immediately; and that night they caught nothing.

Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing- some have criticised Peter for this, suggesting that it shows that he was disillusioned, and wanted to go back to his old ways. But we should remember that there is no rebuke from the Lord when He meets them later, and in fact He uses the incident to teach them a much-needed lesson. We should remember that fishing was not a hobby with these men, but their means of livelihood.

The Lord had indicated a change in their lives after he had gone back to heaven. We read, “And he said unto them, When I sent you without purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any thing? And they said, Nothing. Then said he unto them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one”, Luke 22:35,36. So there is a “when” and a “but now”, indicating that they need not expect others to provide for them from that time onwards. So Peter is justified in pursuing his calling as a fisherman so as to provide for his family, and so that he will have money in his purse if the Lord leads him to travel a while evangelising.

The apostle Paul made it clear that it was only he and Barnabas who had the authority to forbear working, 1 Corinthians 9:6. Those who were converted through their ministry were responsible for supporting them when this was necessary, and is this way they “lived of the gospel”, verse 14.

They say unto him, We also go with thee- they respond to Peter’s leadership. His leadership in better things will be established in this incident.

They went forth, and entered into a ship immediately- the Lord will skilfully turn this readiness to work into service for Him. It is good if there is a willingness to serve the Lord, and immediate response to His commands.

And that night they caught nothing- this is the critical thing, for they are being taught that if they act independently of Christ they will fail. They had had this experience before, and they knew how the Lord had stepped in then, and they caught a great haul of fishes, see Luke 5:4-11. That incident had been the means of them being commissioned to be with Him, and go forth to preach the gospel of the kingdom. Now they have been sent forth to preach the gospel of God’s grace, and yet they must still be under His control.

21:4
But when the morning was now come, Jesus stood on the shore: but the disciples knew not that it was Jesus.

But when the morning was now come- if fish are not caught during the night they will probably not be caught during the day. Their failure is total, as it needed to be, so that the lesson they are about to be taught will impress them permanently.

Jesus stood on the shore- He will show them that He can do from the shore what they totally fail to do as experienced fishermen from their boat.

But the disciples knew not that it was Jesus- this was literally true, but they are going to find that as He manifests Himself, they will know Him in a better way spiritually.

21:5
Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any meat? They answered him, No.

Then Jesus saith unto them, Children- this word is translated like this three times in the New Testament. The second time is in Hebrews 2:13, where we hear the Lord Jesus say, “Behold I and the children whom God hath given Me”. This is a quotation from Isaiah 8:18. Isaiah had the task of warning the wicked king Ahaz of impending captivity at the hands of the Assyrians. As a sign to Israel, Isaiah was instructed by God to name his two sons in a particular way. One was to be Shear-jashub, a name which means “A remnant shall return”, and the other, Maher-shalal-hash-baz, which means “In making haste to the spoil he hasteneth the prey”. So when Isaiah said to the nation, “Behold, I and the children which God hath given me”, they were a “sign and a wonder” to Israel. Maher-shalal-hash-baz was testimony that the Assyrian would indeed hasten to invade the land, and take them as a prey. The other son, however, was God’s promise that even though that happened, a remnant would return from captivity. So the idea is of successful outcome after seeming disaster.

If the disciples thought on these lines, they would see that the one who stood on the shore was able to bring triumph out of disaster, whether the trivial matter of a night of fruitless fishing, or the very important matter of successful evangelism after the one who is preached had been rejected and crucified.

The third time the word “children” is found as a translation of this word is in Hebrews 2:13, where we read, “Forasmuch as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same”. This tells of the complete authority of Christ over the Devil, who had the power of death. Both references to children therefore are an assurance of the complete control of the one to whom they are related spiritually.

The word children expresses the vulnerability of the disciples in the face of disaster. Indeed, the particular Greek word used here is also used of the Lord Jesus when He was eight days old, Luke 21. It is also distinguished from “men” in Matthew 14:21, showing that the thought in John 21 is of their vulnerability. But their relationship with Christ in resurrection would bring them through.

Whether the disciples realised these truths at the time is not told us, but as they thought about them afterwards they would have been greatly encouraged, especially in times when they seemed to not be very successful in their role as fishers of men.

Have ye any meat? The question is prefaced with a Greek word which shows that the answer is going to be more or less in the negative. He gently indicates that He knows their situation. It is a genuine question in that He wants them to declare what the position is, and enable them to confess the full extent of their failure.

The word meat was used in former times for any sort of food; so, for instance, the offering of Leviticus 2 was called a meat offering, even though there was no animal flesh involved. Here, the question is about fish. It shows that the Lord recognised that their fishing expedition was not a money-making venture, but was prompted by the very real need to support their families. If Peter and Andrew had really wanted to return to their old life, they could have rejoined their father in his fishing business.

They answered him, No- what else could they say? It is true that they were far enough from the shore to prevent someone seeing their boat was empty, but they answer honestly. They confess the situation with their own mouths. We cannot hide anything from the Lord, even if we try.

21:6
And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find. They cast therefore, and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes.

And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find- there must have been something in the tone of voice of the stranger on the shore which assured them that He was to be obeyed. In a previous and similar incident as recorded in Luke 5:4-11, Peter had protested that they had caught nothing all night, and implied that to try again was useless. We have nothing of that here.

They might well have reasoned that the right side of the ship was only a few feet from the left side of the ship, so wherein lay the difference? They will come to realise that the difference lays in obedience to Him. To cast the net in response to His command, is always to cast on the “right” side.

They cast therefore, and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes- the “now” of this sentence is the same “now” of verse 10, “the fish ye have now caught”; it is His intervention that makes the difference between the toiling all night and the “now” of instant success.

In Luke 5 the net brake, for the simple reason that the Lord had told them to cast nets, and they only cast one. Here, the Lord knows exactly what they will catch, and that one net will hold them all.

In this verse, and in verse 11, the word used for “draw” is the same as is used in John 6:44, where the Lord says, “no man can come unto me except the Father which hath sent me draw him”. He went on to say, “It is written in the prophets, And they shall all be taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me”. This suggests that the “net” which draws men to Christ, the Father’s appointed means, is the word of God. This is why the net did not break in this incident, for the Lord said, “The scripture cannot be broken”, John 10:35. The word of God is the sure way of bringing sinners to Christ. We are not expected to devise clever schemes and strategies to present the gospel. This would be the same as using nets other than the one He commanded to let down, which is the mistake Peter made in Luke 5. All that is needed is the setting forth of the truth of God as found in the word of God in the power of the Spirit of God. Divine resources like these cannot fail.

The disciples were not able to draw the net, meaning they were not able to pull the fish out of the water into the boat. It was the net that caught the fish; they were only the agents used to land the fish in the boat. But this they could not do, another example of their powerlessness. Their empty net during the night showed their failure, and so did their empty boat now. In the other incident in Luke 5, they were able to bring a large catch into the boat, but not here. Their failure is manifest.

21:7
Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord. Now when Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he girt his fisher’s coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea.

Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord- ever the man of insight, John realises from what has happened, (and no doubt helped by his experience in Luke 5 with the draught of fishes there), that the stranger can only be the Lord. He has knowledge beyond theirs, (even though they are experienced fishermen), and also has control over the fish of the sea in their movements. It is not too much to say that He had prevented the fish from entering their net during the night, and now He had commanded them to do so.

Now when Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he girt his fisher’s coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea- it seems strange to put clothes on to prepare to swim, but there is an over-riding consideration. He is about to stand before the Lord, and he knows that he must be dressed suitably for His presence. This incident teaches us that there is a dress code that is suitable for coming together. Those who are spiritual will realise that. Those who are carnal and do not realise it need to be instructed. Decorum should mark us as we meet together. And there is no reason to make weekday meetings the exception. The Lord is the same in the week as He is on Sunday. Casual dress is an indicator of casual attitude which leads to casual behaviour.

Notice that Peter does not attempt to walk on the water here. He has denied his Lord since he did that, and perhaps is not quite confident that he deserves to be upheld on the water as before.

21:8
And the other disciples came in a little ship; (for they were not far from land, but as it were two hundred cubits,) dragging the net with fishes.

And the other disciples came in a little ship; (for they were not far from land, but as it were two hundred cubits,) as is common practice, a small vessel is used to row out from the shore to reach the bigger vessel that cannot come near to the shore-line. It would be towed behind the larger ship, to be available when needed.

This is why John adds, as an aside, the distance from the shore. Because it was only a short distance, the water would be shallow and the larger vessel could not approach.

Dragging the net with fishes- the disciples are presented with a problem. They cannot draw the fishes over the side of the vessel, there are so many, (and Peter is not now in the boat so there is one less to help), and they cannot pull the net with the larger vessel because the water is too shallow, so they drag the net full of fishes through the water by means of the smaller boat, until they reach the shore. Perhaps we could see in this that there is room for enterprise in the making known of the gospel; but there is no room for gimmicks, for the little ship was perfectly orthodox.

(b) Verses 9-17
Lordship over the heart

The need for love to the Lord to motivate those who care for those who are saved by their efforts

21:9
As soon then as they were come to land, they saw a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bread.

As soon then as they were come to land- the meal was ready for them as soon as the reached the shore, showing that the Lord had not needed them in order to provide a meal. He is the Last Adam, and the fish of the sea are under His control, Psalm 8:8.

They saw a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bread- He knows they will be depressed, cold and hungry, and He, as ever, has the answer. It almost seems as if they are still in the little boat when they see the fire. The boat had grounded on the beach, but they had not yet disembarked.

Of course the fire is going to bring back memories for Peter, for he had warmed himself at the fire in the High Priest’s Palace, and then denied the Lord, Luke 22:55. He will soon be given the opportunity to publicly reverse that public denial.

21:10
Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught.

Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught- how gracious of the Lord to allow them to associate their fish with His fish. It symbolises His willingness to share in the great work of evangelism. “We are labourers together with God”, 1 Corinthians 3:9. Isaiah said, “Lord, who hath believed our report?”, Romans 10:16. Peter brought the Word of God on the day of Pentecost, but we read that the three thousand converts “gladly received his word”, Acts 2:41. The Lord prayed for those who would believe “through their word”, John 17:20.

“Ye have now caught” highlights their previous failure on their own, and their success when instructed by Him.

He asks them to bring little fish, such is the meaning of the word, as it is in the previous verse. It would not be suitable for the disciples to bring large fish, (for they had caught many large fish), and to place them beside His small fish. The little fish in question were considered a delicacy, and were eaten with bread. The Lord will see to it that His guests feel welcome. It will also be a test of obedience and a sign of humility if only little fishes are selected and brought from amongst the large fishes they had caught.

21:11
Simon Peter went up, and drew the net to land full of great fishes, an hundred and fifty and three: and for all there were so many, yet was not the net broken.

Simon Peter went up- was he still standing in the water, hesitating to come out now that he realised that John was right, and the stranger on the shore was in fact the Lord? It seems as if the six disciples were also hesitant, and were still in the boat, for only Peter lands the fish.

And drew the net to land full of great fishes- the net was full of great fishes, but there were enough small fishes to fulfil the request of the Lord. It would be a comparatively easy job to pull the net onto the shore now that it had been brought to shallow water.

An hundred and fifty and three- no doubt Peter did not stop to count them at first, but they must have done afterwards. He must minister to the Lord rather than be occupied with their success. Much has been written about this number, but perhaps its very strangeness is an indication that it is the fish that matter, and not their number. The number is given to impress upon on the success of the fishing when the Lord is in control.

And for all there were so many, yet was not the net broken- as already noticed, the net did not break because the Lord only required them to cast one net. In Luke 5 the Lord had said nets, in the plural, and the disciples only cast one, so it is no surprise the net broke, to demonstrate that if we only obey partially, we must only expect partial success, which is the same as partial failure.

21:12
Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine. And none of the disciples durst ask him, Who art thou? knowing that it was the Lord.

Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine- if they were still standing in the boat, then the call is to come closer and share with Him in His expression of authority and power, the loaves and the fishes.

And none of the disciples durst ask him, Who art thou? They did not dare to ask Him for He had made it so obvious by His words and actions that it was He. It would have been an insult to ask who He was, when what He had done was purposely designed to bring to their mind former incidents. The word “durst” is based on the verb “to dare”. It was not that they were afraid of the Lord, but they did not want to repeat the mistake Philip had made when, in the upper room, he was mildly rebuked for not knowing the Lord as he should have done, John 14:9.

21:13
Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and giveth them, and fish likewise.

Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and giveth them, and fish likewise- we should remember that the Lord has taken the form of a servant for ever. It is part of His nature as a man, and He expresses this by these actions. He had said during His ministry that “Blessed are those servants, whom the Lord when he cometh shall find watching: verily I say unto you, that he shall gird Himself, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them”, Luke 37.

It is also a lesson to the disciples, for they are called to be servants too. Not only are they to catch fish in evangelism, but they are to provide comfort of soul and nourishment for those saved through their ministry.

21:14
This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples, after that he was risen from the dead.

This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples, after that he was risen from the dead- that is, the third time John records in his gospel that He manifested Himself to disciples, as opposed to individuals, like Mary Magdalene.

The first time, 20:19-23, was to grant them peace, to give them the Holy Spirit, and to send them forth, as He had been sent forth of His Father.

The second time, 20:24-29, was to dispel unbelief, and to produce the testimony of Thomas, “My Lord and my God”, the attitude of heart that true evangelists should display.

The third time, 21:1-13, is to show His complete control over the fishing for men; that it must not be done in our own strength, and that those who serve Him well will know His reward.

We now come to the reinstatement of the apostle Peter to his prominent position amongst the twelve. He had been met by the Lord at some point on the day of Christ’s resurrection, but this had been a private meeting, 1 Corinthians 15:5. (See also Mark 16:7, where the angel specifically mentions Peter, so that he would have an early indication that he was not totally rejected). Now he is to be given the opportunity to reaffirm what he no doubt said on that occasion, that he did truly love the Lord.

It would be helpful if we considered the context of Peter’s statements about his loyalty to the Lord, and the subsequent prophecy of his three denials. The four gospels present the matter as follows:

Matthew 26:31-35
“Then saith Jesus unto them, All ye shall be offended because of me this night: for it is written, I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad. But after I am risen again, I will go before you into Galilee. Peter answered and said unto him, Though all men shall be offended because of thee, yet will I never be offended. Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this night, before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice. Peter said unto him, Though I should die with thee, yet will I not deny thee. Likewise also said all the disciples.”

Key points:

1. The disciples are like sheep, and they will be scattered.

2. They will all be offended, meaning that they will be led into a trap by Satan.

3. Peter states he is prepared to die with the Lord. All the disciples say the same.

Mark 14:27-31
“And Jesus saith unto them, All ye shall be offended because of me this night: for it is written, I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep shall be scattered. But after that I am risen, I will go before you into Galilee. But Peter said unto him, Although all shall be offended, yet will not I. And Jesus saith unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this day, even in this night, before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice. But he spake the more vehemently, If I should die with Thee, I will not deny thee in any wise. Likewise also said they all.”

Key point:

1. Peter asserts vehemently that he will not deny Him. With this we may compare his cursing and swearing when he did in fact deny His Lord, Mark 14:71.

Luke 22:31-34
“And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren. And he said unto him, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death. And he said, I tell thee, Peter, the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt thrice deny that thou knowest me”.

Key points:

1. Peter and the others will be sifted as wheat. Not winnowed as those who might be chaff, but sifted or sieved as wheat which needs foreign matter separated from it; the foreign matter in this instance being the tendency to deny the Lord. Despite the sifting, their faith will not fail, for the Lord had already interceded for them. Peter did not deny His person, as if he went back on his confession that He was the Son of God, so his faith did not fail, but his courage did.

2. When he is converted, (so the Lord has confidence that he will be recovered from his denial), he is to strengthen his brethren, so that they do not make the same mistake as he did.

3. Peter declares he is prepared to go to prison as well as death.

John 13:33-36
“Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another. Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not follow me now; but thou shalt follow me afterwards. Peter said unto him, Lord, why cannot I follow thee now? I will lay down my life for thy sake. Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake? Verily, verily, I say unto thee, The cock shall not crow, till thou hast denied me thrice”.

Key points:

1. The warning of denial follows the command to love one another. Peter ignores this, and concentrates on the fact the Lord is going away. He needs a lesson about love to his brethren.

2. He affirms his willingness to follow the Lord, but in the event he followed afar off, Luke 22:54.

These nine points are the background for the incident we are now to consider.

21:15
So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed My lambs.

So when they had dined- the Lord had prepared a fire and food for His cold and hungry disciples, and now they have enjoyed His fellowship around the fire. This would have memories for Peter, for he had dined with the Lord in the upper room, but then had gone out and stood beside the world’s fire in the High Priest’s Palace, with those who were hostile to the Christ of God.

Jesus saith to Simon Peter- the Lord uses a combination of the name given to him by his father, and the name given to him by Christ, John 1:42, (Cephas being the equivalent to Peter). All believers have that which has come from our father, a sinful nature, and that which has come from Christ, the new nature. We are to put off the one and put on the other, in practical terms. Sadly, the “Simon” part of Peter had come to the fore in his denial.

Simon, son of Jonas- this is the name the Lord addressed Him by when He renamed him, John 1:42, showing that He knew who he was and what he was like, and that he eventually would be a stalwart of the faith, rock-like in his stand for Christ. It was also the name by which the Lord addressed him when he confessed that He was the Christ, the Son of the living God, Matthew 16:16,17. Again, this was an evidence of his steadfastness. But he had not been like this when a servant maid confronted him in the palace court of the High Priest. He needs to be brought back to his resolute stand for Christ, for he will confront the crowds on the day of Pentecost, and the nation’s leaders subsequently.

Lovest thou me more than these? The Lord is now going to teach that love to the Lord should motivate those who care for converts. There are two words for love used in these verses, but they are not different enough to warrant being distinguished in translation. Experts agree there is little difference between them, which shows that the Authorised Version is, as ever, correct. They are both used of the love between the Father and the Son, (John 5:20 uses “phileo”, whereas John 3:35 uses “agapeo”. The latter is love for love’s sake, whereas the former is love because of some relationship). The one is not higher than the other, but they stand side by side.

When the Lord had exhorted His own to love one another in view of the fact that He would soon go where they could not follow, John 13:33,34, Peter was so taken up by the idea of them not being able to follow, (he thought he was able), that he ignored the command to love one another. This oversight is now being corrected by the Lord with His questions about love.

Peter had said, “Although all shall be offended, yet will not I”, thus setting himself above the others in devotion to Christ, even though they all said they would die with Him. John has deliberately listed the disciples at the beginning of the chapter in the order “Peter, Thomas, Nathanael”, thus linking the three together. The other two had confessed the Lord, as Peter had, but they had not denied Him. Peter must humble himself to recognise that he has failed in the matter of confessing the Lord before men.

How grateful Peter must have been that just as there was provision in the trespass offering for one who had made a rash vow, so the sacrifice of Christ safeguarded him from judgment, Leviticus 5:4, where “pronounce with an oath” has the idea of speaking unadvisedly, which Peter certainly did.

He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee- the first sign of Peter’s recovery is that he calls the Lord by His rightful name. When the Lord and Master had stooped to wash the disciples’ feet, Peter had protested, thinking that this was not fitting for one who is Lord. Christ teaches him otherwise. Peter is learning to take the low place. As he himself wrote later, “Yea, all of you, be subject one to another, and be clothed with humility: for God resisteth the proud, and giveth grace unto the humble. Humble yourselves under the mighty had of God, that he may exalt you in due time”, 1 Peter 5:5,6. “Clothed with humility” reminds us of the Lord taking a towel and girding Himself to serve His disciples.

Peter had not stopped believing in Christ, for He had prayed for him that his faith would not fail, Luke 22:31, 32. However, he did deny that he knew Him, and this was hurtful to Christ as He stood above in the Palace. Here he is being brought back to a confession of Christ as Lord, which is the theme of the whole chapter. He must say “Lord”, three times, to show his denial was not a final repudiation, but a temporary lapse.

He saith unto him, Feed my lambs- when the Lord had foretold that the disciples would forsake Him, He quoted from Zechariah 13:7, “Smite the shepherd, and the sheep shall be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones”. First of all He would be smitten, and the sheep would be scattered. As Peter stood below where Christ was being interrogated by the authorities, he very possibly would hear Him being smitten by the high priest’s officials, Matthew 26:67. Each blow would remind Peter of the prophecy Christ had given, and the connection He made between that smiting and the disciples being offended.

Second, He would gather them together unto Him in resurrection, and because they were vulnerable would call them His children, meaning they were like lambs. Now Peter is entrusted with the same task of caring for the vulnerable. As the Lord had said to him, “when thou are converted, strengthen thy brethren”. As Peter emerges from his distressing experience, he is the stronger for it, and is in a good position to help those who are in danger of faltering in their faith.

21:16
He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; Thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep.

He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou Me? This is the same question, using the same word for love, the only difference being that there is no mention of “these”, the other disciples. Clearly the Lord, who reads the heart, (“Thou knowest that I love thee”), has discerned that Peter has learned his lesson about being better than the others.

Peter gives the same answer, again appealing to the fact that the Lord knows his heart, and affirming that he loves Him because there is a relationship between them.

He saith unto him, Feed my sheep- it is not now the believers as vulnerable lambs, who need feeding and strengthening so that they do not deny their Lord. Here it is those who, like Peter, are the sheep of the Good Shepherd’s flock, (as the lambs are, of course), and He is entrusting them to one who loves Him, and therefore will love His sheep. The Good Shepherd feeds His sheep by leading them into the green pastures, so He exhorts Peter in verse 19 to follow Him. If Peter does that, and does not forsake Him and flee as he did at the arrest of Christ, he will be enabled to lead others in the paths of righteousness.

21:17
He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was grieved because He said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord, Thou knowest all things; Thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, Feed my sheep.

He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? The three denials must be matched by three affirmations of loyalty and love. Is this not why He now uses the word “phileo”, the one that Peter had used in his previous two answers? He is encouraging him to use the same word again.

In the first question, it is agapeo, (the Lord)…phileo, (Peter) In the second question it is, agapeo, (the Lord)…phileo, (Peter). In the third question it is, phileo, (the Lord)…phileo, (Peter).

Peter was grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? Some have thought that Peter is grieved because the Lord has descended to using Peter’s word, and this is love on a lower level. But this cannot be so, for as we have already noticed, it is used of the love of the Father for the Son, so cannot be an inferior love; they always love to perfection. As we have noted, the Lord uses Peter’s word to prompt him to use it again.

So why was Peter grieved? Not because of the Lord’s use of “his” word for love, but because it was the third time. The bitterness of his three-fold denial is being gently brought home to him by the Lord, not by outright and public rebuke, but by being given the opportunity to make amends by declaring his love, which springs from a very real relationship with the Lord.

And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee- if phileo is a lower word, why did Peter use it in his protest? Why did he not say, “Thou knowest that I love (agapeo) Thee?” This would have settled the matter once and for all, if agapeo was the best sort of love. Such was the genuineness of Peter’s first two assertions of love, that, even in a state of grief because he is being asked again, he does not feel the need to add to what he said before. Peter is making it clear by saying “Lord, thou knowest all things”, that he is being genuine and sincere in his replies. He is fully aware that the Lord would know is he was being anything other than honest.

Jesus saith unto him, Feed my sheep- there is no rebuke here about using an “inferior” word for love, (since we have seen that Peter’s word was not inferior), nor is there a lesser task entrusted to him who has used it. Indeed, now that it has been used three times over, the Lord can entrust to Peter not just the feeding of sheep, but their general care as well. One who loves with that sort of intensity can be relied upon to love the flock deeply also, and minister to their every need. The third word for feed means to carry out the whole range of tasks that a shepherd would engage in who cares for the flock.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN, CHAPTER 21, VERSES 18 TO 25:

21:18 Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdest thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not.

21:19 This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God. And when he had spoken this, he saith unto him, Follow me.

21:20 Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; which also leaned on his breast at supper, and said, Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee?

21:21 Peter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man do?

21:22 Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? follow thou me.

21:23 Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?

21:24 This is the disciple which testifieth of these things, and wrote these things: and we know that his testimony is true.

21:25 And there are also many other things which Jesus did, the which, if they should be written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that should be written. Amen.

(c) Verses 18-23
Lordship over the life

The life’s work of each servant is under the control of the Lord

21:18
Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdest thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not.

Verily, verily, I say unto thee- we might be startled by the occurrence of these words in this connection. They always introduce doctrine of prime importance in John’s gospel, so we are prepared by the use of this expression for some fresh revelation. Coming as they do before a prophecy about the manner of Peter’s death, and the long life of John, they suggest to us that there is important truth about to be imparted.

When thou wast young, thou girdest thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest- Peter is thought of first as having been young, and then in the next statement as going to be old, suggesting he was middle-aged at the time of this incident. He was marked by self-sufficiency, (girdest thyself), and determination, (where thou wouldest), in his youth, evidently. Even the word “girdest” would suggest energy and activity, for in the East a man girded up his loins for strenuous activity, tying up his flowing robes so that he could move freely. That energy and determination shows itself in Peter in the gospel records, and is one reason why he denied his Lord, for he was relying on his own strength to serve the Lord, which is always a disaster. The fact that the Lord knew this is a token of His omniscience, for it showed that He knew about Peter long before he was called to be an apostle.

But when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not- not only is the Lord omniscient about his past private life, but about the future, too, for He knows what will happen to Peter when he has grown old. He knows also the way in which he will die. He would do three things, namely stretch forth his hands, be girded by another, (in contrast to girding himself in his youth), and be taken where he did not wish to go, (in contrast to going where he did wish to go). We are told the meaning of these words in the next verse.

21:19
This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God. And when he had spoken this, he saith unto him, Follow me.

This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God- in the upper room Peter said, “Lord, why cannot I follow thee now? I will lay down my life for thy sake”, John 13:37. Peter here learns that his words are going to be fulfilled in a way he did not anticipate. Peter was thinking of the time then present; indeed, the very night he spoke the words. The Lord here informs him that he will be given the opportunity of making good his word, but not for many years.

If Peter had died trying to defend the Lord from His arrest, trial and crucifixion, that would not have been a death to the glory of God, but rather would have been to the glory of Peter, for men would have admired his heroism. He is going to die by crucifixion, as is indicated by the Lord’s words here. Tradition says that this indeed took place, with Peter insisting on being crucified upside down, so that there would be no comparison with the death of His Saviour, even in the physical sense.

But where did Peter get this idea? Was it from the order of the Lord’s words of verse 18? The victim of crucifixion is first taken to the place of execution, then has his hands stretched out on a cross, and then he is bound to the cross. But the prophecy of Christ about Peter gives the order almost in reverse, the stretching forth of the hands and the girding, and then the carrying where he was unwilling to go. There is to be no mistaking Peter’s crucifixion for Christ’s; in all things He must be distinct and superior. There is no mention of being nailed to a cross either, in the case of Peter. There is only one pierced victim to whom men should look, John 19:37.

Not only did Peter vow to die for the sake of His Lord, but also that he would go to prison for His sake. Is this the girding? He is to be arrested, and commanded to hold out his hands to be handcuffed, and then put in prison. Then he will be taken from his prison cell to his crucifixion. (The word gird does not mean to dress, but is derived from the word “belt”). Instead of walking where he wished, Peter is going to be carried by another to a place he would not wish to go naturally, even to the place of execution.

And when he had spoken this, he saith unto him, Follow me- how significant this is! It was by the Sea of Galilee that Peter had first heard the Lord’s call to follow Him, Matthew 4:18-22. He had done so for three and a half years, and when the Lord Jesus foretold His death, Peter still wanted to follow Him, as we have noticed in John 13:36-38, quoted above.
Peter learns from these words that the death of the Lord Jesus is unique, for there is that about it that cannot be imitated by another. But on the other hand, Peter also learns that in a lesser sense it can be imitated in its martyr-character, and Peter is going to follow the Lord to death in that way. But he is in no fit state spiritually to do that yet. He must learn his own weakness by denying His Lord. He vowed to follow, but denied his Lord with oaths before the night was out. So by bidding him to follow Him here in John 21, he is reminding him of his former promise, and encouraging him to make good that promise. Peter had not only pledged to follow his Lord, but also to go into prison and death for Him. He is being exhorted to follow that pathway now, and re-dedicate himself to the Lord, even to that extent.

21:20
Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; which also leaned on his breast at supper, and said, Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee?

Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following- this is the final reference in the gospel to the expression “the disciple whom Jesus loved”, another name for John the apostle. He had a very real sense of the love of the Lord Jesus. It was not that the Lord did not love the others, for He had said, “as my Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love”, John 15:9. So He loved them all, but there were degrees to which each one continued in that love, enjoying it and returning it. John was one of those who appreciated the love of the Lord for him, and was confident that Jesus loved Him. It is not surprising then to note that John is said to be following; he does not need to be exhorted to follow Christ, as Peter does.
Which also leaned on his breast at supper, and said, Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee? The second feature about John is that he was the one that Peter had asked to enquire of the Lord about the betrayer. Significantly, he is said here to have been on the breast of Jesus at the passover supper. As far as position at the table was concerned, he was leaning on the bosom of Christ. In other words, as they reclined on the floor surrounding the meal-table with their legs stretched out behind them, it was John who was next to Christ, leaning back towards Him. But in order to ask the Lord about the betrayer, he then leaned back further onto Christ, close to His heart, so to speak. So it is not his position at the table that describes him here, but the way in which he was able to ask a question of Him. These two features of John are very significant in this context, and are connected. Love to the Lord will be concerned about anything and anyone that betrays Him, for love and loyalty go together, and betrayal is the opposite of loyalty. This sets the scene for the conversation that follows here.

21:21
Peter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man do?

Peter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man do? We should not think of this as Peter being a busy-body, and making sure everyone is doing something. Rather, it is a concern lest the death which has just been predicted for Peter is the same as John shall suffer. It is as if he says, “Will this man be girded, and taken where he would not, also?” Already Peter is showing a concern for the sheep, even if in this instance the sheep is a fellow apostle. This gives the Lord the opportunity to foretell the personal future of John. This is the last of seven mentions of Christ as Lord in this chapter. John wrote twenty chapters to show us that Jesus, the historical man of the gospel records, is the Christ, the predicted Messiah of the Old Testament records, and also the Son of God, John 20:31. In chapter twenty-one he writes to show that this same one is also Lord.

21:22
Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? follow thou me.


Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?
Peter is gently told here that the one he has called Lord is indeed in control of all things. In this context He is in control of the length of the life of His saints. The Lord does not say that John will survive until the rapture, and so be one of those that shall be “alive and remain”, 1 Thessalonians 4:17 at that moment. But He does propose it as a possibility. Whatever actually happens, this does not affect Peter’s personal position. That will not be altered by what happens to John. It is the extent of the life of John that is in view here.

Follow thou me- far from being preoccupied, however sincerely, with John’s prospects, Peter should concentrate on doing as exhorted, follow the Lord, even though that means going to a martyr’s death.

21:23
Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?

Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die- so a misunderstanding arose from the Lord’s word, “If I will that he tarry till I come”. It is simply a statement of possibility, not a prophecy of what will definitely happen. We should beware of jumping to conclusions in any circumstance, most of all in connection with the statements of Scripture.

Yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? John repeats the words so that we may see that it was not that the Lord’s statement was unclear, but that He was misunderstood.
It is true, however, that the possibility that the brethren turned into a certainty was indeed a possibility. If it had been the will of Christ, John could have survived until the Lord’s coming, if that coming had been within the span of a long lifetime. Now Peter is going to live until he is old, and then die, so John must surely be going to live until he is very old. But what purpose is to be served by this?
We noticed that the statements we have looked at began with the words “Verily, verily”, and we have noted that these words always introduce important doctrine in John’s gospel. Doctrine, moreover, that is fresh and new. So what are the new truths that are being presented to us in these incidents, the first involving Peter, and then John?
Remember that John’s gospel has as its theme the gift of eternal life. We learn here, however, that those who have eternal life may still die. Of course, in relation to that life they never die, as the Lord stated in John 8:52, “If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death”. Physical death to such an one is totally different, for the possession of eternal life over-rides all other considerations, making death an irrelevance in this context.
What do we learn from the word to John? Firstly that there is the possibility for all believers currently alive on the earth that they may not physically die, for the Lord Jesus is coming not only for “the dead in Christ”, but those who are “alive and remain at His coming”, 1 Thessalonians 4:16,17.
Secondly, as far as John personally was concerned, he was to be granted a long life. Now why should this be? For a very good reason. John lived on and on so that three things might happen. First, that errors about the person of Christ might arise, so that he might deal with them in his writings. Second, and connected with this, that John might condemn as heretical the writings of unbelieving men. Third, that he might be on hand to give his approval to inspired writings as they were produced and circulated.
This is a very valuable ministry, and merits the “Verily, verily” that introduces it. We may be sure that all that we receive as being the Word of God is indeed that, and does not contain anything that is spurious, for John was at hand to give it his approval. Furthermore anything that is produced after his death may be safely put to one side as being uninspired, whether written by unbeliever or believer. The promise of Christ to His apostles was that the Spirit of truth would guide them into all truth, John 16:13, so as John grew old, very probably outliving the other apostles, he was the last to be guided into all truth in this way. We may therefore be confident that all that we find in the New Testament is truth from God. By the same token, all that contradicts it is not truth from God.

(d) Verses 24,25
Lordship over the library

The gospel is so full and wonderful that all the books in the world could not exhaust it.

21:24
This is the disciple which testifieth of these things, and wrote these things: and we know that his testimony is true.

This is the disciple which testifieth of these things, and wrote these things- there are very few who deny that “the disciple whom Jesus loved” is John. The idea of testimony is strong with him, for he emphasises the eyewitness character of his writings, both his gospel, 19:35, his first epistle, 1 John 1:1-3, and even the book of Revelation, which contains what he saw as he was permitted to see into the future. He describes himself in that book as “John, who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of the things that he saw”, Revelation 1:2,3.

And we know that his testimony is true- the plural pronoun may pose a difficulty here, and to solve the problem, (if there is one), some have suggested that these last two verses were written by someone other than John. But if that is the case, why did that person write “we?” Who did he join with himself as he wrote the postscript to John’s writing? If he does not tell us who he is, and who else joins with him, then the veracity of the whole gospel is imperilled, for John insists that he wrote as an eye-witness, John 19:35; 1 John 1:1-3, and if the one who is endorsing John’s testimony is not himself an eye-witness, nor the others who join with him, then that testimony is undermined. Furthermore, why did this unknown person revert to “I” in the next verse?

In John 19:35 John states “he knoweth that he saith true”, affirming his own conviction that his testimony was accurate. Here in this verse there is the same assertion, but this time it is “we”. In the Third Epistle of John, the apostle is commending Demetrius, writing, “he hath a good report of all men, and of the truth itself; yea, and we also bear record; and ye know that our record is true”, verse 12. Is it not the case that John is using the “we” of authority; in this case of apostolic authority. He knows what his fellow-apostles would have thought of Demetrius if they had known him, (and in fact, some of them may have known him), and therefore he is free to say “we” as one who is speaking for them all. After all, the Lord Jesus did pray that the apostles might be one, John 17:11, and this is one way in which His prayer was answered.

This is important in the light of the fact that John’s life was prolonged so that he could give his approval to the inspired writings. If he can do this with an apostolic “we” of authority, then by so much is his testimony strengthened, for it is the combined testimony of the apostolic band.

21:25
And there are also many other things which Jesus did, the which, if they should be written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that should be written. Amen.

And there are also many other things which Jesus did- this shows that the “these things” of verse 24 refers to the doings of the Lord Jesus when here on earth. “Did” would include His teaching. John has already written like this in 20:30, when he says “And many other signs truly did Jesus which are not written in this book”. He thus leaves room for the other inspired writings of Matthew, Mark and Luke.

The which, if they should be written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that should be written. Amen- the Lord Jesus described His ministry as “so long time”, John 14:9, for compressed into those three and a half years was the whole of His work. Being a Divine person, to Him each day was a thousand years as to its opportunity and potential, 2 Peter 3:8, and whatever He did was capable of extensive comment. In fact, it will take all eternity to explore the wonders of what He did down here. No wonder John says the world would not be able to contain the books, for they would be infinite in number, enough to occupy believers for all eternity.

 

JOHN 20

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 20

Special note on resurrection
The word resurrection, literally translated, means “a standing again”, so has particular reference to the body, which falls in death. To raise the dead is the prerogative of God. As the apostle Paul said to Felix, “Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that God should raise the dead?” Acts 26:8. Nebuchadnezzar was able to “keep alive“, Daniel 5:19; but God is able to make alive, 1 Samuel 2: 6. King Jehoram said ” Am I God, to kill and to make alive?” 2 Kings 5:7. (These words were spoken near Nain, the place where Christ raised the widow of Nain’s son, Luke 7:11-18.). The magicians of Egypt testified that when Aaron brought life out of the dust, it was the finger of God, Exodus 8:19. If God can make Adam stand on his feet at the beginning, He can do so again. If He can give a man a spirit, He can return it to him. We shall see later on that Scripture speaks of the resurrection of the dead, and resurrection from among the dead.

It would be helpful before we look at the historic details concerning the resurrection of Jesus Christ, to notice the truth as set out in the great resurrection chapter of the Bible, 1 Corinthians 15.

1 Corinthians 15:1
Moreover, brethren, I declare unto you the gospel which I preached unto you, which also ye have received, and wherein ye stand;

Moreover- chapter 15 is part of that section of the epistle which begins in 12:1, and concerns spiritual gifts in the main, but is also about spirit-matters. There was those who taught that in the resurrection, the saints would be spirits only, so the apostle deals with that matter in this chapter. The saints will have a spiritual body, verse 44, not a spirit-body, and certainly not only a spirit.

I declare unto you the gospel which I preached unto you- the message has not changed in the face of denial. What he preached to them originally is what he insists on still.

Which also ye have received- this is a verb in the aorist tense, denoting a definite action, in this case in the past. “Many of the Corinthians hearing, believed” Acts 18:8.

And wherein ye stand- this is a verb in the perfect tense, meaning a past event with present effect. Their standing before God was based on the truth of the gospel, including the resurrection, which they had received at the beginning. Like the psalmist, they could say, “He… set my feet upon a rock and established my goings.” Psalm 40:2.

15:2
By which also ye are saved, if ye keep in memory what I preached unto you, unless ye have believed in vain.

By which also ye are saved- a verb in the present tense, meaning they were being continuously saved. The truth of the gospel is not only effectual to save when we first believe, but it saves us from the pitfalls along the Christian pathway. This is why believers need to hear the gospel constantly, for the gospel is not just for the unsaved.

If ye keep in memory what I preached unto you- the practical deliverance from the dangers along the way is only known if the truth of the gospel is constantly kept in memory, or held fast. If the Corinthian believers did that, they would not be led astray by false teaching about resurrection.

Unless ye have believed in vain- there are three words for vain used in this chapter, this one meaning to do something easily, without consideration. Compare the stony ground hearers of the parable of the sower, Luke 8:6,13, who received the word immediately, without considering the consequences. When tribulation came because of the word, they withered, having no root in themselves. Their faith was temporary, and Paul tests his readers at the outset lest some of them be the same. The apostle never assumed that because a person was in assembly fellowship that it was certain he was saved.

15:3
For I delivered unto you first of all that which I also received, how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;

For I delivered unto you first of all- the gospel was a priority with the apostle. The word “for” indicates that he is now about to tell us what it was that resulted in the Corinthians getting saved.

That which I also received- as he wrote to the Galatians, “But I certify you, brethren, that the gospel which was preached of me is not after man. For I neither received it of man, neither was I taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ”, Galatians 1:11,12. He had been faithful in his stewardship, not having altered anything that had been delivered to him. “It is required in stewards, that a man be found faithful”, 1 Corinthians 4:2.

How that Christ died- the first of four “thats”, representing the four-square and therefore stable basis of the gospel. (C.f. the four equal sides of the brazen altar, Exodus 27:1, and the four anchors cast out of the ship, Acts 27:29.) There are verbs in the active and passive voice in verses 3 and 4, as follows: Christ died (active), was buried, (passive), was raised, (passive), appeared, (active). The proof that He died was that He was buried, the proof that He rose is that He appeared.

That Christ, the Messiah, should die, was a stumbling-block to the Jews, and indeed the disciples, who expected a victor, not a victim. That He should die was foolishness to the Greeks who gloried in those who survived, not those who succumbed.

The death of Christ was His own act, yet was not suicide, where a person takes the initiative, for He had authority to lay down His life, and this authority came because of His Father’s commandment, John 10:18. He did not die because of the spear, was not buried by the shovel, rose despite the seal, and walked forth from the tomb despite the sentinels. The kings of the earth set themselves against God’s Christ, but He had them in derision, Psalm 2:2,4; Acts 4:25-28.

For our sins- for means “on account of”, or “for the sake of”. He died on account of other’s sins, and He died for the sake of dealing with them. As Christ He was approved, but our sins were disapproved of God, therefore He died, as being the only one suitable to deal with sins. “Our” is a personal pronoun, so we need to ask who is in view. It is true the epistle is written to believers, but this is a record of what was told them before they believed. Those who use the personal pronoun have admitted that the sins He died for were theirs, but He had done the work long before they believed; their faith did not alter what happened at Calvary.

When sins are in view, the apostles usually speak of the blood of Christ, which implies His death, but since the subject of this chapter is resurrection, it is more appropriate to actually use the word death. The first sin had brought in death, and here the sum total of sins is dealt with before God. If there are sins that have not been answered for, they never will be, for sinners do not deal with sins by suffering in eternity.

According to the scriptures- the first and major witness to the truth of the gospel. The Old Testament is primarily in view, but we cannot exclude the testimony of the gospels. The death of the Lord Jesus was according to the Old Testament predictions. Every animal sacrifice that died at the altar was a foreshadowing of Calvary. As the Saviour Himself said, “Ought not Christ to have suffered these things…And beginning at Moses, and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself”, Luke 24:25,26. His death was not simply martyrdom, or a model, it was certainly not merited, nor a mistake. Rather it was marked out for Him in the Scriptures. Such chapters as Psalm 22; Psalm 69; Isaiah 53; Leviticus chapters 1-5, are classic passages telling us of the nature of His death at Calvary.

His death was also according to the predictions He Himself made as recorded in the gospels, which also record the event itself. So He died according to the Scriptures of both the Old and New Testaments.

15:4
And that he was buried, and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:

And that he was buried- not, indeed, in the soil, but in stone, so the tomb was easily identified, sealed, and guarded. The burial-place of Moses is not known, Deuteronomy 34:6, no doubt to avoid superstition, and pointless pilgrimages, but there was an overriding consideration with Christ’s tomb, for it must be evident that He has left His tomb in resurrection. Note the significance of burial in connection with sowing and growing, verses 36-44. No reference is made here to “according to the scriptures”, (although they did prophesy the manner of His burial, Isaiah 53:9), since the truth regarding burial with Christ is New Testament revelation, Romans 6:4.

And that he rose again- the verb is in the passive, indicating the Father’s involvement, being satisfied with His justifying work at Calvary, for He was “raised again for our justification”, Romans 4:25. The question mark over His character which His death in shame had raised, is removed, for He was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, Romans 6:4. His resurrection is the guarantee of the following things, amongst others:

That He is the Son of God, Romans 1:4.

That our sins are dealt with, Romans 4:25.

That all the dead will be raised, 1 Corinthians 15:22.

That He will judge the world, Acts 17:31.

The third day according to the scriptures- the third day was stipulated in His own prophecy, Matthew 12:40. Every prophecy of His reign implied His death and resurrection, for He was raised up to sit on David’s throne, as Peter made clear on the Day of Pentecost, Acts 2:30. David had prophesied that the Messiah would die, but His kingdom is everlasting, so He must die and rise before He begins to reign.

15:5
After that he was seen of Cephas, then of the twelve:

After that He was seen of Cephas- the apostle now comes to those who saw the Lord after His resurrection. It is noticeable that he does not mention the witness of the women to His resurrection, even though Mary Magdalene was the first to see Him, Mark 16:9. It is a mark of the genuineness of the gospel records that they are based on the testimony of women, yet a woman was not allowed to bear testimony in Jewish courts. If the gospels were forgeries, the fraudster would have avoided all mention of the testimony of the women. The point is that Paul is listing those who would preach that Christ was risen. As he writes in verse 11, “Whether it were I or they, so we preach, and so ye believed”. The “they” referring to the others mentioned in the list of witnesses. Since women are not appointed by God to preach, they are not mentioned in this context.

Each person or group mentioned in the following verses was transformed by seeing Christ in resurrection, and each was given a charge by the Risen Lord, either expressly, or by implication.

Peter, Mark 16:7.

Change: Denier of Christ to declarer of Christ.

Charge: “when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren”, Luke 22:32.

The Twelve, Mark 16:14.

The change: Disquiet because of Jews, to delight in the Lord, John 20:19,20. Note there is no mention of “fear of the Jews” in verse 26.

The charge: “as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you, verse 21.

The Five Hundred, Matthew 28:7,10.

The change: Disarray to determination.

The charge: “Go ye into all the world…” Mark 16:15.

James. No Scripture reference for we are only told this here.

The change: Disbelief to decisiveness, John 7:5, Mark 6:3, Acts 15:4,13.

The charge: Service to the twelve tribes, James 1:1.

All the Apostles, John 20:26-29.

The change: Doubt to devotion.

The charge: “be not faithless, but believing”, John 20:24-29.

Paul, Acts 9:17; 1 Corinthians 9:1.

The change: Destroyer to defender.

The charge: “It shall be told thee what thou shalt do”, Acts 9:6.

 

The apostle lists seven consequences if Christ is not risen.

First consequence:

Christ is not raised

15:13 But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen:

Second consequence:

Preaching and faith are vain

15:14 And if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith is also vain.

Third consequence:

The apostles give false witness about God

15:15 Yea, and we are found false witnesses of God; because we have testified of God that he raised up Christ: whom he raised not up, if so be that the dead rise not.

Fourth consequence:

Believers are still in their sins

15:17 And if Christ be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins.

Fifth consequence:

The dead in Christ are perished

15:18 Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.

Sixth consequence:

Replacing martyrs is pointless

15:29 Else what shall they do which are baptized for the dead, if the dead rise not at all? why are they then baptized for the dead?

Seventh consequence:

Courage in adversity is not worthwhile

15:30 And why stand we in jeopardy every hour?

From the foregoing we can easily see that it is vitally important to establish what happened after the Lord Jesus rose from the dead, since if He is not risen, Christianity is pointless.

Before we look at the gospel accounts of His appearances, we must notice the things that happened after the events of John 19, and before the events of John 20. They are as follows:

Luke gives the account of the women from Galilee who had come to the sepulchre whilst He was being buried:

Luke 23:55
And the women also, which came with him from Galilee, followed after, and beheld the sepulchre, and how his body was laid.

And the women also, which came with him from Galilee, followed after- that is, they followed after Joseph and Nicodemus to the sepulchre.

And beheld the sepulchre- so they knew exactly which one it was.

And how his body was laid- they must have been quite close to do this. Perhaps they did not know that the tomb was unused, and mistakenly thought that there were other bodies there. They satisfy themselves that they are clear as to where His body is laid.

23:56
And they returned, and prepared spices and ointments; and rested the sabbath day according to the commandment.

And they returned, and prepared spices and ointments- they are making two mistakes here, although we must not despise their zeal. First, they thought He would rise “at the last day”, with all the just. That He would rise after three days was hid from them. Second, they thought His body would corrupt, and the stench of corruption needed to be counteracted. But He had no sin. It is only sinful bodies that are in the bondage of corruption. When Christ appealed to His Father to not let His body see corruption, He meant from without. This is one reason why it was important for the tomb to be new and unused, so that no corruption could touch or even be near the body. Of course the bodies of Joseph and Nicodemus were corrupt, even though they were now believers, and they must have touched the body of the Lord, but surely God would reckon them clean?

And prepared spices and ointments- Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James, and Salome bought their spices after 6 o’clock on the Sabbath, Mark 16:1, possibly because they stayed longer at the tomb than these women did. The women here had time to buy and prepare the spices before the Sabbath began, for they beheld the sepulchre, how His body was laid and then returned, Luke 23:55, 56, whereas Matthew tells us “And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre”, Matthew 27:61. This suggests their stay was longer.

The Greek word for spices is “aroma”, which clearly gives us our English word. The word for ointments is “muron”, and is connected with the word for myrrh, although not limited to that spice, since the word ointments is in the plural. It is significant that myrrh, which speaks of death in scripture, was not used on the body of Christ, for He must not have the aroma of death upon Him when He rises, he He lives to die no more.

And rested the sabbath day according to the commandment- these women will soon learn that the death of Christ has set aside the law as a code of conduct. The believer’s code of conduct is the life of Christ, and the indwelling Spirit enables a life like His to be lived to God’s glory. The Spirit of God is called “the Spirit of His Son”, Galatians 4:6, and enables believers to live in the dignity of sonship, even as God’s Son did. He is also called “the Spirit of Christ”, Romans 8:9, and enables to live a life that is approved of God, as His was.

The apostle Paul warned the Colossian believers to “Let no man judge you in meat, or in drink, or in respect of a holyday, or of the new moon, or of the sabbath days; which are a shadow of things to come, but the body is of Christ”, Colossians 2:16,17.

It is one of the proofs of the resurrection of Christ on the first day of the week, that that day has become special to believers. Since the day He rose, the sabbath day has lost it significance, for He has brought in a new beginning, and better things; observance of days in a legal sense is now outdated. To the Christian, every day should be special, for it is an opportunity to live for the Lord.

Having said that, it is well to remember that there are three things connected with the first day of the week, namely the resurrection of Christ, Mark 16:9, the remembrance of Him in the breaking of bread, Acts 20:7, and the collection for the needs of the saints, 1 Corinthians 16:2. Anything else we do on that day should be in harmony with those three things. This will restrain us from living like the world does on that day, but it will be the desire to please Christ that will govern us, not a legal observance of a particular day.

Matthew also tells us of the precautions the Jews made to seal and guard the tomb, lest the disciples steal the body, Matthew 27:62-66.

Matthew 27:62
Now the next day, that followed the day of the preparation, the chief priests and Pharisees came together unto Pilate,

Now the next day, that followed the day of the preparation- Joseph departs, his task completed. But the authorities are not satisfied. It is the day after the preparation, and this means it is the sabbath day, so the urgency of the matter makes them endanger the sanctity of the day. They had refused to go in to Pilate because it was the first day of unleavened bread, which was a festival sabbath, John 18:28, Leviticus 23:7, but they are willing to go to a Gentile’s residence on the sabbath day which was a high day, John 19:31, even though that house may contain leaven.

The chief priests and Pharisees came together unto Pilate- they have a conscience about Christ even when He is dead. They even command Pilate to act, and he, also with a guilty conscience, agrees to do as they say, even though at other times he showed he loathed them, and stubbornly refused their requests. Perhaps the centurion has told Pilate about the events surrounding the death of Christ, and his conviction that he was the Son of God, and this would remind Pilate of his conversation with Christ about whether He was the Son of God. It is ironic if, as is likely, the chief priests were of the Sadducees, like Caiaphas and Annas, then they did not believe in the resurrection of the body. Yet they are concerned about the resurrection of Christ’s body, although they mask this by talking of the body being stolen.

27:63
Saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said, while he was yet alive, After three days I will rise again.

Saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said- if they believed Him to be a deceiver, then He would not rise, for He declared He would, but according to them His word is untrue. Here is the second inconsistency in their thinking. As soon as Christ is thought of as a deceiver, logic is jettisoned. Note how careful they are to be respectful to Pilate now, calling him “Sir”, for they are worried lest he refuses their request. The title they use implies that he is in control. They had been arrogant when Pilate had not gone along with their plot at the first. See, for instance, John 18:30.

While he was yet alive- so even His sworn enemies bore testimony to the fact that at that moment He was no longer alive. The giving up of His spirit; the spear thrust and the blood and water; the reaction of the soldiers as they came to break His legs; the testimony of the centurion to Pilate when he was called to give account; the licence that Pilate gave to Joseph to take the body; all these things bear testimony to the reality of His death. So why do some persist in suggesting He only swooned, and revived in the cool of the tomb?

After three days I will rise again- they give themselves away again here, for there is now no twisting of His words as there was at His trial. Then they had tried to suggest that the “raise it in three days” was a reference to the temple, which would indicate they thought He had magical powers. They knew very well the meaning of His words, but had not been willing to believe Him to the saving of their souls. But they are now willing to believe Him to the saving of their reputation and station in Israel.

27:64
Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day, lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away, and say unto the people, He is risen from the dead: so the last error shall be worse than the first.

Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day- when these same people had wanted the bodies removed, they besought, or asked Pilate that it might happen. Now they are anxious that the body be not removed. This time they do not simply ask, but bluntly tell him what to do. It is as if they are commanding the Commander to command, such is their desperation.

By Jewish reckoning, if it was Friday, and something was going to happen on Sunday, you would say it would happen on the third day, for the day you were speaking was counted as the first day; Saturday would be the second, and Sunday the third. This is contrary to our modern way of reckoning, but it is how things were in Bible times, and we should not seek to impose our thinking on the situation.

So, for instance, Rehoboam told Jeroboam to “Depart yet for three days, then come again to me”, 1 Kings 12:5. Then we read, “So Jeroboam and all the people came to Rehoboam the third day”, verse 12. And lest we think they came back a day early, the narrative goes on, “as the king appointed, saying, ‘Come to me again the third day'”.

These men are speaking to Pilate on Saturday, but they are thinking of the time between Christ’s death and His resurrection. In that context the third day was the next day.

We should also notice in this connection the phrase “three days and three nights”. The Lord said, “for as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale’s belly: so shall the Son of Man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth”, Matthew 12:40. Nowadays we would immediately think that three days of 12 hours each and three nights of 12 hours each is in view, making 72 hours. But we read that Esther told the Jews, “fast ye for me, and neither eat nor drink three days, night and day”, Esther 4:16. They did this, and “it came to pass on the third day, that Esther put on her royal apparel, and stood in the inner court of the king’s house”, 5:1. So to a Jew three days and three nights ended on the third day.

Lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away little did they realise that the disciples did not believe He would rise soon. They believed in the resurrection of the dead, but not that He would rise beforehand. They thought that since He had died without setting up His kingdom, they were in for a long wait. When the Lord told the disciples the details about what was soon to happen to Him, including “and put him to death: and the third day he shall rise again”, we read, “And they understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spoken”, Luke 18:33,34.

There are three verbs here, “understood”, “hid”, and “knew”. The first word, translated “understood”, means, in a literal sense, to put together, and hence to comprehend. The disciples were unable to put together the prophecies of a glorious reign and this prophecy of a shameful death, and hence were not able to comprehend what was being spoken. This was true of the two on the road to Emmaus, and the Lord had to rebuke them for not believing “all that the prophets have spoken”, Luke 24:25. They only believed some of the things, and ignored the passages about the sufferings.

The second word is “hid”, meaning concealed by being covered over. The first and the third words relate to their reaction to the statement, whereas this is what happened to them from outside. God withheld the understanding of the truth that Christ would rise. It could not be said that they waited so eagerly for Him to rise that in their religious fervour they imagined it had happened, and so went on to preach as if it had happened. So the great change that came over the disciples was not due to imagination, but the reality of His resurrection.

Even after they had been told by the women that He was risen, they refused to believe, for “their words seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11. This time, however, the Lord “upraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen Him after He was risen”, Mark 16:14. Their unbelief was now inexcusable, for He had appeared in resurrection. We see in this a mark of the genuineness of the records, for it is to the discredit of the apostles that they did not believe at first, yet they did not try to suppress the accounts of their unbelief. The same thing happened in the Old Testament, where men, inspired of God, faithfully recorded the gross sins of the Chosen People. Yet those same people faithfully passed on the scriptures.

The third word is “knew”, or got to know. Because they were unwilling to accept that the Messiah would suffer, the truth was hid from them for a time, and hence they did not come to know what was to take place. These three facts show that the disciples would have no intention of stealing the body, even if they could.

And say unto the people, He is risen from the dead- but that is exactly what they did say, not because they had stolen the body, but because He was indeed risen from the dead and they had seen Him. The Jewish rulers realised that the resurrection of Christ from the dead would indicate God’s approval of Him, and also God’s disapproval of them for crucifying Him.

So the last error shall be worse than the first- their reason for crucifying Him was His claim to be the Son of God. They believed this to be an error, despite all the evidence He presented. The last error would be, in their eyes, the claim that He had risen from the dead. They do not say “first error…second error”, for they believe that the disciples would not be able to face persecution in defence of a lie, and would therefore be silenced, so there would be no third error, for the “error” of claiming He was risen would be the last, in their view. It is indeed the case that men will not in normal circumstances die for what they know to be untrue, and so they reason that the sect of the Nazarene will soon be extinct.

27:65
Pilate said unto them, Ye have a watch: go your way, make it as sure as ye can.

Pilate said unto them, Ye have a watch- the temple guard was under the control of the Jewish authorities, as we see from John 7:32,45, so they did not need Roman soldiers. This in itself would be significant, because the Jews could not say that the Romans had been careless and let the disciples steal the body. At every stage the sepulchre was under scrutiny, not least because it was near the place where Christ died, which was “nigh to the city”, close enough for the title on the cross to be read.

Go your way, make it as sure as ye can- the Jews now have permission to tamper with a private sepulchre. Unwittingly, they are ensuring that the only way Christ can emerge from death is by resurrection. He will have a spiritual body when He rises, so will not be prevented by a wall of rock from emerging from the tomb. He will not need the door to be moved to let Him out, as Lazarus did, for the latter regained his old body, with all its limitations. The surer the sepulchre is made, the surer the truth that He rose.

27:66
So they went, and made the sepulchre sure, sealing the stone, and setting a watch.

So they went, and made the sepulchre sure- we may be certain that in the circumstances they will not seal the tomb without assuring themselves that the body is still there. They will also be very careful to examine the tomb to make sure that the earthquake that occurred when Christ died, Matthew 27:51,52, and which rent the rocks in the area, has not damaged the rock-hewn tomb of Joseph, thus providing a means of access for disciples without the watch knowing.

Sealing the stone- after they have satisfied themselves that the body is still there, they seal the stone to the wall of the rock. If the seal is broken, they will know something is amiss. They are convinced that the only way for Him to emerge out of the tomb is if the disciples take the body. They do not believe He is going to rise the next day.

And setting a watch- there is no verb here, it is simply “with a watch, (or guard)”, so the verb is supplied from “made the sepulchre sure…with a guard”. They are watching here to prevent stealing, then later they use stealing as the excuse for Him not being in the tomb, 28:13.

Despite all these precautions, sometime between 6 o’clock on the Sabbath evening, (the hour at which the first day of the week began), and 4 o’clock in the morning on the first day of the week, (the hour at which it begins to get light in Palestine in April), Jesus of Nazareth, Son of God and Israel’s Messiah, rose triumphantly from among the dead, to die no more.

It is interesting to notice that Matthew, as he brings his “Gospel of the King” to a close, assembles together seven incidents that have the common theme of “control”. His is the gospel of authority and power, and the great question Matthew settles in his gospel has to do with who is in control, Satan, men, or God? We could think of the chapter as follows:

(i)

Verses 2-4

The angel is not opposed.

(ii)

Verses 5-8

The women are not harmed, nor are they prevented from entering the tomb, for the guards are as dead men.

(iii)

Verses 9-10

The guards are restrained from rousing until the women have seen the Lord. The Lord tells them to not be afraid, thus assuring them that He had the situation under control.

(iv)

Verses 11-15

The guards and the priests are shown to have lost control.

(v)

Verse 16

The disciples meet on a mountain, the symbol of authority and control.

(vi)

Verses 18-20

The Lord expresses His control, and gives controlling commands to His people.

It is very noticeable that the gospel writers, who have all given us details of the events leading up to, and including the crucifixion and burial of Christ, do not say a word about when He rose again. We know it is sometime after the two women left the area, and we know that it happened before the rolling back of the stone, but beyond that we are told nothing. One reason for this is that it is the fact that He is risen that matters, and not the precise time, except that it was on the first day of the week. Having said that, it is interesting to notice that the Jews divided the time just before sunrise into four stages, as follows:

Stage 1

The first appearance of light, which the Jews called “The hind of the morning”.

Stage 2

When it is possible to distinguish between purple and white.

Stage 3

When the east begins to lighten.

Stage 4

Sunrise.

Now Psalm 22 is divided into two parts. In the first we are told much about the sufferings of the Messiah, and in the second we are told of His ever-widening influence after His resurrection. And the title of the psalm is “To the chief musician upon Aijeleth-shahar, a psalm of David”, and “Aijeleth-shahar” means “hind of the morning”. This may pinpoint the moment of the resurrection as being at the first stage of the dawn.

What we do know is that the Lord Jesus, in obedience to His Father, has taken His life again. He had spoken of this a few months before as recorded by John:

“Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life, that I might take it again. No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father”, John 10:16,17. Some speak of this as if He raised Himself, but that does not seem logical, for if a man is dead he cannot help himself, and if he does help himself it might suggest he wss not really dead in the first place. That God raised Him from the dead is the word of the apostles in the Book of Acts, 3:15, 4:10, 5:30, 10:40, 13:30, 13:37. He had deliberately laid down His life of Himself, in the exercise of His willing obedience to His Father. The psalmist wrote, “He asked life of thee, and thou gavest it him, even length of days for ever and ever”, Psalm 21:4. So having prayed, before the cross, to be saved out of death, Hebrews 5:7, and having been heard, the Father offers Him resurrection life, and He accepts the gift, having authority to do so.

The following sequence is suggested in connection with the visit of the women to the sepulchre:

1. After the angel had moved the stone, Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of Joses, (who was also the mother of James, Matthew 27:56), Joanna and Salome, and other women came to the sepulchre to anoint the body. This is recorded by Matthew, Mark, and John, although John only mentions Mary Magdalene because she is central to his narrative, being the one to first see the Lord in resurrection. John is concerned about eye-witness, and Mary Magdalene is the first one, as Mark indicates, Mark 16:9.

2. They had wondered how they were going to move the stone, but when they arrived they saw it had been rolled away already, Mark 16:4; John 20:1. They seem not to know about the guard, or the seal.

3. Mary Magdalene immediately runs to tell Peter and John what she thought, (wrongly), had happened, John 20:2.

4. Meanwhile, the others enter into the sepulchre and see a young man sitting there, who tells them He is risen. A comparison between what the angel of the Lord says as recorded by Matthew, and what the young man in the sepulchre says as recorded by Mark, suggest the same conversation is in view. He invites them to see the place where the Lord lay, which meant they entered further into the sepulchre.

5. Luke tells us what happened once they had done this, Luke 24:3-9.They are commissioned to tell the disciples the Lord is risen, Mark 16:5-7.

6. They flee from the sepulchre to tell the disciples.

7. Peter and John now arrive at the sepulchre. John stoops down to look and sees the linen clothes. Peter goes in and sees the linen clothes and the napkin. John then enters, “and he saw, and believed”, John 20:8. They leave and go home.

8. Mary arrives back at the sepulchre. She stoops to see into the sepulchre and sees two angels in white. Something makes her turn round, and she becomes the first one to see the Lord, John 20:16. Events 1-9 may not have taken more than twenty minutes seeing that some of the things mentioned were going on at the same time.

9.The other women which came with Mary Magdalene, meanwhile, are on their way to bring news of the resurrection to the disciples.

10. As they went, Jesus met them, and they worshipped Him. He instructs them to go and tell His brethren that they go into Galilee, Matthew 27:9,10.

11. Peter goes to the sepulchre on his own, sees the linen clothes laid by themselves, and leaves, “wondering in himself at that which was come to pass”.

The resurrection accounts continue with the words of Matthew as he describes the angel of the Lord coming to the tomb, terrifying the guards, and rolling back the stone. He recounts the actions of the Jews, and then tells us of the actions of the angel.

28:2
And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it.

And, behold, there was a great earthquake- the next phrase begins with “for”, so the earthquake seems connected with the descent of the angel from heaven. This is the sign that heaven is intervening in earth’s affairs in a powerful way. The resurrection of Christ is God’s guarantee that “he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance to all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead”, Acts 17:31. In that day it will be Christ who will shake the earth and the heavens, Hebrews 12:26.

For the angel of the Lord descended from heaven- no doubt this was one of the two angels that the women of Luke’s account, and Mary Magdalene, saw, but he is called the angel of the Lord, for the one he represents and acts for has supreme power. Matthew is very interested in Divine Authority as he writes his kingly gospel.

And came and rolled back the stone from the door- the fact that he came and rolled back the stone suggests he descended from heaven to a place just outside the camp of those guarding the tomb, perhaps striding through the midst of them to reach the tomb and move the stone.

There is no mention of the seal. Did the earthquake break the seal, or did the angel do it? Either way, there is the exercise of superior power. In John’s account, the stone is said to be taken away from the sepulchre, with the verb for “taken away” being the one Mary used when she said, “They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre”. This has led some to think that just as Mary thought the Lord’s body had been totally removed from the tomb, so the stone was totally removed from the groove in which it was moved to and fro. If this is the case, then the removal is complete, and man is not able to replace it easily. If it was difficult to roll the stone up the incline away from the entrance, and designedly so, then it would be almost impossible to lift it from the ground and place it in the groove again.

Christ is risen to die no more, for “death hath no more dominion over him”, Romans 6:9. It is just as important for the stone to be rolled over the doorway of the tomb and sealed, whilst the Lord’s body was inside, as it is for it to now be removed out of the way, now that He is risen. The one is a sign that He was really dead, and that He rose with a spiritual body; the other is the sign that He shall die no more.

And sat upon it- as if challenging any to reverse what he had done. Angels sit three ways in the resurrection narrative. Here the angel sits on the moved stone, possibly with it laying flat on the ground. In Mark 16:5 a young man is “sitting on the right side”, just inside the tomb, perhaps. In John 20:12 Mary saw two angels sitting, one at the head and the other at the feet of the actual burial ledge. In Luke 24:4 two men were standing by the women as they came out of the tomb.

28:3
His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow:

His countenance was like lightning- no wonder the keepers were terrified, for there are few things more frightening that being near a lightning strike. Perhaps at this point the keepers ran away from the sepulchre, so when they became as dead men they were not visible to the women as they came.

And his raiment white as snow- nothing of earth’s defilement has affected him, and he comes on an errand of righteousness, to signal that God is reversing the world’s unrighteous dealings with His Son.

28:4
And for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men.

And for fear of him the keepers did shake- their initial reaction was one of sheer terror. They thought they were protecting the tomb from a few Galilean fishermen; ones moreover who had deserted their Lord in His hour of need. The last thing they expected was an angel from heaven.

And became as dead men- even though there is lightning, there is no storm, for these only become as dead men, they are not slain. The angel was very capable of doing this, for after all, one angel slew 185,000 Assyrians in Hezekiah’s day, 2 Kings 19:35. But the age of grace has dawned, and even an angel must comply with the character of the age. These men must be rendered powerless so that the women can safely come and see that the body is gone and bear witness to the fact.

We could contrast the action of men of sealing the tomb with the action of the angel opening the tomb:

“So they went” (with authority from Pilate).

“the angel of the Lord descended from heaven”, (with authority from God).

“And made the sepulchre sure” (ensuring it was kept closed).

“and sat upon it”, (ensuring it was kept open).

“Sealing the stone” (to show everyone that the body was inside).

“rolled back the stone from the door”, (to show everyone that the body was gone, but the grave-clothes were intact)

“Setting a watch” (to ensure that none would approach).

“the keepers did shake, and became as dead men” (to ensure the women, Peter, and John could approach).

We revert now to John’s account, and the coming of Mary Magdalene to the tomb.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN CHAPTER 20, VERSES 1 TO 9:

20:1 The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre, and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre.

20:2 Then she runneth, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, and we know not where they have laid him.

20:3 Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre.

20:4 So they ran both together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre.

20:5 And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in.

20:6 Then cometh Simon Peter following him, and went into the sepulchre, and seeth the linen clothes lie,

20:7 And the napkin, that was about his head, not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by itself.

20:8 Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and believed.

20:9 For as yet they knew not the scripture, that He must rise again from the dead.

20:10 Then the disciples went away again unto their own home.

 

John 20:1
The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre, and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre.

The first day of the week- in Old Testament times the first day of the week was called “the day after the sabbath”, for the sabbath was the climax to the week. Now the emphasis is different, for a new era has dawned, and what happened on the very first day of that new era gives character to it. In the Old Testament, God was working towards the setting up of Christ’s kingdom on earth, when He will be able to rest gloriously with His people, for “there remaineth therefore a rest (the word has the idea of the keeping of a sabbath) for the people of God”, Hebrews 3:9. The first sabbath was after God’s six days of work in creation, but now a new creation has begun, and the sabbath recedes.

Cometh Mary Magdalene early- this Mary had stood by the cross before the Lord committed His mother to John’s keeping. They, no doubt, left the scene before the hours of darkness, perhaps with His mother’s sister. Mary Magdalene seems to have then withdrawn to be with other women who stood further away, John 19:25; Matthew 27:56. Then she, with Mary the mother of Joses, watched where His body was laid, as they sat over against the sepulchre, Matthew 27:61; Mark 15:47. Then Mark tells us they bought sweet spices, Mark 16:1. They prepared those spices and ointments, Luke 23:55,56; 24:1, 10. They rested the sabbath day, according to the commandment, Luke 23:56.

Now Mary is doing the seventh thing, for she is coming to the sepulchre to anoint His body. Her love and devotion was rewarded, and she showed herself a fit messenger to tell of His rising again.

John only mentions Mary Magdalene, because she was an eyewitness of the fact the Lord had risen. The simplest way to look at the situation is to see just one party of women, with each of the gospel writers concentrating on different aspects of what happened at the sepulchre, as suits their theme.

Having noted Mary’s devotion, we should remember that there was one Mary who did not come to the sepulchre, and that was Mary of Bethany. This was not because of any lack of devotion to Christ, but rather because she had already anointed His body unto the burial whilst He was alive and could appreciate it, John 12:1-8. It is always good to show our devotion in a way that most pleases Christ.

When it was yet dark- this no doubt refers to when she started out. The sun was rising when she arrived, Mark 16:2. We know from Mark 16:1,2 that she came with Mary the mother of James, and Salome, but John only tells us about Mary Magdalene. Just as Peter is always mentioned first when the apostles are listed, so Mary Magdalene is always first when the women are listed. John is impressed with her fervent devotion.

Unto the sepulchre- the word sepulchre has the idea of memorial about it, suggesting that the person within was worthy of remembrance. The Lord Jesus is indeed worthy of remembrance, but He is remembered as one who has conquered death, and His tomb, whilst important when He was in it, has lost its attraction now. The question of the angels was, “Why seek ye the living among the dead? He is not here, but is risen”, Luke 24:5,6. The Living One is pleased to be found amongst the living, those who have eternal life, as we see in verse 19.

And seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre- she had watched Joseph of Arimathea roll a great stone to the entrance to the sepulchre, Matthew 27:60,61. But this no doubt was comparatively easy, for the custom was to have a trench cut into rock which sloped towards the entrance to the tomb, and the stone would be like a huge millstone that could be rolled down this trench until it covered the doorway completely. To roll the stone back uphill would be a different task altogether, and she knew that she, even with her companions, would not be able to do this, Mark 16:3.

We are not told whether she knew that the Jews had obtained permission from Pilate to seal and guard the tomb. She might have thought that to be a disaster, but in fact it was ordered of God, so that no-one could steal the body even if he wanted to. God makes the wrath of man to praise Him, over-ruling their schemes to His glory.

20:2
Then she runneth, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, and we know not where they have laid him.

Then she runneth- without investigating further, she leaves the others within sight of the tomb, and runs to tell the disciples that the body has been taken. It is good to be quick to do the Lord’s will, but we should remember the Scripture which says, “He that believeth shall not make haste”, Isaiah 28:16. We must serve the Lord with careful thought, and not be rash.

And cometh to Simon Peter- he is the one that has most often taken the lead, and his name is always first in the list of the apostles. It seems that the apostles as a whole, (with the exception of John, verse 8, and then perhaps only partially, as we shall consider), did not believe Christ was raised until Peter was convinced it was so. Those who occupy leadership roles should be very careful to maintain a strong faith, lest they hinder others.

Note John calls him Simon Peter here and in verse 6. Simon was his birth-name, whereas Peter, or Cephas, was the name given to him by the Lord Himself, John 1:42. 20:3 The two names tell of what he was by nature, and what he had become by Divine calling. So in this verse and verse 6 there is something of the old about him. Here, he is the one who has denied his Lord, and is cowering in fear. In verse 6 we shall see him still in unbelief, despite having seen more than John.

And to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved- this is usually thought to be the way that John puts his signature on the gospel. He uses the expression in John 13:23; 19:26; 21:7; 21:20. We should bear in mind, however, that the expression “whom Jesus loved” is most likely to be applied in this place to Peter as well as to John. It is also true that in this place the verb for “loved” is different to the one used in the other cases.

The fact that Mary is said to come to Simon Peter and to the other disciple, rather than coming to Simon Peter and John, suggests that they were in separate places. The Lord had prophesied that “ye shall be scattered, each to his own”, 16:32. This had come to pass. No doubt John would be anxious to keep the mother of Jesus safe in isolation.

And saith unto them- even if they were in separate places, the message to them both was the same.

They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre- this was, in fact, not true, but the hasty conclusion from seeing that the stone had been rolled away. This would be the last thing God would allow to happen. Mary does not explain who the “they” are. Does she mean Joseph and Nicodemus? After all, it does seem that they had laid the body in the sepulchre temporarily, for John tells us, “Now in the place where Jesus was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new tomb, wherein was never man yet laid. There laid they Jesus therefore because of the Jew’s preparation day; for the sepulchre was nigh at hand”, John 19:41,42. Notice the “therefore” and the “for”, giving reasons for the choice of sepulchre, namely, that it was nigh at hand, and the body could be laid there quickly, before the sabbath started. Against this must be set the fact that when Mary later sees a man near the tomb, she does not think him to be Joseph or Nicodemus, but the gardener.

And we know not where they have laid him- it does not cross her mind that He might be risen from the dead. She expected Him to rise with the righteous dead “at the last day”, as Martha said about Lazarus, John 11:24. Daniel 12:2 speaks of the resurrection from among the dead, when the righteous of Old Testament times rise, leaving the unrighteous behind in the grave to wait for the resurrection to shame and everlasting contempt. What had puzzled the disciples was the idea of one man rising from among the dead, Mark 9:9,10. The truth was withheld from them, so that it could not be said that the resurrection was the fabrication of those who had been told it would happen and who believed it would happen.

So Martha is still seeking the resting-place of the body so that she can anoint it. She is surely not suggesting that the Jews would have removed the body. The last thing they want to do is make it look as though He has risen. They sealed the tomb to stop this happening, Matthew 27:62-66. She says “we” to assure us that she speaks for all the women that came to the tomb with her. All the other believers were avoiding the tomb.

Special note on the visits to the sepulchre
It is very clear from the gospel records that the four evangelists are selective in what they record. They each have their own theme, and they are comfortable to include or exclude as the Spirit of truth guides them. They make no attempt to harmonize their records, confident that as they wrote, there were those still alive who were eyewitnesses of these things.

We shall notice the accounts of the visits to the sepulchre on the basis of the following:

1. That there was but one company of women that came initially. This company consisted of Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James, (the “other Mary”, Matthew 28:1), Salome, (the mother of Zebedee’s children, James and John), Joanna, (Luke 24:10), and other women, Luke 24:10. Whether they all started out together for safety, or came in groups and met up on the way, we are not told.

2. That when, for instance, John tells us Mary Magdalene came, that does not mean no-one came with her. And so also when Matthew says two Marys came, that does not mean that they did not have anyone with them.

3. That angels are able to appear in whatever guise their Lord decrees; so the same angel can look like a man, and then like an angel. They can also cause their garments to take on the appearance that suits the circumstance.

4. That angels can make themselves invisible if necessary, being spirit beings.

5. That no evangelist tells us everything. For instance, if we read only Matthew we would think that the women only came to look at the sepulchre, that although invited to go inside they did not do so but went off immediately. We have to read the other accounts to get the fullest picture.

After Mary Magdalene has run to tell the apostles the body is gone, the other women, are left near the tomb. Matthew records the fact that the angel invites them to see where the Lord lay, and Mark records this as follows: “And entering into the sepulchre, they saw a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted”, Mark 16:5 since these two conversations are virtually identical, we may say that they are the same. This means that Matthew’s angel of the Lord is sitting inside the sepulchre when he says “Come, see where the Lord lay”, by which he means come further into the sepulchre.

16:5
And entering into the sepulchre, they saw a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.

And entering into the sepulchre- they may have thought that perhaps Joseph of Arimathaea or Nicodemus, or both, were already inside attending to the body, so they seem not to be anxious about entering in.

Sepulchres in those times would often have an entrance room in which the mourners could grieve in private. Then there would be a further room for the actual ledges on which the bodies were laid. It is the first compartment that these women enter.

They saw a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment- if this personage is the same as the angel of the Lord, then whereas when confronting the guards his face was like lightning in judgment, and his raiment white as snow, unsullied by the defilement of the world that had crucified his Lord, now he is as a young man, and his garment is now described as long and white, in order to not startle the women unnecessarily. The long garment is not drawn up for work, for his task of dealing with the guards and rolling away the stone is done. Mark, as he writes his servant-gospel notices these things.

In the tombs of the rich, as this one was, there would be provision for mourners to sit on pedestals to mourn their departed loved one. But this young man has no reason to mourn. Presumably the young man was sitting on the right side as the women entered the place.

We see in a comparison between Matthew and mark that the former has arranged his material for the purpose of highlighting the difference of the angel’s attitude to the women, who represent the kingdom of God, and his attitude to the guards, who represent the kingdom of Satan.

And they were affrighted- they were not frightened by his appearance, but by the very fact he was there, when they may have been expecting to see two old men, Joseph and Nicodemus, if they expected to see anyone.

16:6
And he saith unto them, Be not affrighted: Ye seek Jesus of Nazareth, which was crucified: he is risen; he is not here: behold the place where they laid him.

And he saith unto them, Be not affrighted- his appearance outside the tomb had been calculated to strike terror into the hearts of the guards, but now he speaks to ally the understandable fears of these women. He had said nothing to the guards, but spoke words of reassurance to these women.

Ye seek Jesus of Nazareth- Matthew records that he called him simply Jesus, the one he had shown in chapter one of his gospel was of the royal line of David. Mark emphasises the lowly servant character of Christ, who had made Himself of no reputation, seen by the fact He would answer to the name Jesus of Nazareth, the despised place.

Which was crucified- angels rejoiced at His birth; how they must have mourned at His death, and wondered at His self-humiliation. One of their number had sought to rise higher than his proper station at the beginning, but this one willingly took the low place. And to think that the world to which He came in grace went so far as to crucify Him!

He is risen- He who was lifted up on a cross by men has been lifted up from the grave by God.

He is not here- they may have thought that the angel meant that He was alive further inside the sepulchre, but he assures them that He is well clear of the scene of death, never to return to it.

Behold the place where they laid him- there is another thing they need to learn, and that is that He was risen with a spiritual body. They will discover this when they see the graveclothes, and the way they are lying. By “they” the angel means Joseph and Nicodemus, for these women had seen them laying the body in the sepulchre, and saw where He was laid, Mark 15:47. “The place” would mean the actual spot on the ledge where His body had been laid; it does not refer to the sepulchre as a whole because, viewing these women as the same as Matthew and Mark speak of, they are already inside the first part of the sepulchre.
The next statement, commanding them to go on their way, was no doubt is spoken after they had gone further into the tomb and seen the place where Christ had lain. Otherwise we would have the command to go before they gone inside further. We go over to Luke for the account of what happened when the accepted the angel’s invitation.

Luke 24:3
And they entered in, and found not the body of the Lord Jesus.

And they entered in, and found not the body of the Lord Jesus- they entered into the inner compartment where the ledges for the bodies were. They could clearly see that there was no body there, because the napkin around His head was in a place by itself, and there was no neck visible.

24:4
And it came to pass, as they were much perplexed thereabout, behold, two men stood by them in shining garments:

And it came to pass, as they were much perplexed thereabout- just as Peter would soon be puzzled also, for the graveclothes were as if the body was still inside, but there was no head. The concept of the resurrection body being a spiritual body, able to rise from the dead and pass through the graveclothes and the stone walls of the sepulchre, was unknown to them, and caused them to greatly wonder.

Behold, two men stood by them in shining garments- no doubt these are the companions of the first angel, and make themselves invisible until the women have taken in the scene, and have sought to come to terms with it. They stand because they have risen up from their seated position as John describes it later.

That angels are not always visible is seen in the incident where the king of Israel sent a great army to arrest Elisha the prophet. His servant was alarmed, but Elisha prayed that God would open his eyes to see that they were surrounded by an invisible army of angels in chariots of fire, 2 Kings 6:13-17.

Their garments are shining, which means that they are flashing like lightning. This is no doubt a warning, designed to prevent the women from touching or disturbing the graveclothes in any way, for the way they are laying will be vital evidence to Peter and John when they arrive and see them. The first angel’s face was like lightning, for he was repelling the guards, and rendering them powerless. These, whilst they have a controlling ministry here, have not faces that speak of judgment, only garments that gently but firmly warn.

24:5
And as they were afraid, and bowed down their faces to the earth, they said unto them, Why seek ye the living among the dead?

And as they were afraid, and bowed down their faces to the earth- they recognise these as heavenly visitants, and are awed by their appearance. Their bowing down is not an act of worship, only of respect, or else the angels would have rebuked them, as the angel did when John fell at his feet, Revelation 22:8,8. Clearly the angel of the Lord had not appeared to them in such a way as to inspire fear, for he was commissioned to invite them into the tomb; but these two are commissioned to safeguard the graveclothes.

They said unto them, Why seek ye the living among the dead? There is a mild rebuke here, for the Lord had told them He would rise, and the angels state that in the next verse. It was important that they came to the sepulchre, but also important for them to learn that they need not have come.

The angels were sure He was amongst the living, but also just as sure that He was not in a tomb but alive; he was clear of death entirely. This gives the lie to the idea that the women came to the wrong tomb. Whatever tomb He was in is now empty. But they knew very well which tomb to come to. Even if Joseph and Nicodemus had planned to move Him elsewhere, they could not have done it, for the authorities had sealed the tomb.

24:6
He is not here, but is risen: remember how he spake unto you when he was yet in Galilee,

He is not here, but is risen- this is the same as the word of the first angel to them. According to the law, every word is established by the mouth of two or three witnesses.

Remember how he spake unto you when he was yet in Galilee- they defer to the authority of Christ on the matter, and do not expect the women to believe only through their word. These women were from Galilee, Luke 23:55.

24:7
Saying, The Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day rise again.

Saying, The Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day rise again- the gospel records do not contain exactly these words, but they are the essence of what the Lord told His disciples after He had foretold the building of the church.

They speak of Him being delivered into the hands of sinful men, which would include Judas’ betrayal, the handing Him over to the Gentiles by the chief priests, and the handing of Him over to the soldiers by Pilate.

Then they emphasise He was crucified. The Lord did not use this word until after He had left Galilee, but the angels know what He meant by “and be killed” in Matthew 16:21. the first angel said, “which was crucified”, and now these other two speak of His death in the same way. They seem horrified that men should sink so low as to crucify the Lord of glory. Having spoken of what men did, they gladly declare that, in the exercise of His own authority, He rose again. Of course there is the truth that He was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, but here the emphasis is on the asserting of His authority, and the triumph over what men did.

24:8
And they remembered his words,

And they remembered his words- surely not that they had forgotten them, but they came home to them with new force and meaning. Luke tells us that the Lord’s saying about His crucifixion and resurrection was hid from them, and they did not understand, Luke 18:31-34. Now they are beginning to take it all in.

24:9
And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest.

And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest- it seems from later verses the disciples were in different places, for the two on the road to Emmaus spoke of women “of our company”, verse 22, and then “the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them”, verse 33. the Lord had foretold that they would be “scattered, every man to his own”, John 16:32, and so it came to pass. Sadly their words were not believed, and dismissed as idle tales, verse 11.

We now resume where we broke off in John’s account. Mary Magdalene has brought her news to Peter and John, and they set our for the sepulchre.

20:3
Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre.

Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre- they are mentioned individually again, as if they are coming from different places.

20:4
So they ran both together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre.

So they ran both together- they seem to join up before they reach the sepulchre, even though possibly coming from different houses. They not only ran with concern, fearing the body had been stolen, but also perhaps with fear, in case any had seen them start out, and they were being followed.

And the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre- there was perhaps a certain hesitancy with Peter. He had denied the Lord three times, and had said he would go into prison and death with Him if necessary. We can well understand that his steps were not quite so eager as John’s. He would also be more fearful of being spotted, since he had used the sword in the garden. It may be that John was younger, and therefore outran Peter for this reason, but we should remember that Peter was a rugged fisherman, used to strenuous exertion, so it is more likely that John outran him because he had less on his conscience.

20:5
And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in.

And he stooping down- Jewish sepulchres were usually six feet high inside, and had a nine foot by nine foot area upon entry, and then a nine foot by six foot area for the niches for the bodies. These niches would be seven handbreadths from the ground and six hand-breadths wide. We could understand how the doorway would be lower than this, (or else the stone doorway would be too heavy to move), so that a person needed to stoop down to gain entry.

And looking in, saw the linen clothes lying- John does not enter, perhaps being of a more sensitive nature in the face of death, but can see the linen clothes on the ledge within. Perhaps in the semi-darkness of dawn he cannot see distinctly.

Yet went he not in- even though he could see the linen clothes, he could not see clearly enough to realise their implication. He is satisfied that the body has not been stolen, for the linen clothes are still in the tomb, and are as if wrapped around a body.

20:6
Then cometh Simon Peter following him, and went into the sepulchre, and seeth the linen clothes lie,

Then cometh Simon Peter following him- Peter now arrives on the scene. It needn’t be more than a minute or so after John.

And went into the sepulchre- with characteristic and business-like purpose he goes straight into the sepulchre. Perhaps John told him that he had seen the linen clothes, and Peter wanted to make sure for himself that the body was still there.

And seeth the linen clothes lie- he now sees close-up what John sees from a slight distance. The linen clothes are lying as if the body within is outstretched, for this is the meaning of the word used for “lying”. They are not lying in a heap.

20:7
And the napkin, that was about his head, not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by itself.

And the napkin, that was about his head- clearly there were more than one linen cloths, (hence 19:40 speaks of winding the body with linen clothes), and one was for the head, the others for the body, separately. Lazarus had come forth from the grave bound hand and foot with grave clothes, suggesting that the limbs were wrapped separately, allowing for enough movement to come forth but still with some restriction.

Not lying with the linen clothes- the clothes that were around the body showed that they had not been unwrapped. This would mean one of two things. Either the body was still within, or it had been raised as a spiritual body. A spiritual body does not need the grave-clothes to be unwrapped in order to allow it to leave them. (This, incidentally, shows that Lazarus did not come forth with a body fit for resurrection conditions, but with his body unchanged from when he was alive before. If he had been given his resurrection body, the stone would not have needed to be removed from the entrance to the tomb, nor would the grave-clothes restrict him. Christ must be the first of them that should rise from among the dead, with a resurrection body, Acts 26:23; 1 Corinthians 15:23).

The position of the napkin settles which of the two possibilities is in fact the case. If the napkin had been in its original position, then it would not be evident that the body was gone. But since there is a space between the body-clothes and the head-cloth, it is certain that there is no body.

But wrapped together in a place by itself- is it not the case that the Lord Jesus, raised from the dead, lays the cloth or napkin that was wound about His head some distance away? (The other option is that the angels did it, but this would introduce an element of interference, and it is vital that neither man nor angels interfere with the grave-clothes. The angels say nothing about the napkin to the women, but simply point out where the Lord lay, and not where the napkin lay). So there are now three indications that He is risen. One, the clothes which were around His body are undisturbed. Two, the cloth that was wound around His head is not where it would be if His head were still within it and attached to His body. And three, because the word John uses for “wrapped together” is the same one that Matthew and Luke used for “wrapped” in connection with the burial, then the head came out of the napkin without disturbing the cloth, for it is still as when Joseph wrapped it round His head, but lying a short distance away.

20:8
Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and believed.

Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre- notice these two men seem not to say anything to one another. They are each having their own thoughts about what they are seeing. Encouraged by Peter’s entry, John now either joins Peter in the tomb, or goes in after Peter has come out, we are not told which.

And he saw, and believed- John understands now the implication of the state and position of the grave-clothes, and by this means he believes Christ is in fact risen. This shows that the state of the grave-clothes was significant, and enough to prove that Christ was risen.

20:9
For as yet they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead.

For as yet they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead- they should have realised the meaning of the Old Testament scripture about the resurrection of Christ. The psalmist wrote about the Messiah as follows,

“I will bless the Lord, who hath given me counsel:

My reins also shall instruct me in the night seasons.

I have set the Lord always before me:

Because he is at my right hand, I shall not be moved.

Therefore my heart is glad, and my glory rejoiceth:

My flesh also shall rest in hope.

For thou wilt not leave my soul in hell;

Neither wilt thou suffer thy Holy One to see corruption.

Thou wilt shew me the path of life:

In thy presence is fulness of joy;

At thy right hand there are pleasures for evermore”.

Psalm 16:7-11.

In the first five statements, the Messiah speaks of His dependence upon His God, and His determination to have Him foremost in His thoughts at all times. As a consequence He is confident that after He has died, there will be the same care for Him as was evident during His life. His flesh will rest in the grave in hope, and that hope is based on three things. One, that God will not leave His soul in hell. Two, that His body will be kept free from any external defilement whilst in death. And three, that the path of resurrection life will open up before Him. Now on the day of Pentecost the apostle Peter used this scripture to show that the resurrection of Christ was foretold in the Old Testament, Acts 2:24-31. But at this point in time it is only John amongst the apostles that has made the connection between the grave-clothes and Psalm 16. As a result, he believes. But since he was among those whom the Lord upraided for unbelief later in the day, we may think of him believing that the Lord was indeed risen from the dead, but as a spirit and not with a body of glory.

Luke tells us that God deliberately withheld from the apostles the meaning of the Lord’s words when He said, “‘Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man shall be accomplished. For he shall be delivered unto the Gentiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on: And they shall scourge him, and put him to death: and the third day he shall rise again’. And they understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spoken”, Luke 18:31-34. No wonder Luke next tells us of the blind man in Jericho whose sight was restored. He was like the apostles, blind to the truth about Christ until the moment of God’s choosing. There is the added thought that the giving of sight to the blind was one of the features of the Messiah as foretold in Isaiah 35:5; Luke 4:18; Luke 7:18-23.

It seems from what the Lord said to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, that they only believed the glory part of the prophecies about the Messiah. So that when Jesus of Nazareth was ill-treated and crucified, instead of seeing this as a fulfilment of what He told them would happen, they began to doubt whether He was the Messiah after all. And the consequence of not believing what He said about His person was that they did not believe about His rising again.

We have already been reminded from Luke 18:34 that these things were hid from the apostles by God. This means that they did not preach the resurrection of Christ simply because they believed what He said. They preached about the resurrection of Christ as those who did not believe at first that He was going to rise, but who had seen with their very own eyes that He had risen. It was not, then, that their enthusiasm for His words led them to convince themselves that He alive from the dead when in fact He was not. Their unbelief was turned to belief by evidence, not by wishful thinking.

Now that the apostles have gone through this process, and can personally testify to the resurrection of Christ, then we, nearly twenty centuries later, may have confidence, both in their writings, and also in the Old Testament scriptures as well. We may come into the blessing the Lord promised when He said, “blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed”, John 20:29. For us, the scriptures are the evidence.

20:10
Then the disciples went away again unto their own home.

Then the disciples went away again unto their own home- they need time to digest the things they have seen. They are not hasty in their reactions, but soberly consider what has taken place.

We now come to the event that Mark summarised by saying, “Now when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom he had cast seven devils”, Mark 16:9. It is characteristic of Mark’s gospel that he mentions a work done by God’s Servant, the casting out from Mary Magdalene the seven devils that possessed her. She had much reason to be grateful to the Lord for what He had done for her. It is appropriate for her to be first to see the triumphant Lord in resurrection, for she had been held fast by the powers of evil, but now she sees the one who has defeated all the forces of evil.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO JOHN CHAPTER 20, VERSES 11 TO 23:

20:11 But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre,

20:12 And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain.

20:13 And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto them, Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him.

20:14 And when she had thus said, she turned herself back, and saw Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus.

20:15 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, supposing him to be the gardener, saith unto him, Sir, if thou have borne him hence, tell me where thou hast laid him, and I will take him away.

20:16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned herself, and saith unto him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master.

20:17 Jesus saith unto her, Touch me not; for I am not yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God, and your God.

20:18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken these things unto her.

20:19 Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you.

20:20 And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord.

20:21 Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you.

20:22 And when he had said this, he breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost:

20:23 Whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained.

 

20:11
But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre,

But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping- the tense of the verb (pluperfect) suggests that she had been standing at the tomb a little while before she stooped down. Hence John points out that she was without, to contrast with Peter and John who had been within. She had been very brave to stand by the cross, and now she is brave as she stands by the sepulchre, for who is to tell when the guards will wake up? Her love for her Lord was greater than her fear of the guards.

She was standing facing the sepulchre, (such is the preposition used for “at”), and yet was outside. Her interests lay in the direction of the tomb. She was weeping, understandably, not only because the Lord had been crucified, but now with further grief, for His body seems to have been stolen, and she cannot pay her respects by anointing His body.

And as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre- how true to life this all is. It takes courage to look into a sepulchre, especially alone, and with guards laying around, who might awake at any moment. She fears that the body has been taken away, but her fears are going to be relieved. Not, indeed, with the idea that the Lord is still in the tomb, and his body has not been stolen, but that His body is not there because He is risen.

20:12
And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain.

And seeth two angels in white sitting- Luke 24:22 records the two on the road to Emmaus saying that the women had seen a vision of angels. But it fact the women did not see a vision, but the angels themselves appeared to her, and to the other women separately, as recorded in Matthew 28:1-7. Angels appeared at His birth, and now they appear at His resurrection. They were not in evidence at Calvary, for their help was not requested, although it was available. The work of Calvary must be done alone. In any case, Calvary was a very public place, whereas His birth and His resurrection were private.

There are two angels, enough for adequate witness. They are in white, for they come from the pure glory of heaven, and sit in a scene of death, but unpolluted. This tomb is unique in this. All other burying-places, (even of believers), contain corruption. The tomb had not been defiled by a previous occupant, (for it was Joseph’s own new tomb, Matthew 27:60, so he could be sure no-one else had lain there, for he had hewn it out, and he was the first and only owner of it, and Luke tells us “wherein never man before was laid”, Luke 23:53). It had not been defiled by the Lord’s body, for He is “holy, harmless, and undefiled”, Hebrews 7:26. If He is undefiled in Himself, He cannot defile other things or persons. Nor has it been defiled by the presence of robbers or those sheltering in it, (lepers for example), for it had been sealed.

The one at the head, and the other at the feet- like the cherubim over the ark. Significantly the preposition used is “pros”, meaning towards, or facing, just as the cherubim were facing the mercy seat in the tabernacle. They are guarding the valuable evidence to the resurrection of Christ, His grave-clothes. He has no further need of them to wear, but they represent vital evidence nonetheless.

Where the body of Jesus had lain- the angels are said to be sitting where He had lain, not where the clothes were still laying, although that was true. They were either end of the place where He had lain. Perhaps the glory of the angels and her tears, caused that she only saw them, and not the grave-clothes. She does not need the evidence of the grave-clothes, as Peter and John did, for she is about to see the Lord Himself, hence the angels are in which, but there garments do not flash like lighning as a warning not to come near, as they did with the other women.

20:13
And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto them, Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him.

And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? To ask a woman in normal circumstances why she was weeping at a grave, would be insensitive. But this is to encourage her to tell what is in her heart, so that they may relieve her sorrow.

She saith unto them, Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him- she is still concerned about anointing Him, and so emphasises she does not know where the body is. She calls Him “My Lord”, for He had rid her of seven devils, and showed Himself superior to the forces of evil that had held her. She is about to learn that He is also Lord over death, for He has defeated the one who had the power of death, the Devil Himself. As the apostle Paul wrote, “For to this end Christ both died, and rose, and revived, that he might be Lord both of the dead and living”, Romans 14:9.

Mary Magdalene is the only one to speak to the angels. The other women only listened. They did not appear at all to Peter and John, perhaps because they were sensitive to the fact that they had forsaken the Lord, and in the case of Peter, had denied Him. The Lord warned that denial of Him would mean denial in the presence of the angels, Luke 12:9.

Mary now grieves because of the apparent stealing of the body. She had not gone into the sepulchre, but had only seen the angels through her tears, and still thought the body had gone. She had thought that when she saw the stone rolled away, and now she still thinks it. Perhaps she thought the angels had been sent to tell her that this was the case.

We note in all the visits to the tomb, and also the reaction of the disciples to the news that Christ was risen, a refusal to believe at first. “Their words seemed unto them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11. “And they, when they had heard that He was alive, and had been seen of her, believed not”, Mark 16:11. “After that, he appeared in another form unto two of them, as they walked, and went into the country. And they went and told it unto the residue: neither believed they them”. “Afterward he appeared unto the eleven, as they sat at meat, and upbraided them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them that had seen him after he was risen”, Mark 16:14.

Luke tells us that God had ordained that this should be so, for he tells us that when the Lord foretold His death and resurrection, “they understood none of those things,: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spoken”, Luke 18:34. So it was not that they were expecting it, and then convinced themselves it had happened.

So Mary is not expecting the Lord to have risen after just three days. She thought He was going to rise at the resurrection of the just. Perhaps she thought the “three days” was figurative, as Hosea uses the term when he wrote about the nation of Israel, “After two days he will revive us, in the third day he will raise us up, and we shall live in His sight”, Hosea 6:2.

20:14
And when she had thus said, she turned herself back, and saw Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus.

And when she had thus said- the angels do not respond to her statement, no doubt because they know the Lord is now present, and defer to Him, for He is Lord of angels.

She turned herself back- she has not gone into the tomb, but only stooped to look within. She now turns her head away from the sepulchre, sensing that someone is behind her.

And saw Jesus standing- this is not only literal, but figurative, for He stands in resurrection, after having fallen in death. John saw Him in heaven as the Lamb, standing, Revelation 5:6. He was as one who was slain, with the marks of Calvary upon Him still, but not laying on the altar any more.

And knew not that it was Jesus- it is said of the two on the road to Emmaus, “their eyes were holden, that they should not know Him”, Luke 24:16. They, and Mary, must know Him in the way He chooses, and that is by Him speaking to them. So it is for us. We are to know Him with spiritual faculties, not natural, so we are at no disadvantage to the apostles and those who saw Him in resurrection. We know Him as He speaks to us in His word, the Bible.

20:15
Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, supposing him to be the gardener, saith unto him, Sir, if thou have borne him hence, tell me where thou hast laid him, and I will take him away.

Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? He asks the same question as the angels did, no doubt for the same reason.

Whom seekest thou? Without waiting for an answer, for He saw her distress, the Lord moves quickly to the matter in hand. Notice He does not say “What seekest thou?”, even though He knew she was seeking a body. He will not for one moment allow that He is not alive, and is about to prove this to her.

She, supposing him to be the gardener- John tells us that the tomb was in a garden, 19:41. It was Adam who was the original gardener, but he failed in that garden, and was defeated by evil there. This “gardener” has defeated evil, and is now beginning to show that victory, for He is last Adam. Cain became a gardener too, and made the mistake of offering to God the fruits of a cursed earth. The Lord is Head of the new creation, and will remove the curse from creation when He comes. Meanwhile, His people are in Him, and as such are a new creation, 2 Corinthians 5:17. Mary does not think the man is either Joseph or Nicodemus, for she knew what they looked like, having watched them bury the body of the Lord.

Saith unto him, Sir, if thou have borne him hence, tell me where thou hast laid him, and I will take him away- these are very forceful words, and they can be rendered literally, “Sir, as for you, if you carried Him off, tell me at once where you have laid Him, and, as for myself, I will carry Him off”. The strength of her affection gives strength to her resolve, even if she was mistaken in some things. She seems to think that the questions of this “gardener” are a distraction from the matter that is foremost in her mind. His body had been mis-treated enough, and she will prevent that happening again. If she had answered His questions, she would have realised that He was not the gardener. Then she would have stopped weeping, and also learned that He was alive in the body, and not lying elsewhere, dead.

How disastrous this would have been if the man was really the gardener, and the body had been removed, and he had known where the body was, and told her, and she had carried Him away. This was exactly what the Sanhedrin, lying, said had taken place, Matthew 28:13.

This would have been disastrous for another reason, for the place where He lay would have become a shrine, with all the attendant superstition and money-making that accompanies such places. This is why God did not disclose where Moses’ body was buried, Deuteronomy 34:6. It was important that where the Lord Jesus was buried should be well-known while He was there, so that after He was risen it could be shown that He was in it no longer. It is noticeable that the sepulchre did not become a centre of interest for the disciples in the Book of the Acts; they were taken up with their risen Lord.

20:16
Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned herself, and saith unto him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master.

Jesus saith unto her, Mary- she does not seem to have recognised His voice when He asked her the two questions. What alerts her is the fact that He knew her name. He was not a stranger, as the gardener would be, but the Lord she was seeking. But she was seeking Him in the wrong place. As the angels said to the other women, “Why seek ye the living among the dead?”, Luke 24:5. He is the great shepherd of the sheep, and He has been brought again from the dead by the God of all grace, Hebrews 13:20. One of His features as shepherd is that “He calleth his own sheep by name, and leadeth them out”, John 10:3. He has carried over into resurrection all the feelings that He had for His own before the cross. His personal interest, personal knowledge, and personal care for His own are now to be known in resurrection. He has laid down His life and taken it again, and as such He has shown ultimate concern.

She turned herself- we see her first standing facing the sepulchre, verse 11, then stooping to look inside, in which position she seems to have remained until she realised there was someone standing behind her. At that point she did not turn her whole body around, for she did not expect the Lord to be alive. The sense of “turned herself back” is to “turn oneself to the rear”, which she could do without turning her body, for she was preparing to concentrate on the tomb again, after she had spoken to the “gardener”.

And saith unto him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master- even though she told the angels she was looking for the Lord, in the intensity of her emotion she calls Him what the disciples had often called Him, their Teacher. But, again in her intense emotion, she calls Him “Rabboni”, which is a Galilean form of the word Rabbi, meaning “My Great Master”.

20:17
Jesus saith unto her, Touch me not; for I am not yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God, and your God.

Jesus saith unto her, Touch me not- aware of the strength of her feeling, the Lord pre-empts her touching Him. It was not that no-one was to touch Him in resurrection, for He invited Thomas to do so a week later, verse 27. The point is that all contact with Christ, as far as John’s gospel goes, must be on a heavenly level. The gospel is the “burnt offering gospel”, for just as everything with the burnt offering was upward, (one of its names was “ascending offering”), so the emphasis with John is Christ’s link with heaven, and His journey back there.

In Matthew’s gospel we read of the other women that came to the sepulchre holding the Lord by the feet, Matthew 28:9. This is entirely appropriate in the context, for Matthew presents Christ as the rightful King of Israel who shall reign over the earth one day. He does not record the ascension of Christ, although of course he believed it happened. It is as if Matthew holds Christ to the earth as well, and shows Him to be fit to rule over it.

The apostle Paul made it clear that the link the believer has with Christ now is a spiritual one, for he wrote, “But he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit”, 1 Corinthians 6:17. The link between believer’s spirit and Christ is established by the Spirit of God. Because of this, the apostle can speak of “holding the head”, Colossians 2:19, meaning to grasp firmly the truths regarding the headship and supremacy of Christ. This is not to say that our hold of Him is what guarantees eternal security; but it does mean that we need to hold to the truths about Christ and not let them go in the face of error. It is in this way that we touch Him even now. The apostle paul used the word “joint” in Ephesians 4:16 when he was speaking of the way God supplies what we need to grow into Christ-likeness. (“grow up into Him in all things”, verse 15). The word has the idea of touching about it, so we touch Christ when we listen resond to the ministry of apostles and prophets, (written), and evangelists, pastors and teachers, (oral).

For I am not yet ascended to my Father- in this way the Lord emphasises that links with Him are heavenly in character. It is as an ascended Christ that we know Him. This is how Paul came to know Him, for he saw Jesus of Nazareth in heaven, and his conversion is the pattern for conversion during this age, 1 Timothy 1:16. Of course we must believe in Christ as the one who was crucified and rose again, but we must not stop there if we would come into the fulness of Christian things.

This is the third time that the ascension of Christ has been spoken of in John’s gospel. Each of the references is directly from the Lord Jesus. In His conversation with Nicodemus He said, “And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven”, John 3:13. Here the emphasis is on the fact that even as a man upon the earth He has not lost His Deity, for He claims to be in heaven still, God being omnipresent. In John 6:62 He said, “What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was before?” here the emphasis is on His coming down in the past. The manna had come down from heaven from God, yet the people did not understand what it was. Nor did many of them understand who Christ was. If they did not understand the meaning of His coming down, how would they understand the meaning of His ascending up?

Here in John 20, however, the reference is to what Christ will be for His people after He has ascended. He is returning to the Father, conscious that all He was sent to achieve has been accomplished. He could say, “I have glorified thee upon the earth: I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do”, John 17:4.

But go to my brethren- one day the message came to the Lord as He taught in a house, “Behold, thy mother and thy brethren stand without desiring to speak with thee. But he answered and said unto him which told Him, Who is my mother? And who are my brethren? And he stretched forth his hand toward his disciples, and said, Behold my mother and my brethren! For whosoever shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother”, Matthew 12:47-50. So it is spiritual relationship which is the most important, and that spiritual relationship is with Him as the ascended Man.

The believer’s link to Christ is heavenly, and does not depend on anything of earth. Mary had the closest natural relationship to the Lord, yet He said to her, “What have I to do with thee, mine hour is not yet come”, John 2:4. In other words, even Mary’s spiritual relationship with Him depended on what He would do in “His hour”, the time between His prayer to the Father in John 17 and His return to the Father spoken of here in John 20. She would be linked with Him in exactly the same way as every other believer of this age. The fact that she is His mother gives her no advantage.

Psalm 22:22 had foretold that in resurrection He would declare the Father’s name to His brethren, and He had also pledged to do that in His prayer just before He was arrested. He said, “I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them”, John 17:26. He is fully able to declare the Father’s name, (meaning His character), because He shares all the characteristics of the Father, being His Only begotten Son. He did this upon the earth, but the disciples were not able to appreciate fully. When He returned back to heaven, however, He would send the Holy Spirit, and they would understand in a much better way.

And say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and your Father- notice He does not say “Our Father”, although both He and His people have relationship with the Father. His relationship is as the Only-begotten of the Father, who is one with Him in the full possession of Deity. Believers call Him Father because they have been born again of the Spirit of God, and from that moment share His life.

No sooner has Mary found the Lord she sought, that He declares He is leaving her! But as He had said to the disciples in the Upper Room, “It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you”, John 16:7. So the Spirit of God would come to make good to them all that the Lord had said, and other things besides.

And to my God, and your God- if having God as Father speaks of relationship, then having Him as God speaks of resources. The Lord Jesus has known God as His Father for all eternity, but it was only as He came into manhood that He could address His Father as His God. As “the Spirit of Christ”, (1 Peter 1:11) expressed beforehand in Psalm 22:10, “Thou art my God from my mother’s belly”. It was as He came into manhood that He needed the resources from Him as His God, so that He could glorify Him in His life in the flesh. We need resources too, and they are readily available from our all-sufficient God in heaven. Those resources are released to us because the Son has gone back to heaven, for Paul wrote to the Philippians, “But my God shall supply all your need according to his riches in glory by Christ Jesus”, Philippians 4:19. Well might we add, in the words of the following verse, “Now unto God and our Father be glory for ever and ever. Amen”.

20:18
Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken these things unto her.

Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord- note that John now reverts back to the name by which Mary was known normally. In verses 11 and 16 she was simply Mary, (the only places where she is called by this single name), but when it is a question of being linked to Christ in heaven, where she came from becomes irrelevant.

Magdala was near Galilee, Matthew 15:39. She was of Magdala by birth, but of heaven by new birth. Now that she is conveying a message to the disciples, her everyday name is used, being the name they knew her by.

It is one of the marks of the genuineness of the gospel records of the resurrection, that it is based on the testimony of the women. Now the testimony of females was not allowed in Jewish courts, so any Jew attempting to write a forged account would carefully avoid giving prominence to the testimony of women. Not so the writers of the true gospels. They are confident that what they write about is true, and are very comfortable with telling the facts as they are.

And that he had spoken these things unto her- so her testimony was two-fold; what she had seen, and what she had heard. She had seen a living Person, the one who had been crucified on a cross, but who was now alive for evermore. She had heard His unmistakable voice, and she now passes on what she heard.

John does not tell the reaction to her words, but Luke does, and he writes, “And their words seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11. So it was that love and faith found their reward in the first sight of the Lord, but unbelief would soon meet with its rebuke, for Mark tells us “Afterward he appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them that had seen him after He was risen”, Mark 16:14.

Luke tells us that Peter went to the tomb on his own, Luke 24:12

Luke also records the appearance of the Lord to the two on the road to Emmaus, 24:13-35. We continue with John’s account:

20:19
Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you.

Then the same day at evening- the order in Genesis chapter one was “the evening and the morning”. Now, however, that is reversed as the new creation begins, for verse 1 speaks of “the first day of the week…early”. Now we have the same first day, but in the evening.

Being the first day of the week- it is one of the marks of the great change that Christ has brought in, that it is the first day of the week that is special, not the last day, the sabbath, as with the Jews. Certain of the Old Testament rituals took place on the first day of the week, but it was described, not in that way, but as “the day after the sabbath”, still keeping the dominance of the seventh day, which has to do with the earth, being the day which commemorates the completion of the creation of the world in six days, Exodus 20:8-11.

There are three things especially connected with the first day of the week now. The first is, of course, the resurrection of Christ. The second, the remembrance of Him, Acts 20:7. The third, the collection for the work of the Lord, as mentioned in 1 Corinthians 16:2, “Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by in store, as God hath prospered him, that there be no collections when I come”.

So the remembrance of the Lord in the Lord’s Supper is not on the same day of the week that it was instituted, nor is the shewing of His death on the day of the week He died. Rather, it is done on the day on which He rose from the dead. His resurrection gives reality to the Supper, as we look back and remember Him in a state in which He is not now, for He is glorified.

When the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews- they are still fearful. They have rejected the testimony of the women, and have not yet the confidence which His rising again will bring to them. In verse 26, a week later, the doors were shut again, but this time John does not need to add “for fear of the Jews”. We are not specifically told that this took place in the upper room, no doubt to prevent any earthly place being made into a shrine.

Came Jesus and stood in the midst- He re-occupies the place He had in the upper room. He must always be central. The resurrection body is not restricted by closed doors, being a spiritual body. All physical limitations are absent from it.

And saith unto them, Peace be unto you- this is just what they needed, the peace He alone can bring. Fear of the Jews recedes when His peace comes into the heart. John does not make any mention of His rebuke for their unbelief, as Luke does, Luke 24:14. John is emphasising the Lord, and not the disciples.

20:20
And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord.

And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side- in Luke’s account, the Lord said, “Behold my hands and my feet, that it is I myself”, Luke 24:38. They supposed that they had seen a spirit, but a spirit does not have flesh and bones, as He says in verse 39. Hands and feet are parts of the body exposed to view when the Eastern robe is worn. The disciples were used to seeing these, and knew them to be His, totally apart from the nail-prints. In Luke the emphasis is on proving that He is a real person of flesh and bone, and not merely a spirit disguised as a man. He shows them parts of His body that can easily be seen to have bones to satisfy them on this pointed.

In John, however, the emphasis is on His hands and His side, and later He will invite Thomas to satisfy himself that He has nail-prints, and the wound from the spear-thrust.

Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord- He had promised that they would see Him again, and the experience would be like a mother who has just given birth to a child, when all the pain of the previous hours is overwhelmed by her new-found joy, John 16:21,22. So it is now with the disciples. They forget the trauma they had been through as the find themselves in the presence of their Risen Lord.

20:21
Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you.

Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you- He had given them peace because of the past and the present, (fear of the Jews, verse 19), but now gives peace because of the future, for He is about to send them out into a hostile world.

Who are “them”? If just apostles, then others do not have power to remit sins, and it cannot happen today. John is writing a history, so although he was present he writes “them”, not “us”. See verse 24.

As my Father hath sent me, even so send I you- this is John’s equivalent to the Great Commission. This is a reference to His prayer, “As Thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I sent them into the world”, John 17:18. This gives great dignity to going out into the world, for it is following His example. He came from heaven to the world, we go from “the upper room”, symbolising the assembly, into the world.

20:22
And when he had said this, he breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost:

And when he had said this- so His next act has reference to His commission.

He breathed on them- just as God had breathed into Adam the spirit of life, to enable him to represent Him to the world, so the disciples are given the Holy Spirit to enable them to represent Christ in the world. “The second man was made quickening spirit”, 1 Corinthians 15:45; that is, instead of being the recipient of the power to live naturally, as Adam was, Christ in resurrection is the giver of the power to live spiritually.

And saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost- is this a symbolic action to represent what would happen at Pentecost, or a special provision for these disciples until Pentecost? No doubt it has something to do with the next verse.

20:23
Whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained.

Whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them- so as these disciples went forth into the world with the gospel, preaching the remission of sins through Christ, Luke 24:47, they are assured here that they may confidently tell men that if they have truly repented and believed, their sins are in fact remitted.

And whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained- the reverse is the case. If men refuse to repent and believe they must be told that there sins are still bound to them. This is not that mere men have power over the destiny of sinners, but that the Holy Spirit gives the needed strength to tell people what the true situation is, whether good or ill.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO JOHN CHAPTER 20, VERSES 24 TO 31:

20:24 But Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came.

20:25 The other disciples therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord. But he said unto them, Except I shall see in his hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the print of the nails, and thrust my hand into his side, I will not believe.

20:26 And after eight days again his disciples were within, and Thomas with them: then came Jesus, the doors being shut, and stood in the midst, and said, Peace be unto you.

20:27 Then saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands; and reach hither thy hand, and thrust it into my side: and be not faithless, but believing.

20:28 And Thomas answered and said unto him, My Lord and my God.

20:29 Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.

20:30 And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which are not written in this book:

20:31 But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye might have life through his name.

 

20:24
But Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came.

But Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus- by this time the apostles were eleven in number, but “the twelve” is a technical term for the apostolic band. See 1 Corinthians 15:5. The name Didymus is the Greek equivalent to the Aramaic Thomas, and would be the name he was known by in Asia Minor where John was writing from. The Lord does not repeat the giving of the Holy Spirit when Thomas is present, and this goes to show that it was a symbolic gesture, for Thomas would receive the power to preach the forgiveness at sins after the Spirit actually came at Pentecost.

Was not with them when Jesus came- John 11:16 tells us that Thomas was willing to die with the Lord. John 14:5-7 gives a conversation with Thomas about the way, the truth and the life. So why did he stay away from the meeting? This was despite the fact that the Lord had warned them of what was coming, “that when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am He”, John 13:19; see also similar words in John 14:29. The next verse shows he wanted to see to believe.

20:25
The other disciples therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord. But he said unto them, Except I shall see in his hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the print of the nails, and thrust my hand into his side, I will not believe.

The other disciples therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord- is this the best approach to those who miss meetings? Thomas has not lost interest, but he is no doubt very depressed by events. John wrote, “We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world”, 1 John 4:14. So the gospel is still, “We have seen the Lord”.

But he said unto them, Except I shall see in his hands the print of the nails- he must have heard that the Lord had been crucified, even though he and the rest of the apostles had fled at the time of the arrest. It must have been the accepted idea that a person could be recognised, even to the extent of wound-marks. The resurrection body is the same body as before, but different, as we see from the apostle’s words, “It is sown…it is raised”. But on the other hand, “thou sowest not the body that shall be”, 1 Corinthians 15:37,38. Christ’s scars were not the result of His own sin, so can be carried over into resurrection.

And put my finger into the print of the nails- he not only needs to see, but also to touch. John had seen, and his hands had handled, 1 John 1:1, but that was in a spiritual sense. He saw the miracles and he saw their meaning. He had handled Divine things by having fellowship with the Lord in His life. Yet so had Thomas done these things.

And thrust my hand into his side, I will not believe- he must have heard about the soldier piercing Christ’s side. All such information had devastated him, and his depth of despair was such that it would take a lot to rescue him.

There were three men in Jerusalem with pierced hands. Two were dead and buried, so if there was a living person with pierced hands it must be Christ. There was only one with a pierced side, the solid proof that it was Christ.

To thrust one’s hand into the side of a man recently crucified is a very dramatic thing to do. It shows the intensity of his feelings at this time. He is indicating that he is going to take a lot of convincing.

20:26
And after eight days again his disciples were within, and Thomas with them: then came Jesus, the doors being shut, and stood in the midst, and said, Peace be unto you.

And after eight days again his disciples were within- we tend to not count the current day when we speak of what will happen in a few days time. So on Sunday we would think of “eight days”, as meaning week Monday. But the Jews included the current day in their reckoning.

It is clear that the first day of the week had already become special to the disciples, even though they were not to observe days, Galatians 4:10. It was not on the day the Supper was instituted that they met together, nor on the day of His crucifixion. Nor did they go to the tomb and venerate it. They are not said to keep the Lord’s Supper until after Pentecost. It is kept in His absence, and “until He come”. It would not be appropriate to remember Him when He was present, and had not gone. There is also the fact that the partaking of the Lord’s Supper is an assembly activity, and there were no assemblies until after Pentecost. Then “they continued steadfastly in…the breaking of bread”, Acts 2:42.

And Thomas with them- John makes no criticism of Thomas. He does not say, as we might have done, “Thomas was with them this time”. Those who fail to come to meetings need to be treated gently, but firmly.

Then came Jesus- as on His visit before, they immediately knew who it was. And He was the same Jesus, for He is “Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and today, and for ever”, Hebrews 13:8.

The doors being shut- this time John omits “for fear of the Jews”. Have they become bolder since they saw Him the first time? His peace has kept their hearts. The fact that He is able to move into a closed room tells us something of the non-physical character of the resurrection body. Because it is a spiritual body, it is not limited as our body is now. In the next chapter the Lord will eat fish and honey, showing that some things will continue, even if they do not need to continue for the same reason as before.

And stood in the midst, and said, Peace be unto you- this word is no doubt particularly for Thomas, as he saw the Lord after his absence. Those who miss meetings purely out of disillusionment need to be assured of the Lord’s concern for them. Of course, those who stop coming because of sin need to be disciplined.

20:27
Then saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands; and reach hither thy hand, and thrust it into my side: and be not faithless, but believing.

Then saith he to Thomas- the Lord directly addresses the problem. This shows He knew what the disciples had said to Thomas, and what he had said to them.

Reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands- is the Lord giving him the opportunity of still believing without touching? It is not “reach hither thy finger and put it into the nail-prints”, but “reach hither thy finger and behold my hands”, and come to believe without touching. Can Thomas’ faith be restored even as he stretches out his finger, and before he touches the Lord’s hand? C.f. Matthew 12:13.

And reach hither thy hand, and thrust it into my side- does the Lord wait to see the response of Thomas to the first remark, and then when he does not reach out with his finger, as faith is restored, that faith is tested? It is not now simply seeing, but of thrusting his hand into His side. But he does not need to do this, for his faith is now totally restored, as the truth of Christ’s resurrection dawns upon him. The one standing before him is the one that John witnessed having His side pierced.

And be not faithless, but believing- Thomas was not totally faithless, but faithless in regard to the one issue, that of the Lord’s resurrection.

20:28
And Thomas answered and said unto him, My Lord and my God.

And Thomas answered and said unto Him, My Lord and my God- there is no record of him reaching out to touch the Lord. The very fact that the Lord knew what he had said when the disciples went to him and told him they had seen the Lord, convinced him of more than His resurrection. It convinced him in the same way that Nathaniel was convinced at the beginning of the gospel, by the fact that the Lord knew about him and his situation under the fig tree. It is the Lord who knows all things, and Thomas did not need to touch now.

As a devout Jew Thomas believed the testimony of Deuteronomy 6:4,5, “Hear O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord”. And he had heard the Lord Jesus recite the words, Mark 12:29. So he believed that there was but one Lord, even the One God of Israel. Yet he has learned that there is a plurality of Persons in the Godhead, something which is allowed for in the word “one”, which is a compound unity. Thomas believes Christ is God, for He knows all things, and He is Lord, for He has defeated all His foes and has emerged in resurrection triumph.

20:29
Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.

Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen Me, thou hast believed- whilst it is true that Thomas did not need to touch Him, he did need to see to believe. He should have believed the disciples when they said, “We have seen the Lord”. This is still the testimony in the gospel, for John wrote, “For we have seen and do testify, that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world”, 1 John 4:14.

Blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed- so Thomas is contrasted with those who, all down through the Old Testament era, believed without seeing. The Lord taught that, “Blessed are your eyes, for they see: and your ears, for they hear. For verily I say unto you, That many prophets and righteous men have desired to see the things which ye see, and have not seen them; and hear the things which ye hear, and have not heard them”, Matthew 13:16,17. If they were prophets and righteous men they must have been believers.

And the Lord also seems to project Himself to the end of this current age of grace and look back and say, “they believed, but did not see”. A special blessing is reserved for such. It is not that we believe without evidence, but that we believe the evidence in the word of God, the testimony of those who did see, and can say, “We have seen the Lord”.

Thomas represents the nation of Israel who will actually see the Lord when He comes to earth to judge, for “every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him”, Revelation 1:7. Paul speaks of himself as seeing the Lord in resurrection, and therefore being a pattern of those who shall hereafter believe on Him to life everlasting”, 1 Timothy 1:16. He saw the Lord in heavenly glory, and so shall Israel, and believe. The other disciples represent the godly remnant of israel in the Tribulation Period who believe without having seen Him, whereas Nathaniel would represent the nation of Israel in the Tribulation Period, who will believe when they see Him coming in glory, and who will say “Lo, this is our God, we have waited for him, and he will save us: this is the Lord; we have waited for him, we will be glad and rejoice in his salvation”, Isaiah 25:9.

20:30
And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which are not written in this book:

And many other signs truly did Jesus- John calls the miracles signs, because they have deep significance, and tell us doctrine. John is sure this was the case, so says “truly”, for he only records what he witnessed himself. “He that saw it bear record, and his record is true. And he knoweth that he saith true, that ye might believe”, John 19:35. These two verses serve to bring to an end this part of John’s gospel.

In the presence of his disciples- so they could see, and believe. Nothing was done underhandedly, or behind closed doors. The Lord worked miracles either in the open air, in the temple courts, or in people’s houses, that in the East were accessible to all. It was accepted that anyone could enter another’s house and sit on the seats around the outside of the room. This is what the woman did in Luke 7. The Lord said to the High Priest, “I spake openly to the world; in secret have I said nothing”, John 18:20. And Paul was able to say to Festus, “This thing was not done in a corner”, Acts 26:26.

Which are not written in this book- is this a passing reference to Matthew, Mark and Luke? They record other miracles. The only miracle common to all four gospels is the feeding of the five thousand.

20:31
But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye might have life through his name.

But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ- Jesus is the historical man, the man of the gospel records. Christ is the promised Messiah, the man of the Old Testament records. Isaiah wrote of the Messiah, “Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped. Then shall the lame man leap as a hart, and the tongue of the dumb sing”, Isaiah 35:5,6. The Old Testament finds its fulfilment in the New Testament Jesus.

The Son of God- for He is more than man, and His miracles show it. It is God who sends the rain which falls around the vine. Who initiates the process of turning that water into sap, and leaves, and fruit, aided by the shining of the sun, which He is responsible for also. It is He who controls the process by which grapes turn into good wine. The Lord Jesus did all this in a moment of time, “and manifested forth his glory, and his disciples believed on him”, John 2:11.

And that believing ye might have life through his name- John does not simply write that men might believe, but that the consequence of believing might take place, namely, that men receive life through His name. All He is, as represented by His name, is the means whereby life is granted. Because He is Jesus He could die to deal with our death in trespasses and sins. Because He is Christ, He is the man of God’s approval, and therefore all He did was satisfactory to God. Men were anointed in Old Testament times to mark them out as those approved by God for a certain task. Their anointing was done with physical oil, the symbol of the Holy Spirit. The Lord Jesus was anointed with the Holy Ghost and with power, Acts 10:38, showing His superiority to all others.

It is because Jesus Christ is the Son of God that He has been given to have life in Himself for others, John 5:26. To know Him believingly is to have eternal life, John 17:3.

ROMANS 12

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

 

BELIEVERS IN RELATION TO ONE ANOTHER IN THE BODY OF CHRIST, THE CHURCH

The epistle to the Romans is in three main sections, chapters 1-8, 9-11, and 12-16. Each begins on a personal note by the apostle, and each closes with a note of praise to God. Chapters 1-11 are more expositional in character, whilst 12-16 are more exhortational, but this should not be pressed. We note the general and important lesson that true exhortation can only be on the basis of previously known and understood exposition. Duty must be governed by doctrine, practice by principle.

Romans 12 Believers in relation to one another in the body SERVICE
Romans 13 Believers in relation to the powers that be SUBMISSION
Romans 14-15:7 Believers in relation to another’s conscience RECEPTION
Romans 15:8-33 Believers in relation to another’s background UNITY
Romans 16 Believers in relation to Paul SALUTATIONS

STRUCTURE OF ROMANS 12

Verses 1-5 Exhortations to godly living
Verses 6-8 Exercise of gifts in the Assembly
Verses 9-21 Exhibition of grace to others

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 12, VERSES 1 to 5:

12:1  I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service.

 12:2  And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.

 12:3  For I say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith.

 12:4  For as we have many members in one body, and all members have not the same office:

 12:5  So we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every one members one of another.

12:1-5    EXHORTATIONS TO GODLY LIVING

Verse 1 Rendering the body to God
Verse 2 Renewing of the mind
Verse 3 Restraining of the mind
Verses 4,5 Relating to the members of the body, the church

12:1    RENDERING THE BODY TO GOD

12:1  I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service.

The first three exhortations, “present”, “be not conformed”, “be ye transformed”, prepare us to prove the will of God.
I beseech you- as we are not under law, but grace, we should respond to exhortations. “Draw me, we will run after thee”, Song of Solomon 1:4, “I will draw all unto Me”, John 12:32.
Therefore- the exhortation has a logical basis. 
By the mercies of God- this is the basis of the exhortation.  Remembering that chapters 9-11 form a parenthesis, this refers to 8:32, “He that spared not His own Son”.  In Genesis 22 the father surrendered his son to sacrifice, then Isaac surrendered himself, and the ram surrendered to the knife.  By the mercies of God- the tender mercies, not the same as mercy in 9:18, which is judicial mercy.
That ye present your bodies- in 1:24 bodies were dishonoured; in 3:13-15 they were used for sinning; but in 6:6 the body of sin is destroyed (robbed of its authority); in 8:10 the body is dead or totally inactive in the service of God apart from the energy of the Spirit within.  In one sense the body is His already, being bought with a price, 1 Corinthians 6:19,20, but here it is presented to God in willing surrender.  The body is perhaps the most liable to lead us to sin, being the headquarters of the sin-principle within, (hence  the expression ‘body of sin’ in Romans 6:6), and capable of being used as an instrument of unrighteousness, 6:13.  To present means to hand over, being the same as is translated “yield” in 6:13. Sit is the same as in Luke 2:22, where the infant Christ is presented to the Lord, and Acts 1:3, where the risen Lord “shewed (presented) Himself alive”, to His disciples.  Present is in the aorist tense signifying a decisive action.  This does not necessarily mean it is done only once.  Rather, it means that when it is done then it should be done decisively.  We are to take up our cross daily, Luke 9:23. 

A living sacrifice- this is the same thought as in 6:13, where the apostle exhorts us to “yield yourselves unto God, as those that are alive from the dead”.  Death must come to rid us of association with Adam, then in resurrection we begin life in association with Christ. 
Holy- everything that touched the altar had to be holy in Old Testament times.  God’s standard does not change, although the way it manifests itself may.  Holy also signifies suitable to offered to God, separate from defect.  Defects would be features that are not Christ-like. Wild animals could not be offered on God’s altar.  See Acts 10:, where Gentile unbelievers are likened to wild beasts. 
Acceptable unto God- as they will be if living, holy and Christ-like. Acceptable means well-pleasing to God, and therefore that which He is able to accept.  Cf. Hebrews 10:8, “neither hadst pleasure therein….offered by law”. Christ’s sacrifice was made in willing submission to His Father, not as a result of coercion. 
Which is your reasonable service- reasonable literally means logical, rational, intelligent.  The logical outcome of a consideration of the compassion of God.  Note the mind has been at work, and had made deductions and come to conclusions.  The word for service here is religious service, being service directed to God.  The believer can perform greater service than even those of Aaron’s line as they stood at the altar.

12:2    RENEWING OF THE MIND

12:2  And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.

And be not conformed to this world- do not conform yourselves to this age, marked as it is by having rejected Christ.  The Devil is the god of this age, 2 Corinthians 4:4.  To conform means to fashion oneself according to the outward resemblance to the world. . It is not possible for a believer to turn into a worldling, for that would mean there had been a change of nature; The Lord Jesus described His own thus, “they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world”, John 17:14.  Since we have Divine life, then in that respect we are of heaven, as He is.  But there can be the adoption of the superficial things that mark the world, and we can “walk as men”, 1 Corinthians 3:3.  The “but of the next phrase presents the spiritual alternative. 
But be ye transformed by the renewing of the mind- really speaking, fashioning ourselves like the world is mindless.  Transformed means to be changed as to the manifestation of the reality within.  This is the same as “growing up into Him in all things”,  Ephesians 4:15.  The renewing of the mind involves constant adjustment of the thinking processes by the application of truths to do with Christ.  The mind of the worldling is occupied with Adam’s world, for he can rise no higher.  The mind of the Christian should be focussed on heavenly, spiritual things, so that the new things introduced by Christ, (as opposed to the old things of Adam), may transform us into His likeness.  The wise man said of the sinner “as he thinketh in his heart, so is he”, Proverbs 23:7.
That ye may prove- test, prove, with the expectation of approving; primarily used of metals.  Having presented, and not fashioned, and been transformed, we shall be in a position to know what the will of God is in every situation.  The proving is done before we act, not afterwards.  Abraham’s servant said, “I being in the way, the Lord led me”, Genesis 24:27.  He acted on the mind of God expressed though Abraham as he sent him on his mission, but then further light was given him.  If he had not acted on the first instruction, he would not have come across Rebekah.
What is that good- beneficial to others; as unbelievers we were only interested in self, now we are constantly to think of others. 
And acceptable- meaning well-pleasing to God.  What this is will be known by a renewed and transformed mind. 
And perfect will of God- God’s perfect will is that which attains the goal God intends.

12:3    RESTRAINING THE MIND

12:3  For I say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith.

For I say, through the grace given unto me- the apostle is careful to emphasise that he only speaks in according with the favour (grace) of God given him; he does not speak on his own authority or in his own strength. 
To every man that is among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think- this does not mean that a man may think highly of himself as long as he does it in moderation.  Rather, not to be high-minded, which is being minded above what a man should.  It is the character of the world, and its god, to be full of pride.  The opposite is dependence on God in faith.  “Behold, his soul which is lifted up is not upright in him: but the just shall live by his faith”, Habakkuk 2:4. 
But to think soberly- in a controlled way. 
According as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith- God has measured the boundaries within which faith, (meaning, in this context, dependence on Him), operates; if we are high-minded, we shall go beyond this measure.  The measure is the same for all believers, for it is not “a” measure of faith, as if some had more than others, but “the” measure that is common to all believers, as they control their thinking so that it does not stray into the realm of pride. 

12:4,5    RELATING TO THE MEMBERS OF THE BODY, THE CHURCH

12:4  For as we have many members in one body, and all members have not the same office: So we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every one members one of another.

For as we have many members in one body- as humans we have bodies consisting of many members, such as organs, limbs, etc. 
And all members have not the same office- each part of our body has its own function to perform, being fitted for that task by God. 
So we, being many, are one body in Christ- the human body is used as an illustration of the relationship between Christ, who now that He has ascended to heaven is the head of all things, and believers of this present age considered collectively as the body of Christ, see Ephesians 4:11-16; Colossians 1:18,24.  The way this is ideally worked out is in the context of a local assembly, as 1 Corinthians 12 explains. 
And every one members one of another- the emphasis in this passage is on the relationship between the members of the body of Christ.  Just as members of our body interact for the good of the whole, so should believers relate to one another in a positive way, so that God’s purpose may be worked out.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 12, VERSES 6 to 8:

12:6  Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy, let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;

 12:7  Or ministry, let us wait on our ministering: or he that teacheth, on teaching;

 12:8  Or he that exhorteth, on exhortation: he that giveth, let him do it with simplicity; he that ruleth, with diligence; he that sheweth mercy, with cheerfulness.

12:6-8    EXERCISE OF GIFTS IN THE ASSEMBLY

12:6  Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy, let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;

Having then gifts differing according to the grace given unto us- just as members of our bodies have abilities, some more, some less, some visible, some invisible, so it is with the body of Christ, the church.  The gift God has given to each believer is perfectly matched by the needed grace, (which is unmerited favour, here considered as given to believers after they are saved by grace), for the exercise of that gift.  He favours each member in such a way, and to such a degree, that the gift can be used for His glory, and the building up of other believers. 
Whether prophecy, let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith- in the days before the New Testament was written, and therefore before it was available for study, prophets were raised up by God so that they could tell forth His mind and will.  They were to do this in faith, however, i.e. in reliance upon Him, and not adding or taking from the message given to them to pass on.  A prophecy which unfolded the mind of God on some deep matter needed to be accompanied by the proportionate amount of faith on the part of the prophet, for he must believe the doctrine he is setting forth.  To unfold a matter and only half-believe it would not advance the cause of truth.  There are no prophets today, since the need for them has gone.

12:7  Or ministry, let us wait on our ministering: or he that teacheth, on teaching;

Or ministry, let us wait on our ministering- if prophets needed to be careful lest they alter God’s word, the ministers, i.e. those who did deacon work in the church, needed to be careful lest they became slack.  They must wait on their ministry, that is, be committed to it, attentive like a good waiter is attentive to the diners in a restaurant. 
Or he that teacheth, on teaching- the teacher must be attentive to his particular work for the Lord, giving time and energy to it, see 1 Timothy 4:13-16; 2 Timothy 3:15. 

12:8  Or he that exhorteth, on exhortation: he that giveth, let him do it with simplicity; he that ruleth, with diligence; he that sheweth mercy, with cheerfulness.

Or he that exhorteth, on exhortation- this is a very valuable ministry, for the saints need to be encouraged and strengthened, for they live in a hostile environment.  There is plenty to discourage us, so we need the ministry of encouragement.  Note that prophecy and ministry come first, then when a doctrinal foundation has been laid, the exhorter can encourage continuance in the faith already taught. Needless to add, the methods of stimulation and motivation which the business world uses is of no value in Christian things, for the wisdom of the world is foolishness with God, and He condemns those who seek to incorporate these techniques into the church, 1 Corinthians 3:18-20. 
He that giveth, let him do it with simplicity- that is, without self-seeking. The giver should have a simple aim of benefitting another, and glorifying God.  He (or she), should not give to gain some advantage, which is why the giving should, ideally, be anonymous.  Each believer will want to respond to God’s goodness by supporting His work financially, see 1 Corinthians 16:2.  So clearly this gift of being able to give is distinct, and relates to those to whom the Lord has given resources, so they may channel them to the furtherance of His interests.  Every believer is expected to give to the Lord’s interests, 1 Corinthians 16:2, “every one of you lay by him in store”.  Some, however, have resources God has given them, and they are given the gift or ability to handle those resources wisely for God.  The apostle makes a clear distinction between those who are determined to be rich, 1 Timothy 6:9, margin, and those who are rich, verse 17.  The former are warned of the perils of the love of money, the latter are encouraged in the distribution of money. 
He that ruleth, with diligence- the word rule can mean take the lead, or it can mean to direct a business.  The latter would follow on well from the previous idea of giving, and would be in connection with the administration and organisation of Christian charity, education, or medical work, for example. 
He that sheweth mercy, with cheerfulness- as with giving, in a general way all believers should be merciful, but some are gifted in a special way with the ability to minister to the needs of those who are in need, whether saint or sinner.  “A merry heart doeth good like medicine”, Proverbs 17:22.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 12, VERSES 9 TO 21:

12:9  Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good.

12:10  Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another;

12:11  Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord;

12:12  Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;

12:13  Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.

12:14  Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.

12:15  Rejoice with them that do rejoice, and weep with them that weep.

12:16  Be of the same mind one toward another. Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate. Be not wise in your own conceits.

12:17  Recompense to no man evil for evil. Provide things honest in the sight of all men.

12:18  If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peaceably with all men.

12:19  Dearly beloved, avenge not yourselves, but rather give place unto wrath: for it is written, Vengeance is mine; I will repay, saith the Lord.

12:20  Therefore if thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst, give him drink: for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head.

12:21  Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.

12:9-21        EXHIBITION OF GRACE TO OTHERS

12:9  Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good.

Let love be without dissimulation- that is, hypocrisy, as when we show what appears to be love for the wrong motive. 
Abhor that which is evil- in connection with evil things, the opposite of love should mark us, as it did the One who “hated iniquity”, Hebrews 1:9. 
Cleave to that which is good- be wedded to good things in a life-long marriage.

12:10  Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another;

Be kindly affectioned one to another- this is the love of those who are in a family. 
With brotherly love- which is strong and effective.  “A brother is born for adversity”, Proverbs 17:17
In honour preferring one another- be the first to step forward to give honour to another in the family of God.

12:11  Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord;

Not slothful in business- which was originally spelt ‘busyness’, meaning diligence.  The Greek word is “spoude!”, the cry of those who spurred on their favourite runner at the Olympics.
Fervent in spirit- boiling-hot in enthusiasm.  Compare the Laodiceans, who were lukewarm, Revelation 3:16. 
Serving the Lord- slaving away for Him.

12:12  Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;

Rejoicing in hope- as in Romans 5:2. 
Patient in tribulation- as in Romans 5:3. Not allowing the present afflictions to deprive us of the rejoicing which the thought of the future hope brings.     
Continuing instant in prayer- steadfast prayer is the source of strength in adversity, and the source of the strength, also, to persevere to the end.  “Men ought always to pray, and not to faint”, Luke 18:1.

12:13  Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.

Distributing to the necessity of the saints- sharing with those in need.  Remember the Lord’s word about those of a future day, who will feed, clothe and visit those who are in need during the tribulation period, “Inasmuch as ye did it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye did it unto me”, Matthew 25:40. 
Given to hospitality- literally ‘pursuing hospitality’, actively seeking opportunities to share the home God has given to you, with others.  Those who receive such an invitation to hospitality should consider whether, if they refuse, they are depriving a believer of an opportunity to serve the Lord. 

12:14  Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.

Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not- there is a play on words here, pursuing hospitality to bless others thereby; bless those that pursue you to harm you. There is a double exhortation to bless because it is not easy in such circumstances.  And the oppositie is mentioned as well, for paul knows that the flesh resists doing this, so we need the help of the Spirit.  As Peter wrote, “not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that ye are hereunto called, that ye should inherit blessing”, 1 Peter 3:9.  Believers have an added blessing from God as part of their inheritance if they respond to evil in the way that is encouraged here.

12:15  Rejoice with them that do rejoice, and weep with them that weep.

Rejoice with them that do rejoice- share in the joys of others, not being so “spiritual” as to be unfeeling. 
And weep with them that weep- the shortest verse in English is “Jesus wept”, John 11:35; the shortest verse in Greek is “Rejoice evermore”, 1 Thessalonians 5:16.  The Lord Jesus was present at a marriage, and supplied the wine of His joy which was superior to any other.  He stood by a graveside and wept, but went further and turned sadness into joy with the raising of Lazarus.  We cannot do this, but we can console those who are sad by giving them thoughts of Christ.  Did He not promise that His people would do greater works than He had done? John 14:12.  It is a greater work to turn a believer’s sadness into joy than it is to turn water into wine.  It is only because He has gone back to the Father, with all that involves in terms of the release of spiritual power, that we can accomplish such things. 

12:16  Be of the same mind one toward another. Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate. Be not wise in your own conceits.

Be of the same mind one toward another- minding or feeling the same things towards each, not being partial to those you consider more on your level. 
Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate- do not have such a high opinion of yourself that you are not prepared to allow the needy, (men of low estate), to “take you by the hand” so that you go to help them.
Be not wise in your own conceits- be not wise according to your own opinion, so that your mind is closed to the thoughts of others.

12:17  Recompense to no man evil for evil. Provide things honest in the sight of all men.

Recompense to no man evil for evil- note the use of word evil in view of the word repay in verse 19.  This attitude is totally contrary to the Adam-nature, but in harmony with the nature of Christ.  “When He was reviled, He reviled not again”, 1 Peter 2:23. 
Provide things honest in the sight of all men- be sure that the things you do are beyond the reproach of critical unbelievers, who watch closely your life, and who have a higher standard for you than they have for themselves. ‘

12:18  If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peaceably with all men.

If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peacebly with all men- as much as depends on you, live in harmony with unbelievers, not antagonising them.  There is no virtue in being deliberately provocative.  On the other hand, some unbelievers are determined to make trouble for believers, however desirous of living peaceably with them the believers are.

12:19  Dearly beloved, avenge not yourselves, but rather give place unto wrath: for it is written, Vengeance is mine; I will repay, saith the Lord.

Dearly beloved, avenge not yourselves- as those who are dearly loved by God, but hated by men, do not retaliate when angry men attack you because of your faith.  When we appreciate God’s love for us, we shall have the right attitude of heart towards those who hate us.  This is not to say we should condone injustice.  Christ asked why He had been struck by the officer at His trial, in order to expose the illegality of the act, John 18:22,23.  Paul embarrassed the magistrates in Philippi by asking why they were preparing to scourge him, when as a Roman citizen he was protected for that punishment, Acts 16:37-39.  By doing this, the apostle was protecting the new believers in Philippi from harassment after they had left.
But rather give place unto wrath- step aside when the wrath of men is coming your way; let it pass, and let God deal with the matter, as detailed in the quotation which follows.
For it is written, Vengeance is mine, I will repay, saith the Lord- God is perfectly capable of defending His cause in the world, and He will do it in His own way.  “The wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God”, James 1:20, so we should avoid carnal reactions to situations.

12:20  Therefore if thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst, give him drink: for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head.

Therefore- in view of the foregoing exhortations. 
If thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst give him drink- now the positive action after the negative refusal to retaliate. We should actively do good to our enemies, for this fulfils Christ’s word, “Love your enemies”, Matthew 5:38-48. 
For in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head- perhaps the apostle deliberately chose a passage from Proverbs which seemed to suggest vengeance, in order that we show that we have understood his teaching by doing good to our enemies.  It may be that there were fire-sellers in the East, carrying live coals on their heads in a container.  If their fire was going out, it was kindness to give them a coal from your own fire.  This is the desirable outcome of doing good to an enemy.  On the other hand, by doing good to an enemy, the believer is adding to the judgement which, if the enemy remains unrepentant, God in His vengeance will execute on him in the judgement day.  Both outcomes preserve God’s right to deal with the enemies of His people.

12:21  Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good. 

Be not overcome of evil- which you will be if you retaliate, for that is part of the purpose of the enemy in attacking, to get us to act contrary to Christ. 
But overcome evil with good- the preposition for “with” is “en”, so the idea is of the believer surrounding  himself with righteous deeds, so that they form a protective shield when the enemy comes.  Note how this attitude in relation to persecution prepares the way for the next chapter with its insistence that we do not resist the powers that be.  The Roman believers would soon be persecuted fiercely by the authorities, so the apostle’s instruction is very timely.

John 20:1-20

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO JOHN CHAPTER 20, VERSES 1 TO 10:

20:1 The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre, and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre.
20:2 Then she runneth, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, and we know not where they have laid Him.
20:3 Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre.
20:4 So they ran both together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre.
20:5 And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in.
20:6 Then cometh Simon Peter following him, and went into the sepulchre, and seeth the linen clothes lie,
20:7 And the napkin, that was about His head, not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by itself.
20:8 Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and believed.
20:9 For as yet they knew not the scripture, that He must rise again from the dead.
20:10 Then the disciples went away again unto their own home.

20:1 The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre, and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre.

The first day of the week- in Old Testament times the first day of the week was called “the day after the sabbath”, for the sabbath was the climax to the week. Now the emphasis is different, for a new era has dawned, and what happened on the very first day of that new era gives character to it. In the Old Testament, God was working towards the setting up of Christ’s kingdom on earth, when He will be able to rest gloriously with His people, for “there remaineth therefore a rest (the word has the idea of the keeping of a sabbath) for the people of God”, Hebrews 3:9. The first sabbath was after God’s six days of work in creation, but now a new creation has begun, and the sabbath recedes.
Cometh Mary Magdalene early- this Mary had stood by the cross before the Lord committed His mother to John’s keeping. They, no doubt, left the scene before the hours of darkness, perhaps with His mother’s sister. Mary Magdalene seems to have then withdrawn to be with other women who stood further away, John 19:25; Matthew 27:56. Then she, with Mary the mother of Joses, watched where His body was laid, as they sat over against the sepulchre, Matthew 27:61; Mark 15:47. Then Mark tells us they bought sweet spices, Mark 16:1. They prepared those spices and ointments, Luke 23:55,56; 24:1, 10. They rested the sabbath day, according to the commandment, Luke 23:56. Now Mary is doing the seventh thing, for she is coming to the sepulchre to anoint His body. After all, she had been delivered from the domination of seven devils, and now, released from her tormentors, she shows her love and devotion in a seven-fold way. Mark seems to make this connection when he writes, “Now when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week, He appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom He had cast seven devils”, Mark 16:9. Her love and devotion was rewarded, and she showed herself a fit messenger to tell of His rising again.
Having noted her devotion, we should remember that there was one Mary who did not come to the sepulchre, and that was Mary of Bethany. This was not because of any lack of devotion to Christ, but rather because she had already anointed His body unto the burial whilst He was alive and could appreciate it, John 12:1-8. It is always good to show our devotion in a way that most pleases Christ.
When it was yet dark- this no doubt refers to when she started out. The sun was rising when she arrived, Mark 16:2. We know from Mark 16:1,2 that she came with Mary the mother of James, and Salome, but John only tells us about Mary Magdalene. Just as Peter is always mentioned first when the apostles are listed, so Mary Magdalene is always first when the women are listed. John is impressed with her fervent devotion.
Unto the sepulchre- the word sepulchre has the idea of memorial about it, suggesting that the person within was worthy of remembrance. The Lord Jesus is indeed worthy of remembrance, but He is remembered as one who has conquered death, and His tomb, whilst important when He was in it, has lost its attraction now. The question of the angels was, “Why seek ye the living among the dead? He is not here, but is risen”, Luke 24:5,6. The Living One is pleased to be found amongst the living, those who have eternal life, as we see in verse 19.
And seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre- she had watched Joseph of Arimathea roll a great stone to the entrance to the sepulchre, Matthew 27:60,61. But this no doubt was comparatively easy, for the custom was to have a trench cut into rock which sloped towards the entrance to the tomb, and the stone would be like a huge millstone that could be rolled down this trench until it covered the doorway completely. To roll the stone back uphill would be a different task altogether, and she knew that she, even with her companions, would not be able to do this, Mark 16:3.
We are not told whether she knew that the Jews had obtained permission from Pilate to seal and guard the tomb. She might have thought that to be a disaster, but in fact it was ordered of God, so that no-one could steal the body even if he wanted to. God makes the wrath of man to praise Him, over-ruling their schemes to His glory.
It is interesting to see how Matthew interrupts his account of the arrival of the women at the sepulchre, to tell us how it was that the stone was rolled away. He recounts the actions of the Jews, and then tells us of the actions of the angel. We could set it out like this:

“So they went” (with authority from Pilate).  “the angel of the Lord descended from heaven”, (with authority from God).
“And made the sepulchre sure” (ensuring it was kept closed).  “and sat upon it”, (ensuring it was kept open).
“Sealing the stone” (to show everyone that the body was inside). “rolled back the stone from the door”, (to show everyone that the body was gone, but the grave-clothes were intact)
“Setting a watch” (to ensure that none would approach). “the keepers did shake, and became as dead men” (to ensure the women, Peter, and John could approach).

20:2 Then she runneth, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, and we know not where they have laid Him.

Then she runneth- without investigating further, she leaves the other two within sight of the tomb, and runs to tell the disciples that the body has been taken. It is good to be quick to do the Lord’s will, but we should remember the Scripture which says, “He that believeth shall not make haste”, Isaiah 28:16. We must serve the Lord with careful thought, and not be rash.
And cometh to Simon Peter- he is the one that has most often taken the lead, and his name is always first in the list of the apostles. It seems that the apostles as a whole, (with the exception of John, verse 8), did not believe Christ was raised until Peter was convinced it was so. Those who occupy leadership roles should be very careful to maintain a strong faith, lest they hinder others. Note John calls him Simon Peter here and in verse 6. Simon was his birth-name, whereas Peter, or Cephas was the name given to him by the Lord Himself, John 1:42. 20:3 The two names tell of what he was by nature, and what he had become by Divine calling. So in this verse and verse 6 there is something of the old about him. Here, he is the one who has denied his Lord, and is cowering in fear. In verse 6 we shall see him still in unbelief, despite having seen more than John.
And to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved- this is usually thought to be the way that John puts his signature on the gospel. He uses the expression in John 13:23; 19:26; 21:7; 21:20. We should bear in mind, however, that the expression “whom Jesus loved” is most likely to be applied to Peter as well as to John. It is also true that in this place the verb for loved” is different to the one used in the other cases.
The fact that Mary is said to come to Simon Peter and to the other disciple, rather than coming to Simon Peter and John, suggests that they were in separate places. The Lord had prophesied that “ye shall be scattered, each to his own”, 16:32. This had come to pass. No doubt John would be anxious to keep the mother of Jesus safe in isolation.
And saith unto them- even if they were in separate places, the message to them both was the same.
They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre- this was, in fact, not true, but the hasty conclusion from seeing that the stone had been rolled away. This would be the last thing God would allow to happen. Mary does not explain who the “they” are. Does she mean Joseph and Nicodemus? After all, it does seem that they had laid the body in the sepulchre temporarily, for John tells us, “Now in the place where Jesus was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new tomb, wherein was never man yet laid. There laid they Jesus therefore because of the Jew’s preparation day; for the sepulchre was nigh at hand”, John 19:41,42. Notice the “therefore” and the “for”, giving reasons for the choice of sepulchre, namely, that it was nigh at hand, and the body could be laid there quickly, before the sabbath started. Against this must be set the fact that when Mary later sees a man near the tomb, she does not think it to be Joseph or Nicodemus, but the gardener.
And we know not where they have laid Him- it does not cross her mind that He might be risen from the dead. She expected Him to rise with the righteous dead “at the last day”, as Martha said about Lazarus, John 11:24. Daniel 12:2 speaks of the resurrection from among the dead, when the righteous of Old Testament times rise, leaving the unrighteous behind in the grave, to wait for the resurrection to shame and everlasting contempt. What had puzzled the disciples was the idea of one man rising from among the dead, Mark 9:9,10. The truth was withheld from them, so that it could not be said that the resurrection was the fabrication of those who had been told it would happen and who believed it would happen.
So Martha is still seeking the resting-place of the body so that she can anoint it. She is surely not suggesting that the Jews would have removed the body. The last thing they want to do is make it look as though He has risen. They sealed the tomb to stop this happening, Matthew 27:62-66. She says “we” to assure us that she speaks for all the women that came to the tomb. All the other believers were avoiding the tomb.

20:3 Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre.

Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple- they are mentioned individually again, as if they are coming from different places, see on verse 2.
And came to the sepulchre- they seem to join up before they reach the sepulchre.

20:4 So they ran both together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre.

So they ran both together- they not only ran with concern, fearing the body had been stolen, but also perhaps with fear, in case any had seen them start out, and they were being followed.
And the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre- there was perhaps a certain hesitancy with Peter. He had denied the Lord three times, and had said he would go into prison and death with Him if necessary. We can well understand that his steps were not quite so eager as John’s. He would also be more fearful of being spotted, since he had used the sword in the garden.

20:5 And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in.

And he stooping down- Jewish sepulchres were usually six feet high inside, and had a nine foot by nine foot area upon entry, and then a nine foot by six foot area for the niches for the bodies. These niches would be seven handbreadths from the ground and six hand-breadths wide. We could understand how the doorway would be lower than this, so that a person needed to stoop down to gain entry.
And looking in, saw the linen clothes lying- John does not enter, perhaps being of a more sensitive nature in the face of death, but can see the linen clothes on the ledge within. Perhaps in the semi-darkness of dawn he cannot see distinctly.
Yet went he not in- even though he could see the linen clothes, he could not see clearly enough to realise their implication. He is satisfied that the body has not been stolen, for the linen clothes are still in the tomb, and are as if wrapped around a body.

20:6 Then cometh Simon Peter following him, and went into the sepulchre, and seeth the linen clothes lie,

Then cometh Simon Peter following him- Peter now arrives on the scene. It needn’t be more than a minute or so after John.
And went into the sepulchre- with characteristic and business-like purpose he goes straight into the sepulchre. Perhaps John told him that he had seen the linen clothes, and Peter wanted to make sure for himself that the body was still there.
And seeth the linen clothes lie- he now sees close-up what John sees from a distance. The linen clothes are lying as if the body within is outstretched, for this is the meaning of the word used for “lying”. They are not lying in a heap.

20:7 And the napkin, that was about His head, not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by itself.

And the napkin, that was about His head- clearly there were two sets of linen clothes, (hence 19:40 speaks of winding the body with linen clothes), and one set was for the body, the other for the head, separately. Lazarus had come forth from the grave bound hand and foot with grave clothes, suggesting that the limbs were wrapped separately, allowing for enough movement to come forth but still with some restriction.
Not lying with the linen clothes- the clothes that were around the body showed that they had not been unwrapped. This would mean one of two things. Either the body was still within, or it had been raised as a spiritual body. A spiritual body does not need the grave-clothes to be unwrapped in order to allow it to leave them. (This, incidentally, shows that Lazarus did not come forth with a body fit for resurrection conditions, but with his body unchanged from when he was alive before. If he had been given his resurrection body, the stone would not have needed to be removed from the entrance to the tomb, nor would the grave-clothes restrict him. Christ must be the first of them that should rise from among the dead, with a resurrection body, Acts 26:23; 1 Corinthians 15:23).
The position of the napkin settles which of the two possibilities is in fact the case. If the napkin had been in its original position, then it would not be evident that the body was gone. But since there is a space between the body-clothes and the head-clothes, it is certain that there is no body.
But wrapped together in a place by itself- is it not the case that the Lord Jesus, raised from the dead, lays the cloth or napkin that was wound about His head some distance away? (The other option is that the angels did it, but this would introduce an element of interference, and it is vital that neither man nor angels interfere with the grave-clothes. The angels say nothing about the napkin to the women, but simply point out where the Lord lay, and not where the napkin lay). So there are now three indications that He is risen. One, the clothes which were around His body are undisturbed. Two, the cloth that was wound around His head is not where it would be if His head were still within it and attached to His body. And three, because the word John uses for “wrapped together” is the same one that Matthew and Luke used for “wrapped” in connection with the burial, then the head came out of the napkin without disturbing the cloth, for it is still as when Joseph wrapped it round His head.

20:8 Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and believed.

Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre- notice these two men seem not to say anything to one another. They are each having their own thoughts about what they are seeing. Encouraged by Peter’s entry, John now either joins Peter in the tomb, or goes in after Peter has come out, we are not told which.
And he saw, and believed- John understands now the implication of the state and position of the grave-clothes, and by this means he believes Christ is in fact risen. This shows that the state of the grave-clothes was significant, and enough to prove that Christ was risen.

20:9 For as yet they knew not the scripture, that He must rise again from the dead.

For as yet they knew not the scripture, that He must rise again from the dead- they should have realised the meaning of the Old Testament scripture about the resurrection of Christ. The psalmist wrote about the Messiah as follows,

“I will bless the Lord, who hath given Me counsel:
My reins also shall instruct Me in the night seasons.
I have set the Lord always before Me:
Because He is at Mt right hand, I shall not be moved.
Therefore My heart is glad, and My glory rejoiceth:
My flesh also shall rest in hope.
For Thou wilt not leave My soul in hell;
Neither wilt Thou suffer Thy Holy One to see corruption.
Thou wilt shew Me the path of life:
In Thy presence is fulness of joy;
At Thy right hand there are pleasures for evermore”.
Psalm 16:7-11.

In the first five statements, the Messiah speaks of His dependence upon His God, and His determination to have Him foremost in His thoughts at all times. As a consequence He is confident that after He has died, there will be the same care for Him as was evident during His life. His flesh will rest in the grave in hope, and that hope is based on three things. One, that God will not leave His soul in hell. Two, that His body will be kept free from any external defilement whilst in death. And three, that the path of resurrection life will open up before Him. Now on the Day of Pentecost the apostle Peter used this Scripture to show that the resurrection of Christ was foretold in Old Testament scripture, Acts 2:24-31. But at this point in time it is only John amongst the apostles that has made the connection between the grave-clothes and Psalm 16. As a result, he believes.
Luke tells us that God deliberately withheld from the apostles the meaning of the Lord’s words when He said, “‘Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man shall be accomplished. For He shall be delivered unto the Gentiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on: And they shall scourge Him, and put Him to death: and the third day He shall rise again’. And they understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spoken”, Luke 18:31-34. No wonder Luke next tells us of the blind man in Jericho whose sight was restored. He was like the apostles, blind to the truth about Christ until the moment of God’s choosing. There is the added thought that the giving of sight to the blind was one of the features of the Messiah as foretold in Isaiah 35:5; Luke 4:18; Luke 7:18-23.
It seems from what the Lord said to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, that they only believed the glory part of the prophecies about the Messiah. So that when Jesus of Nazareth was crucified, they began to doubt whether He was the Messiah after all. And the consequence of not believing what He said about His person was that they did not believe about His rising again.
We have already been reminded from Luke 18:34 that these things were hid from the apostles by God. This means that they did not preach the resurrection of Christ simply because the believed what He said. They preached about the resurrection of Christ as those who did not believe at first that He was going to rise, but who had seen with their very own eyes that He had risen. It was not, then, that their enthusiasm for His words led them to convince themselves that He was alive from the dead when in fact He was not. Their unbelief was turned to belief by evidence, not by wishful thinking.
Now that the apostles have gone through this process, and can personally testify to the resurrection of Christ, then we, nearly twenty centuries later, may have confidence, both in their writings, and also in the Old Testament scriptures as well. We may come into the blessing the Lord promised when He said, “blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed”, John 20:29. For us, the scriptures are the evidence.

20:10 Then the disciples went away again unto their own home.

Then the disciples went away again unto their own home- they need time to digest the things they have seen. They are not hasty in their reactions, but soberly consider what has taken place. John’s belief must have been a qualified one, for when the women came to tell what the angels had said to them, Luke tells us that “their words seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11. And when the Lord Himself appeared to them, He “upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen Him after He was risen”.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO JOHN CHAPTER 20, VERSES 11 TO 20:

20:11 But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre,
20:12 And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain.
20:13 And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto them, Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him.
20:14 And when she had thus said, she turned herself back, and saw Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus.
20:15 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, supposing Him to be the gardener, saith unto Him, Sir, if thou have borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I will take Him away.
20:16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned herself, and saith unto Him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master.
20:17 Jesus saith unto her, Touch Me not; for I am not yet ascended to My Father: but go to My brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto My Father, and your Father; and to My God, and your God.
20:18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that He had spoken these things unto her.
20:19 Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you.
20:20 And when He had so said, He shewed unto them His hands and His side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord.

 

20:11 But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre,

But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping- the tense of the verb (pluperfect) suggests that she had been standing at the tomb a little while before she stooped down. Hence John points out that she was without, to contrast with Peter and John who had been within. She had been very brave to stand by the cross, and now she is brave as she stands by the sepulchre, for who is to tell when the guards will wake up?
She was standing facing the sepulchre, (such is the preposition used for “at”, and yet was outside. Her interests lay in the direction of the tomb.
She was weeping, understandably, not only because the Lord had been crucified, but now was further grieved, for His body seems to have been stolen, and she cannot pay her respects by anointing His body.
And as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre- how true to life this all is. She fears that the body is gone, but her fears are going to be relieved.

20:12 And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain.

And seeth two angels in white sitting- Luke 24:22 records the two on the road to Emmaus saying that the women had seen a vision of angels. But it fact the women did not see a vision, but the angels themselves appeared to her, and to the other women separately, as recorded in Matthew 28:1-7. Angels appeared at His birth, and now they appear at His resurrection. They were not in evidence at Calvary, for their help was not requested, although it was available. The work of Calvary must be done alone. In any case, Calvary was a very public place.
There are two angels, enough for adequate witness. They are in white, for they come from the pure glory of heaven, and sit in a scene of death, but unpolluted. This tomb is unique in this. All other burying-places, (even of believers), contain corruption. The tomb had not been defiled by the Lord’s body; nor has it been defiled by the presence of robbers.
The one at the head, and the other at the feet- like the cherubim over the ark. They are guarding the valuable evidence to the resurrection of Christ, His grave-clothes. He has no further need of them to wear, but they are filling an important role nonetheless. As we have already seen, the grave-clothes are in the same position as when the body was inside.  they are not in a heap, so the angels know where the body was and where the head was.
Where the body of Jesus had lain- the angels are said to be sitting where He had lain, not where the clothes were still laying, although that was true. Perhaps the glory of the angels and her tears, caused that she only saw them, and not the grave-clothes. She does not need the evidence of the grave-clothes, as Peter and John did, for she is about to see the Lord Himself.

20:13 And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto them, Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him.

And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? To ask a woman in normal circumstances why she was weeping at a grave, would be insensitive. But this is to encourage her to tell what is in her heart, so they can relieve her sorrow.
She saith unto them, Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him- she is still concerned about anointing Him, and so emphasises she does not know where the body is. She calls Him “My Lord”, for He had rid her of seven devils, and showed Himself superior to the forces of evil that had held her. She is about to learn that He is also Lord over death, for He has defeated the one who had the power of death, the Devil Himself.
Mary Magdalene is the only one to speak to the angels. The other women only listened. They did not appear at all to Peter and John, perhaps because they were sensitive to the fact that they had forsaken the Lord, and in the case of Peter, had denied Him. The Lord warned that denial of Him would mean denial in the presence of the angels, Luke 12:9.
Mary now grieves because of the apparent stealing of the body. She had not gone into the sepulchre, but had only seen the angels through her tears, and still thought the body had gone. She had thought that when she saw the stone rolled away, and now she still thinks it. Perhaps she thought the angels had been sent to tell her that this was the case.
We note in all the visits to the tomb, and also the reaction of the disciples to the news that Christ was risen, a refusal to believe at first.
“Their words seemed unto them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11.
“And they, when they had heard that He was alive, and had been seen of her, believed not”, Mark 16:11.
“After that, He appeared in another form unto two of them, as they walked, and went into the country. And they went and told it unto the residue: neither believed they them”, Mark 16:12,13.
“Afterward He appeared unto the eleven, as they sat at meat, and upbraided them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them that had seen Him after He was risen”, Mark 16:14.

Luke tells us that God had ordained that this should be so, for he tells us that when the Lord foretold His death and resurrection, “they understood none of those things,: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spoken”, Luke 18:34. So it was not that they were expecting it, and then convinced themselves it had happened.
So Mary is not expecting the Lord to have risen after just three days. She thought He was going to rise at the resurrection of the just. Perhaps she thought the “three days” was figurative, as Hosea uses the term when he wrote, “After two days He will revive us, in the third day He will raise us up, and we shall live in His sight”, Hosea 6:2.

20:14 And when she had thus said, she turned herself back, and saw Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus.

And when she had thus said- the angels do not respond to her statement, no doubt because they know the Lord is now present, and defer to Him, for He is Lord of angels.
She turned herself back- she has not gone into the tomb, but only stooped to look within. She now turns her head away from the sepulchre, sensing that someone is behind her. The Lord is not seen in the tomb, for His contact with death is for ever over.
And saw Jesus standing- this is not only literal, but figurative, for He stands in resurrection, as He has fallen in death. John saw Him in heaven as the Lamb, standing, Revelation 5:6. He was as one who was slain, with the marks of Calvary upon Him still, but not laying on the altar any more.
And knew not that it was Jesus- it is said of the two on the road to Emmaus, “their eyes were holden, that they should not know Him”, Luke 24:16. They, and Mary, must know Him in the way He chooses, and that is by Him speaking to them. So it is for us. We are to know Him with spiritual faculties, not natural, so we are at no disadvantage to the apostles and those who saw Him in resurrection. He speaks to us in the scriptures.

20:15 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, supposing Him to be the gardener, saith unto Him, Sir, if thou have borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I will take Him away.

Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? He asks the same question as the angels did, no doubt for the same reason.
Whom seekest thou? Without waiting for an answer, for He saw her distress, the Lord moves quickly to the matter in hand. Notice He does not say “What seekest thou?”, even though He knew she was seeking a body. He will not for one moment allow that He is not alive, and is about to prove this to her.
She, supposing Him to be the gardener- John tells us that the tomb was in a garden, 19:41. It was Adam who was the original gardener, but he failed in that garden, and was defeated by evil there. This one has defeated evil, and is now beginning to show that victory, for He is last Adam. Cain became a gardener too, and made the mistake of offering to God the fruits of a cursed earth. The Lord is Head of the new creation, and will remove the curse from creation when He comes. Meanwhile, His people are in Him, and as such are a new creation, 2 Corinthians 5:17.
Saith unto Him, Sir, if thou have borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I will take Him away- these are very forceful words, and they can be rendered literally, “Sir, as for you, if you carried Him off, tell me at once where you have laid Him, and, as for myself, I will carry Him off”. The strength of her affection gives strength to her resolve, even if she was mistaken in some things. She claims to be able to carry away a dead body, when she and her companions were not strong enough to roll back the stone!  Such is the strength of her devotion to Him.
She seems to think that the questions of this “gardener” are a distraction from the matter that is foremost in her mind. His body had been mis-treated enough, and she will prevent that happening again. If she had answered His questions, she would have realised that He was not the gardener. Then she would have stopped weeping, and also learned that He was alive in the body, and not lying elsewhere, dead.

How disastrous this would have been if the man was really the gardener, and the body had been removed, and he had known where the body was, and told her, and she had carried Him away. This was exactly what the Sanhedrin, lying, said had taken place, Matthew 28:13.
This would have been disastrous for another reason, for the place where He lay would have become a shrine, with all the attendant superstition and money-making that accompanies such places. This is why God did not disclose where Moses’ body was buried, Deuteronomy 34:6. It was important that where the Lord Jesus was buried should be well-known while He was there, so that after He was risen it could be shown that He was in it no longer. It was also important to know exactly where it was, so that the authorities could seal the right tomb. It is noticeable that the sepulchre did not become a centre of interest for the disciples in the Book of the Acts; they were taken up with their risen Lord.

20:16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned herself, and saith unto Him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master.

Jesus saith unto her, Mary- she does not seem to have recognised His voice when He asked her the two questions. What alerts her is the fact that He knew her name. He was not a stranger, but the Lord she was seeking. But she was seeking Him in the wrong place. As the angels said to the other women, “Why seek ye the living among the dead?”, Luke 24:5. He is the great shepherd of the sheep, and He has been brought again from the dead by the God of all grace, Hebrews 13:20. One of His features as shepherd is that “He calleth His own sheep by name, and leadeth them out”, John 10:3. He has carried over into resurrection all the feelings that He had for His own before the cross. His personal interest, personal knowledge, and personal care for His own, are now to be known in resurrection. He has laid down His life and taken it again, and as such He has shown ultimate concern.
She turned herself- we see her first standing facing the sepulchre, verse 11, then stooping to look inside, in which position she seems to have remained until she realised there was someone standing behind her. At that point she did not turn her whole body around, for she did not expect the Lord to be alive. The sense of “turned herself back” is to “turn oneself to the rear”, which she could do without turning her body, for she was preparing to concentrate on the tomb again, after she had spoken to the “gardener”. She no doubt expected some response from the angels to her statement that His body had been taken away.
And saith unto Him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master- even though she told the angels she was looking for the Lord, in the intensity of her emotion she calls Him what the disciples had often called Him, their Teacher. But, again in her intense emotion, she calls Him “Rabboni”, which is a Galilean form of the word Rabbi, meaning “My Great Master”.

20:17 Jesus saith unto her, Touch Me not; for I am not yet ascended to My Father: but go to My brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto My Father, and your Father; and to My God, and your God.

Jesus saith unto her, Touch Me not- aware of the strength of her feeling, the Lord pre-empts her touching Him. It was not that no-one was to touch Him in resurrection, for He invited Thomas to do so a week later, verse 27. The point is that all contact with Christ, as far as John’s gospel goes, must be on a heavenly level. The gospel is the “burnt offering gospel”, for just as everything with the burnt offering was upward, (one of its names was “ascending offering”), so the emphasis with John is Christ’s link with heaven, and His journey back there.
In Matthew’s gospel we read of the other women that came to the sepulchre holding the Lord by the feet, Matthew 28:9. This is entirely appropriate in the context, for Matthew presents Christ as the rightful King of Israel who shall reign over the earth one day. He does not record the ascension of Christ, although of course he believed it happened. It is as if Matthew holds Christ to the earth as well, and shows Him to be fit to rule over it.
The apostle Paul made it clear that the link the believer has with Christ now is a spiritual one, for he wrote, “But he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit”, 1 Corinthians 6:17. The link between believer’s spirit and Christ is established by the Spirit of God. Because of this, the apostle can speak of “holding the head”, Colossians 2:19, meaning to grasp firmly the truths regarding the headship and supremacy of Christ. This is not to say that our hold of Him is what guarantees eternal security; but it does mean that we need to hold to the truth about Christ and not let them go in the face of error.
For I am not yet ascended to My Father- in this way the Lord emphasises that links with Him are heavenly in character. It is as an ascended Christ that we know Him. This is how Paul came to know Him, for he saw Jesus of Nazareth in heaven, and his conversion is the pattern for conversion during this age, 1 Timothy 1:16. Of course we must believe in Christ as the one who was crucified and rose again, but we must not stop there if we would come into the fulness of Christian things.
This is the third time that the ascension of Christ is spoken of in John’s gopspel. Each of the references is directly from the Lord Jesus. In His conversation with Nicodemus He said, “And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but He that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven”, John 3:13. Here the emphasis is on the fact that even as a man upon the earth He has not lost His Deity, for He claims to be in heaven still, God being omnipresent. In John 6:62 He said, “What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where He was before?” here the emphasis is on His coming down in the past. The manna had come down from heaven from God, yet the people did not understand what it was. Nor did many of them understand who Christ was. If they did not understand the meaning of his coming down, how would they understand the meaning of His ascending up?
Here in John 20, however, the reference is to what Christ will be for His people after He has ascended. He is returning to the Father, conscious that all He was sent to achieve has been accomplished. He could say, “I have glorified Thee upon the earth: I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do”, John 17:4.
But go to My brethren- one day the message came to the Lord as He taught in a house, “‘Behold, Thy mother and Thy brethren stand without desiring to speak with Thee’. But He answered and said unto him which told Him, ‘Who is My mother? And who are My brethren?’ And He stretched forth His hand toward His disciples, and said, ‘Behold My mother and My brethren! For whosoever shall do the will of My Father which is in heaven, the same is My brother, and sister, and mother'”, Matthew 12:47-50. So it is spiritual relationship which is the most important, and that spiritual relationship is with Him as the ascended Man. The believer’s link to Christ is heavenly, and does not depend on anything of earth. Mary had the closest natural relationship to the Lord, yet he said to her, “What have I to do with thee, Mine hour is not yet come”, John 2:4. In other words, even Mary’s spiritual relationship with Him depended on what He would do in “His hour”, the time between His prayer to the Father in John 17 and His return to the Father spoken of here in John 20.
Psalm 22:22 had foretold that in resurrection He would declare the Father’s name to His brethren, and He had pledged to do that in His prayer. He said, “I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them”, John 17:26. He is fully able to declare the Father’s name, (meaning His character), because He shares all the characteristics of the Father, being His Only begotten Son. He did this upon the earth, but the disciples were not able to appreciate fully. When He returned back to heaven, however, He would send the Holy Spirit, and they would understand in a much better way.
And say unto them, I ascend unto My Father, and your Father- notice He does not say “Our Father”, although both He and His people have relationship with the Father. His relationship is as the Only-begotten of the Father, who is one with Him in the full possession of Deity. Believers call Him Father because they have been born again of the Spirit of God, and from that moment share His life.
No sooner has Mary found the Lord she sought, that He declares He is leaving her! But as He had said to the disciples in the Upper Room, “It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send Him unto you”, John 16:7. So the Spirit of God would come to make good to them all that the Lord had said, and other things besides.
And to My God, and your God- if having God as Father speaks of relationship, then having Him as God speaks of resources. The Lord Jesus has known God as His Father for all eternity, but it was only as He came into manhood that He could address His Father as His God. As “the Spirit of Christ”, (1 Peter 1:11) expressed beforehand in Psalm 22:10, “Thou art My God from My mother’s belly”. It was as He came into manhood that He needed the resources from Him as His God, so that He could glorify Him in His life in the flesh. We need resources too, and they are readily available from our all-sufficient God in heaven. Those resources are released to us because the Son has gone back to heaven, for Paul wrote to the Philippians, “But my God shall supply all your need according to His riches in glory by Christ Jesus”, Philippians 4:19. Well might we add, in the words of the following verse, “Now unto God and our Father be glory for ever and ever. Amen”.

20:18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that He had spoken these things unto her.

Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord- note that John now reverts back to the name by which Mary was known normally. In verses 11 and 16 she was simply Mary, (the only places where she is called by this single name), but when it is a question of being linked to Christ in heaven, where she came from becomes irrelevant. Magdala was near Galilee, Matthew 15:39. She was of Magdala by birth, but of heaven by new birth. Now that she is conveying a message to the disciples, her everyday name is used, being the name they knew her by.
It is one of the marks of the genuineness of the gospel records of the resurrection, that it is based on the testimony of the women. Now the testimony of females was not allowed in Jewish courts, so any Jew attempting to write a forged account would carefully avoid giving prominence to the testimony of women. Not so the writers of the true gospels. They are confident that what they write about is true, and are very comfortable with telling the facts as they are.
And that He had spoken these things unto her- so her testimony was two-fold; what she had seen, and what she had heard. She had seen a living Person, the one who had been crucified on a cross, but who was now alive for evermore. She had heard His un-mistakable voice, and she now passes on what she heard.
John does not tell the reaction to her words, but Luke does, and he writes, “And their words seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11. So it was that love and faith found their reward in the first sight of the Lord, but unbelief would soon meet with its rebuke, for Mark tells us “Afterward He appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them that had seen Him after He was risen”, Mark 16:14.

20:19 Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you.

Then the same day at evening- the order in Genesis chapter one was “the evening and the morning”. Now, however, that is reversed as the new creation begins, for verse 1 speaks of “the first day of the week…early”. Now we have the same first day, but in the evening.
Being the first day of the week- it is one of the marks of the great change that Christ has brought in, that it is the first day of the week that is special, not the last day, the Sabbath, as with the Jews. Certain of the Old Testament rituals took place on the first day of the week, but it was described, not in that way, but as “the day after the Sabbath”, still keeping the dominance of the seventh day, which has to do with the earth, being the day which commemorates the completion of the creation of the world in six days, Exodus 20:8-11.
There are three things especially connected with the first day of the week now. The first is, of course, the resurrection of Christ. The second, the remembrance of Him, Acts 20:7. The third, the collection for the work of the Lord, as mentioned in 1 Corinthians 16:2, “Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by in store, as God hath prospered him, that there be no collections when I come”.
So the remembrance of the Lord in the Lord’s Supper is not on the same day of the week that it was instituted, nor is the shewing of His death on the day of the week he died. Rather, it is done on the day on which He rose from the dead. His resurrection gives reality to the Supper, as we look back and remember Him in a state in which He is not now, for He is glorified.
When the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews- they are still fearful. They have rejected the testimony of the women, and have not yet the confidence which His rising again will bring to them. In verse 26, a week later, the doors were shut again, but this time John does not need to add “for fear of the Jews”. We are not specifically told that this took place in the Upper Room, no doubt to prevent any earthly place being made into a shrine.
Came Jesus and stood in the midst- He re-occupies the place He had in the Upper Room. He must always be central. The resurrection body is not restricted by closed doors, being a spiritual body. All physical limitations are absent from it.
And saith unto them, Peace be unto you- this is just what they needed, the peace He alone can bring. Fear of the Jews recedes when His peace comes into the heart. John does not make any mention of His rebuke for their unbelief. He is emphasising the Lord, and not the disciples.

20:20 And when He had so said, He shewed unto them His hands and His side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord.

And when He had so said, He shewed unto them His hands and His side- in Luke’s account, the Lord said, “Behold My hands and My feet, that it is I Myself”, Luke 24:38. They supposed that they had seen a spirit, but a spirit does not have flesh and bones, as He says in verse 39. Hands and feet are parts of the body exposed to view when the Eastern robe is worn. The disciples were used to seeing these, and knew them to be His, totally apart from the nail-prints. In John, however, the emphasis is on His hands and His side, and later He will invite Thomas to satisfy himself that He has nail-prints, and the wound from the spear-thrust. 
Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord- He had promised that they would see Him again, and the experience would be like a mother who has just given birth to a child, when all the pain of the previous hours is overwhelmed by her new-found joy, John 16:21,22. So it is now with the disciples. They forget the trauma they had been through as the find themselves in the presence of their Risen Lord.